UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended: September 30, 2000

Commission File Number: 0-18059


PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Massachusetts                 04-2866152
(State or other jurisdiction of     (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification Number)

140 Kendrick Street, Needham, MA 02494
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(781) 370-5000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to  Securities registered pursuant to
Section 12(b) of the Act:          Section 12(g) of the Act:
             None                  Common Stock, $.01 par value per share
                                           (Title of Class)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has (i) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (ii) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [_]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

The aggregate market value of our voting stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $3,303,192,083 on October 31, 2000 based on the last reported sale price of our common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market on that day. There were 268,279,560 shares of our common stock outstanding on that day.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held February 15, 2001 (2001 Proxy Statement) are incorporated by reference into Part III.




PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR FISCAL YEAR 2000

Table of Contents

                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                   ----
PART I.

Item 1.  Business...............................................................................      1

Item 2.  Properties.............................................................................      6

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings......................................................................      6

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders....................................      6

PART II.

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters..................      7

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data................................................................      7

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..      7

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.............................     22

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data............................................     23

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure...     23

PART III.

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.....................................     23

Item 11. Executive Compensation.................................................................     24

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.........................     25

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.........................................     25

PART IV.

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K........................     25

         Signatures.............................................................................     26

         Exhibit Index..........................................................................     27

APPENDIX A

         Consolidated Financial Statements......................................................    F-1

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................................    F-5

         Report of Independent Accountants......................................................   F-23

         Five Year Summary of Selected Financial Data...........................................   F-24

         Quarterly Financial Information........................................................   F-24

i

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements about our anticipated financial results and growth, as well as about the development of our products and our markets, which are based on our plans and assumptions. Important information about the basis for these plans and assumptions and certain factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from these statements is discussed in this report and contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" beginning on page 7 below.

PART I

ITEM 1: Business

Introduction

Parametric Technology Corporation (PTC), founded in 1985 and headquartered in Needham, MA, develops, markets and supports collaborative product commerce (CPC) software solutions that help companies manage the product development process in order to better shape innovation and achieve sustained competitive advantage. These solutions, which include a suite of flexible engineering MCAD tools and a range of Internet-based collaboration technologies for both enterprise and exchange level solutions, leverage our leadership in providing software that streamlines engineering processes, improves product quality, optimizes product information management and reduces cost and time-to-market cycles. Our CPC software solutions are complemented by the strength and experience of our Global Services Organization, as well as our systems integrators and other strategic partners, who provide training, consulting, implementation and support to customers worldwide.

Our CPC solutions include software and services that use Internet-based architecture to permit individuals using different computer-based tools in different locations with different roles in the commercialization of a product to collaboratively develop, build and manage products throughout their entire lifecycle. CPC subsumes many smaller, previously isolated markets that address various phases of the product lifecycle, such as product data management (PDM), component and supplier management (CSM), visualization and digital mockup, mechanical computer-aided design, manufacturing and engineering (MCAD), enterprise application integration (EAI), program and project management, manufacturing planning and maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO).

Our flexible engineering MCAD solutions, based on our flagship Pro/ENGINEER(R) design software, provide our customers with industry-leading product development and engineering solutions. MCAD has been our core business focus; however, we believe there is growing demand for a broader suite of solutions from manufacturers who, in order to stay competitive, must deliver more custom- tailored goods faster and at lower prices while relying more than ever before on geographically dispersed and dynamic supply chains. In order to pursue this opportunity, we have expanded our focus to encompass the collaborative solutions offered by our Windchill(R) software. This expanded CPC focus allows us to increase the business impact our customers derive from our flexible engineering solutions and provides our customers with the additional tools they need to elevate their products into enterprise assets and to leverage these assets into new business opportunities.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2000 we reorganized to provide more discrete product line focus and to improve our overall profitability. The reorganization resulted in the creation of the Windchill Solutions and MCAD Solutions business units. Each unit is responsible for research and development, marketing, professional services, customer support and indirect sales. All of our solutions continue to be distributed primarily through our direct sales force. Within our direct sales force, there are geographic divisions focused both on the domestic market and on sales outside of the United States. Each division, in turn, is further divided into two groups based on account type, with one group focusing on major accounts and the other on all other (primary) accounts. Moreover, we are attempting to broaden our indirect distribution channel and, toward that end, have formed alliances with systems integrators, resellers, strategic partners and entities with complementary software products. In fiscal 2000, we began working on a new initiative, called Windchill Netmarkets(TM), that enables us

1

to address opportunities to utilize our Windchill technology in the business- to-business exchange marketplace. This initiative was integrated into our Windchill Solutions business unit in November 2000.

Products and Services

Our family of MCAD flexible engineering software solutions encompasses a broad spectrum of engineering disciplines essential to the development of virtually all manufactured products, ranging from consumer products to jet aircraft. Manufacturers compete on the basis of cost, time to market and product performance criteria, which are significantly affected by the quality and length of the product development process. These tools offer high-performance, fully integrated solutions available on all leading hardware platforms, including Windows(R) native solutions, that enable end-users to reduce their time to market and manufacturing costs for their products and to improve product quality by easily evaluating multiple design alternatives and sharing data with bi-directional associativity. Our MCAD suite includes:

Pro/ENGINEER--our cornerstone mechanical design automation suite for 3D solid modeling with next generation behavioral modeling technology. Behavioral modeling is a knowledge management capability that provides a unique method of capturing engineers' innovations by generating objective- driven design solutions that then may be automatically optimized and re- used on subsequent designs. Pro/ENGINEER is based on the industry's most robust, parametric, feature-based solid modeler--enabling changes made during the design process to be associatively updated throughout the design. These features, along with its "Certified for Microsoft(R) Windows 2000" user-interface, allow companies to create more innovative, differentiated and functional products more quickly and easily than ever before. In addition to these Pro/ENGINEER Design Solutions, the suite offers Pro/ENGINEER Production Solutions (Pro/NC), which provide intelligent production and manufacturing tools, and Pro/ENGINEER Shipbuilding Solutions, which make available Pro/ENGINEER's associative features with industry specific functionality.

Pro/MECHANICA(R)--our functional simulation software allows users to evaluate and optimize the mechanical performance of product designs in real-world situations, reducing the need for expensive physical prototypes and enhancing overall product quality.

DIVISION(TM)--our suite of visualization solutions ranging from readily deployable 2D and 3D viewing and redlining, to digital virtual mockup, behavior simulation and total-body virtual reality immersion.

ICEM(TM) Styling and Surfacing (including CDRS(TM))--provides advanced interactive tools for free-form surface and shape modeling, from industrial design to production surface development and engineering. ICEM Surf is a premier Class A surface modeling product used in the automotive industry by nearly all major manufacturers for modeling high-quality, Class A surfaces as well as in the industrial design, tool design and consumer product markets. CDRS is a complete set of integrated tools for quickly creating realistic images with free-form surfaces that can be used throughout the product design cycle to evaluate, explore and communicate ideas to management and clients.

InPart(R)--our Internet-based library of CAD parts containing 2D and 3D geometry, technical specifications and component selection software that allows mechanical engineers to download over one million certified part designs via the Internet, saving valuable time and expense.

Pro/INTRALINK(R)--our workgroup management solution for product development using Pro/ENGINEER. It lets Pro/ENGINEER users facilitate design team collaboration and manages the power of Pro/ENGINEER associativity. Its dynamic collaborative environment supports Pro/ENGINEER's rapid and effective design approach.

Pro/DESKTOP(TM)--our conceptual engineering solution which allows users to easily explain design possibilities and rapidly capture ideas right at the beginning of the product development process.

2

CADDS(R)5i--our 3D mechanical design software, originally developed by Computervision Corporation, offers production-proven product development tools spanning concept, design, analysis, drafting and manufacturing. It is used by many of the world's largest discrete manufacturing companies for the design and engineering of airplanes, ships and automobiles.

MEDUSA(R)--our world-class 2D detailing and design documentation solution with specific applications focused on plant design and electrical and process related diagrams.

DIMENSION(TM) III--our comprehensive core product for plant design. Available in both two-dimensional and three-dimensional versions, DIMENSION III facilitates concurrent design engineering and quick access to model data information.

Our MCAD solutions benefit from the unique level of interoperability provided by our Associative Topology Bus (ATB) technology which allows for the exchange of data between various CAD tools without the loss of any design geometry. When changes occur, the ATB propagates those changes through the other MCAD solution members, automatically updating affected deliverables, such as drawings and tooling.

Our Windchill enterprise suite is a comprehensive set of business software solutions for CPC. Built around Windchill's federated, Web-based architecture, these solutions enable manufacturers to leverage the Internet in their product development and delivery process from customer driven engineer-to-order through development, manufacturing and retirement. Windchill enables manufacturers to create innovative new products, deliver those products to market faster and manage the complexities of an evolving supply chain. Windchill's core capabilities include:

Collaboration. Provides an environment where businesses can share valuable product and process information throughout the extended enterprise, regardless of where that information resides or in what format it is.

Product Planning. Enables businesses to meet the increasing demand for custom-tailored products while minimizing the overall number of product variations. This is accomplished by providing the means to define flexible engineered-to-order products, supply customer-specific portals and easily identify existing variations for future reuse.

Engineering. Optimizes the product innovation and design environment to reduce concept-to-design cycle times and improve team collaboration by linking directly with the engineering team using MCAD interface and PDM tools.

Sourcing. Gives manufacturers the ability to reduce global procurement and product development costs by standardizing and consolidating part and supplier information. The solution enables companies to identify re-usable parts, commercially available solutions and preferred sources.

Product Management. Offers a complete set of enterprise scalable PDM functionality to promote concurrent engineering and to create a single source of product information available to all functional organizations, facilitating product change management throughout the entire product life cycle.

Manufacturing. Integrates a company's product development and design with its manufacturing processes by creating and maintaining detailed process plans and executing production analysis and process simulation. This solution allows companies to increase information capture and reuse, optimize manufacturing processes and share this knowledge across the enterprise.

Production. Integrates Windchill with market-leading enterprise resource planning systems allowing the exchange of valuable product-related information including part masters, bills of material and engineering change information, between Windchill and those systems.

Customization. Lets manufacturers rapidly create and deploy customized Windchill lifecycle applications allowing them to leverage their own internal processes and practices into a competitive advantage.

3

Windchill Netmarkets, which is based on the Windchill collaboration technology, provides collaborative product development capabilities on Internet exchanges, portals and marketplaces. The solution permits all members of a globally dispersed design chain (customers, suppliers, partners and internal product teams) to connect beyond the corporate firewall on a self-service project basis. Exchanges powered by Windchill Netmarkets may be either public (available to the general commercial community to provide project management capabilities) or private (sponsored by a single company or consortium for managing specific collaboration projects with certain invitees). The Windchill standards-based architecture permits the Windchill Netmarkets solution to provide a flexible project environment that facilitates efficient communication of high-level project management activities. Project leaders can create dynamic management teams, establish business processes and roles, and define and track project tasks, milestones and deliverables while utilizing automated processes such as change management, escalation policies and requests for information/quotation/proposal (RFI/RFQ/RFP).

Our CPC solutions are complemented by our systems integrators, resellers and strategic partners, as well as our Global Services Organization (GSO), which is committed to providing the expertise needed to meet the consulting, education and technical support requirements of every type of company and user--in seven major support centers and more than 70 educational facilities worldwide. Our GSO, which has been one of the fastest growing areas of our business, focuses on:

Consulting Services designed to transform a company's business process into a competitive advantage by evaluating and recommending the tools and practices needed to create more productive engineering and information management environments, including long-range planning, process improvement, system implementation and product program strategies.

Education Services offering expert, comprehensive and efficient training programs for our entire product line tailored to the needs of each student and combining hands-on and classroom training.

Technical Support Services providing fast, accurate answers to software and product development questions through a variety of resources which are available worldwide.

Product Development

In order to be competitive in the CPC marketplace, we must continually provide our customers with new software and service solutions. As a result, we have increased our spending on research and development, and we are constantly looking for opportunities to acquire new technologies suited to our customers' needs.

Our ability to rapidly develop new MCAD products that provide for flexible engineering is facilitated by the modular structure of our software code, which enables functional capabilities used in existing products to be accessed and utilized by new software modules, thereby reducing the amount of new code required to develop additional products. The major benefit of this approach is rapid development of new functionality. Our Windchill products expand the breadth of our offerings allowing a comprehensive CPC solution. The developing CPC industry is characterized by new technologies, including Internet-centric, Java-based, object-oriented software. The Windchill products depend upon these new technologies as well as certain licensed third-party technologies.

We work closely with our customers to define improvements and enhancements to be integrated into our products. Using this approach, customers become involved in the product design process to validate feasibility and to influence functionality early in the product's life cycle. In addition, we maintain an Enterprise Software Partners program (successor to our Cooperative Software Program) and a Windchill Technology Partner program. These programs are designed to provide partners with access to our Windchill and MCAD products and provide the mechanism and environment to facilitate the integration of complementary products with our product lines. Through our open software toolkits, program members can build tightly integrated solutions that satisfy the various requirements of our customers.

Our fiscal year research and development expenses were $93.2 million in 1998, $124.1 million in 1999 and $143.8 million in 2000.

4

Sales and Marketing

We derived most of our revenue from products distributed directly by our sales force to our end-user customers with the remainder offered through third-party distributors. We also began offering some of our MCAD products over the Internet during fiscal 2000. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in any of the last three fiscal years.

Within our direct sales force, we have created geographic divisions focused on the domestic market and on sales outside the United States. Within these geographic divisions there are both major and primary accounts focused units. In addition, we are broadening our indirect distribution channel through alliances with systems integrators, resellers and other strategic partners. The systems integrators, which include Accenture (formerly Andersen Consulting), Atos Origin, Deloitte Consulting and Computer Science Corporation, will work in tandem with our direct sales force to locate and target potential CPC opportunities. We have also signed an agreement with Rand A Technology Corporation (Rand) as a distributor of our core flexible engineering MCAD products. This agreement gives Rand the rights to distribute certain products and their related maintenance services throughout North America, Europe and parts of Asia/Pacific.

Information about our foreign and domestic operations and export sales, and the risks thereof, may be found in Note M to the consolidated financial statements and the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" beginning on page 7 below.

Competition

CPC is a relatively new industry, and there are a number of companies offering solutions that address specific functional areas within CPC such as: Agile Software Corp., Dassault Systemes, MatrixOne and Structural Dynamics Research Corporation for PDM solutions; i2 Technologies Inc. for part sourcing solutions; and Dassault Systemes and Engineering Animation, Inc. for visualization and mock-up solutions. We also face competition from companies that are developing these solutions in-house. In addition, larger, better-known enterprise-solution companies with established customer bases may enter the CPC market and offer more complete solutions. There are also an increasing number of competitive MCAD products. In our traditional MCAD market, we compete most directly with products developed by Dassault Systemes and marketed by IBM and products developed by Unigraphics and Structural Dynamics Research Corporation. For smaller manufacturing businesses, we, along with our resellers, compete with products from companies like Solidworks, a subsidiary of Dassault Systemes, and Autodesk, Inc.

Proprietary Rights

Our software products and our other trademarks, including our company names, product names and logos, are proprietary. We protect our intellectual property rights in these items by relying on copyrights, trademarks, patents and common law safeguards, including trade secret protection, as well as restrictions on disclosures and transferability contained in our agreements with other parties. Despite these measures, there can be no assurance that the laws of all relevant jurisdictions will afford adequate protection to our products and other intellectual property. The software industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding copyright, patent and other intellectual property rights. While we have not, to date, had any significant claims of this type asserted against us, there can be no assurance that someone will not assert such claims against us with respect to existing or future products or other intellectual property or that, if asserted, we would prevail in such claims. In the event a lawsuit of this type is filed, it could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not we ultimately prevail.

We believe that, due to the rapid pace of innovation within our industry, factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel are as important to establishing and maintaining a technology leadership position within the industry as are the various legal protections surrounding our technology. We believe that our products, technology and trademarks do not infringe any existing proprietary rights of others, although there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims in the future. Certain of our

5

products also contain technology developed and licensed from third parties. We may likewise be susceptible to infringement claims with respect to these third party technologies.

PTC, Parametric Technology Corporation, Pro/ENGINEER, Windchill, Windchill Netmarkets and all product names in the PTC product family are trademarks or registered trademarks of PTC or our subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.

Backlog

We generally ship our products within 30 days after acceptance of a customer purchase order and execution of a software license agreement. Accordingly, we do not believe that our backlog at any particular point in time is indicative of future sales levels.

Employees

As of September 30, 2000, we had 4,725 employees, including 1,702 in sales, marketing and support activities; 1,405 in customer support, training and consulting; 430 in general and administration; and 1,188 in product development. Of these employees, 2,142 were located throughout the United States and 2,583 were located in foreign countries.

ITEM 2: Properties

In December 1999, we sold land and certain improvements under construction and entered into a lease covering approximately 381,000 square feet of office space in Needham, MA to consolidate and replace our Waltham, MA operations. Our corporate offices currently occupy 210,000 square feet in the new Needham facility and we expect to occupy the remaining 171,000 square feet in the second quarter of fiscal 2001, subject to completion of construction. Occupancy and rent began in December 2000 and the lease expires in December 2012, subject to certain renewal rights.

We also lease 175 offices in the United States and internationally through our foreign subsidiaries, predominately as sales and/or support offices and for development work. Of our total of approximately 1,470,000 square feet of leased facilities, approximately 701,000 is located in the U.S. and 769,000 is located outside the U.S. Several of our leased facilities were acquired in our merger with Computervision, including 518,000 square feet of office space in Bedford, MA still under lease. Approximately 456,000 square feet is not used for our current operations and is primarily subleased to other entities. As described in Notes B and G to the consolidated financial statements, these facilities have been included in our restructuring provisions. We continue to engage in subleasing and early lease termination initiatives to employ alternate uses for these facilities. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our present needs.

ITEM 3: Legal Proceedings

Certain class action lawsuits were filed by shareholders in the fourth quarter of 1998 against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors in the U.S. District Court in Massachusetts claiming violations of the federal securities laws based on alleged misrepresentations regarding our anticipated revenue and earnings for the third quarter of 1998. An amended complaint, consolidating these lawsuits into one action, was filed in the second quarter of 1999, seeking unspecified damages. We believe the claims made in the consolidated action are without merit, and we intend to defend them vigorously. In the third quarter of 1999 we filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated action. We cannot predict the outcome of this motion or the ultimate resolution of this action at this time, and there can be no assurance that the litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

We are also subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. We currently believe that resolving these matters will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 4: Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the last quarter of fiscal 2000.

6

PART II

ITEM 5: Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Information with respect to this item may be found in the section captioned "Quarterly Financial Information" on page F-24 below.

On September 30, 2000, our common stock was held by 6,565 shareholders of record. We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and have historically retained earnings for use in our business. We intend to review our policy with respect to the payment of dividends from time to time; however, there can be no assurance that any dividends will be paid in the future.

ITEM 6: Selected Financial Data

Information with respect to this item may be found in the section captioned "Five Year Summary of Selected Financial Data" on page F-24 below.

ITEM 7: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

In January 1998, we completed a merger with Computervision Corporation that has been accounted for as a pooling of interests. Accordingly, we have restated our consolidated financial statements to include the accounts and operations of Computervision for all periods prior to the merger presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Note B. This discussion and the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements (Notes) reflect that restatement. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to a year reflect our fiscal year that ends on September 30.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements about our anticipated financial results and growth, as well as about the development of our products and our markets, which are based on our plans and assumptions. Important information about the basis for these plans and assumptions and certain factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from these statements is contained below and in "Important Factors That May Affect Future Results" beginning on page 16.

Business Overview

Historically, our core business focus has been to provide MCAD solutions to customers through our flagship Pro/ENGINEER(R) design software, and we remain committed to providing our customers with industry leading flexible engineering solutions based on this software. Additionally, we believe that there is growing demand for additional collaborative product commerce (CPC) solutions from manufacturers who, in order to stay competitive, must deliver more custom- tailored goods faster and at lower prices while relying more than ever before on geographically dispersed and dynamic supply chains. These CPC solutions include software and services that utilize Internet technologies to permit individuals - no matter what role they have in the commercialization of a product, no matter what computer-based tools they use, no matter where they are located geographically or in the supply chain - to collaboratively design, develop, build and manage products throughout their entire lifecycle. In order to pursue this opportunity, we expanded our focus in 1999 to encompass a complete CPC solution and introduced our Web-based Windchill(R) information management and collaboration software. We continued this CPC focus in 2000 and will do so for the foreseeable future. This expanded focus allows us to increase the business impact our customers derive from our flexible engineering MCAD solutions and provides our customers with the additional tools they need to elevate their products into enterprise assets and to leverage these assets into new business opportunities.

As a result of the difficulty we experienced in transitioning from a one product company to a multi-product company and in balancing our efforts between our traditional MCAD solutions business and our growing CPC

7

solutions business, in the third quarter of 2000 we reorganized ourselves to provide more discrete product line focus and accountability and to improve our overall profitability. The reorganization resulted in the creation of the following business units:

. Windchill Solutions. This business unit is responsible for expanding our reach in the CPC market in terms of product content, collaboration and sourcing services. It encompasses our efforts to develop new partnerships, business relationships and indirect channels of distribution in support of our web infrastructure efforts. Our Windchill exchange solutions, called Windchill Netmarkets(TM), provides these collaborative capabilities on Internet exchanges, portals and marketplaces, which, among other things, permits collaboration outside the corporate firewall.

. MCAD Solutions. This business unit is responsible for the Pro/ENGINEER product line as well as other applications within our MCAD suite of flexible engineering solutions. It focuses full-time on the needs of the MCAD marketplace.

Each unit is responsible for research and development, marketing, professional services, customer support and indirect sales. All of our solutions continue to be distributed primarily through our direct sales force. Within our direct sales force, there are geographic divisions focused both on the domestic market and on sales outside of the U.S. Each division, in turn, is further divided into two groups based on account type, with one group focusing on major accounts and the other on all other (primary) accounts. Moreover, we are attempting to broaden our indirect distribution channel and, toward that end, have formed alliances with systems integrators, resellers, strategic partners and entities with complementary software products. In 2000, we began working on a new initiative, called Windchill Netmarkets, that enables us to address opportunities to utilize our Windchill technology in the business-to-business exchange marketplace. This initiative was integrated into our Windchill Solutions business unit in November 2000.

Results of Operations

The following is an overview of our results of operations for the last three years:

. Total revenue was $1,018.0 million for 1998, $1,057.6 million for 1999 and $928.4 million for 2000.

. Our year-over-year revenue increased 4% from 1998 to 1999 and decreased 12% from 1999 to 2000.

. Windchill revenue increased from $13.4 million in 1998 to $81.3 million in 1999 and to $174.7 million in 2000.

. MCAD revenue decreased from $1,004.6 million in 1998 to $976.3 million in 1999 and to $753.7 million in 2000.

. Income (loss) before extraordinary loss was $105.7 million in 1998, $119.3 million in 1999 and ($4.0) million in 2000.

. Pro forma net income, which excludes the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition and nonrecurring charges and the extraordinary loss, was $199.4 million in 1998, $184.4 million in 1999 and $38.9 million in 2000.

8

The following table shows certain consolidated financial data as a percentage of our total revenue for the last three years.

                                                              September 30,
                                                              ----------------
                                                              1998  1999  2000
                                                              ----  ----  ----
Revenue:
  License....................................................  60%   53%   41%
  Service....................................................  40    47    59
                                                              ---   ---   ---
    Total revenue............................................ 100   100   100
                                                              ---   ---   ---
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of license revenue....................................   2     1     2
  Cost of service revenue....................................  13    18    25
  Sales and marketing........................................  39    39    45
  Research and development...................................   9    12    15
  General and administrative.................................   6     6     8
  Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets.......  --     2     4
  Acquisition and nonrecurring charges.......................  10     5     2
                                                              ---   ---   ---
    Total costs and expenses.................................  79    83   101
                                                              ---   ---   ---
Operating income (loss)......................................  21    17    (1)
  Interest expense...........................................  (1)   --    --
  Interest income............................................   2     1     1
  Other expense, net.........................................  (1)   (1)   --
                                                              ---   ---   ---
Income (loss) before income taxes............................  21    17    --
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......................  10     6    --
                                                              ---   ---   ---
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss......................  11    11    --
  Extraordinary loss, net....................................   2    --    --
                                                              ---   ---   ---
Net income (loss)............................................   9%   11%   --%
                                                              ===   ===   ===
Pro forma, excluding amortization of goodwill and intangible
 assets, acquisition and nonrecurring charges and
 extraordinary loss:
Operating income.............................................  31%   24%    6%
Net income...................................................  20%   17%    4%

Revenue

As a result of our expanded focus on providing CPC solutions, software and service revenue from our Windchill products grew to 19% of total revenue in 2000, up from 8% in 1999 and 1% in 1998. Overall, however, total revenue decreased 12% in 2000 compared to 1999 after an increase of 4% in 1999 compared to 1998.

License revenue decreased 8% in 1999 and 33% in 2000. Several factors, including those described below, contributed to these decreases. While we continue to derive our license revenue primarily from our MCAD software solutions, our Windchill software solutions are starting to comprise an increasing percentage of total license revenue. In order to meet what we believe is a large market opportunity for overall CPC solutions, over the past two years we have channeled significant resources into the Windchill product line. This emphasis on larger, more enterprise-wide solutions has resulted in longer and less predictable sales cycles and increased dependence on consummating larger transactions in general. The transfer of resources to Windchill also reduced the sales capacity for the MCAD product line and contributed to a loss of market share for MCAD.

In addition, we have experienced increased competition in the MCAD industry from native Windows(R)-based products offering more limited functionality at lower costs. In August 1998 we repackaged and repriced our

9

core Pro/ENGINEER design software. Due in large part to these factors, the average selling price of this software decreased by 16% in 1999 and 6% in 2000. We also experienced some weakness with existing customers in North America and Europe during 2000.

Furthermore, in order to better leverage the efforts of our direct sales force, in October 1998 we appointed Rand A Technology Corporation as our exclusive MCAD distributor to small businesses in the United States and Europe. Rand's performance was impacted by the transition required by this relationship and its level of revenue contribution has been lower than originally anticipated. Our results could be adversely affected if Rand is unable to achieve certain sales levels or make existing or future payments.

Due in large part to the factors described above, unit sales decreased 40% in 2000 compared to 1999 and increased 1% in 1999 compared to 1998. Additional factors affecting our revenues and operating results are listed under "Important Factors That May Affect Future Results" below.

We licensed over 90% of our products directly to end-user customers in each of the last three fiscal years. The balance was licensed through third-party distributors, primarily Rand. We expect the percentage of our MCAD products that we license through third-party distributors may increase in the future as we enter into new reseller and other distribution agreements.

Our service revenue is derived from the sale of software maintenance contracts and the performance of training and consulting services. Service revenue, which has a lower gross profit margin than license revenue, accounted for 40% of total revenue in 1998, 47% in 1999 and 59% in 2000. Service revenue increased 21% in 1999 and 11% in 2000. This increase is the result of growth in our installed customer base for both product lines and increased training and consulting services performed for Windchill customers. We expect service revenue to continue to increase in absolute dollars in 2001.

We derived 56%, 56% and 59% of our total revenue from sales to international customers in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Direct export sales were $115.2 million, $166.2 million and $81.5 million in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

[Chart Showing Revenue By Geography (in millions)]

                           1998            1999            2000
                           ----            ----            ----
U.S.                      $449.9          $464.4          $378.6
Europe                     408.1           390.0           341.9
Asia/Pacific               160.0           203.2           208.0

Over the past year, we implemented a number of strategic actions designed to improve profitability and provide a foundation for growth. For example, in order to provide more discrete product line focus and accountability, in May 2000 we created separate business units with overall responsibility for the company's different product lines. We also have established several new alliances with leading systems integrators. In addition, in the fourth

10

quarter of 2000, we modified our arrangement with Rand to remove Rand's exclusivity in the small business segment while broadening Rand's distribution rights on a non-exclusive basis. This allows us to increase the number of distributors for our MCAD solutions to provide greater geographic coverage and specialized focus on discrete products. Between September 2000 and November 2000 we entered into arrangements with over twenty new distributors.

Looking forward, our overall revenue levels will be dependent on our ability to successfully balance our efforts between our traditional MCAD business and our growing Windchill business. Our challenge is to effectively manage and improve performance in our MCAD business while continuing to aggressively pursue a new product area that presents significant growth opportunities. Toward this end, we believe that our initiative in building separate business units and expanding our alliances and indirect distribution channels are having a positive impact on our transformation from a one product company to a multi- product company and will result in improved and more consistent performance. Factors affecting our revenues and operating results are listed under "Important Factors That May Affect Future Results" below.

Costs and Expenses

All cost and expense categories in 1998, 1999 and 2000 were impacted by the acquisition and/or nonrecurring charges taken in those periods. See Note B. Our operating expenses are based on anticipated future revenue and are relatively fixed for the short term. From the fourth quarter of 1998 through the second quarter of 2000 we had been incurring expenses that would have supported revenues in excess of the then current levels in order to implement our strategic initiatives, particularly as they related to our Windchill solutions. Given the lower than expected revenue in the first two quarters of 2000, we reduced our existing cost structure during the third quarter of 2000 to improve profitability (see "Nonrecurring Charges--Reorganization into Business Units" below).

Cost of License Revenue

Our cost of license revenue consists of costs associated with reproducing and distributing software and documentation and the payment of royalties. Cost of license revenue as a percentage of license revenue was 3% for both 1998 and 1999 and 4% for 2000. The increase in cost of license revenue as a percentage of license revenue is primarily a result of paying higher royalties to third parties for technologies used in connection with the Windchill products.

Cost of Service Revenue

Our cost of service revenue includes costs associated with training and consulting personnel, such as salaries and related costs and travel, and costs related to software maintenance, including costs incurred for customer support personnel and the release of maintenance updates. Cost of service revenue as a percentage of service revenue was 34%, 39% and 42% in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. This increase reflects our investment in the staffing necessary to support our new product offerings, principally our Windchill solutions.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing expenses primarily include salaries and benefits, sales commissions, travel and facility costs. These costs increased 3% in 1999 and 2% in 2000 primarily due to the growth of the sales force related to our Windchill solutions, partially offset by reductions associated with the sales force reorganizations. Total sales and marketing employees were 2,440 in 1998, 1,980 in 1999 and 1,702 in 2000. The higher costs in 1999 and 2000 are due to the higher average cost per sales employee, as we are hiring a more experienced CPC solutions focused sales force. International sales and marketing expenses represented 59% in 1998, 57% in 1999 and 58% in 2000 of total sales and marketing expenses.

Research and Development

Our research and development expenses consist principally of salaries and benefits, expenses associated with product translations, costs of computer equipment used in software development and facility expenses. Compared to the prior years, research and development expenses increased 33% in 1999 and 16% in 2000. The

11

increase in 1999 and 2000 is primarily attributable to our continued investment in Windchill solutions, as well as our InPart, Division and auxilium acquisitions in 1999. We expect our investment in research and development to increase in absolute dollars in 2001.

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expenses include the costs of our corporate, finance, information technology, human resources and administrative functions. These costs increased 10% in 1999 and 13% in 2000. These increases represent our continued investment in information technology infrastructure, the integration of acquired companies and higher costs associated with increasing service revenue.

[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

[Chart Showing Cost and Expenses (in millions)]

                                          1998          1999          2000
                                          ----          ----          ----
Cost of License Revenue                  $ 15.3        $ 16.5        $ 16.7
Cost of Service Revenue                   140.6         191.1         228.3
Sales and Marketing                       395.4         407.9         416.7
Research and Development                   93.2         124.1         143.8
General and Administrative                 57.0          62.9          71.3
Amortization of Goodwill and
  Intangible Assets                         2.7          22.9          38.4
Acquisition and Nonrecurring Charges      105.8          53.3          21.5

Amortization of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

These costs represent the amortization of intangible assets acquired, including developed technology, goodwill, customer lists, assembled work force and trade names. The increase in amortization of $20.2 million in 1999 and $15.5 million in 2000 compared to the prior years resulted principally from our 1999 acquisitions of InPart, Division and auxilium.

Acquisitions

Computervision. In January 1998, we merged with Computervision Corporation by issuing 11.6 million shares of common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding common stock of Computervision. In connection with the merger, we incurred a nonrecurring charge of $76.8 million for merger-related integration, consolidation and transaction costs in the second quarter of 1998. The charge included $18.1 million of severance and termination benefits related to the elimination of approximately 450 positions, $12.7 million for the write-off of assets, $8.2 million for transaction costs, $17.4 million of contract costs associated with revised estimates, $7.2 million for the closing of leased facilities and $13.2 million of lease termination and other costs. For additional information see Note B.

ICEM. In June 1998, we acquired ICEM Technologies, a division of Control Data Systems, Inc. for $40.6 million in cash. Headquartered in Frankfurt, Germany, ICEM provides advanced surfacing and reverse engineering software tools used by body and styling engineers in the automotive and aerospace industries. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The amounts allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired less the liabilities assumed exceeded the purchase price by approximately $7.0 million. This excess value over the purchase price was allocated to reduce proportionately the values assigned to long-term assets and

12

purchased in-process research and development (R&D) in determining their values. The values assigned included $2.1 million for net assets acquired, $28.9 million for purchased in-process R&D, $8.0 million for developed technology, $1.6 million for an assembled workforce and $1.0 million for trade names.

InPart. In October 1998, we purchased InPart Design, Inc., a developer of DesignSuite, a Web-based repository of 3D mechanical component data, as well as the developer of enterprise software applications focused on Web-based component and supplier management, which was founded in 1996. We allocated the purchase price of $38.1 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimate of fair value. The values assigned included $741,000 for net liabilities assumed, $10.6 million for purchased in-process R&D, $4.1 million for developed technology, $1.1 million for customer lists, $200,000 for an assembled workforce and $300,000 for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $22.5 million.

Division. In March 1999, we purchased Division Group plc, a developer of enterprise product data visualization, simulation and integration tools. We allocated the purchase price of $48.1 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $555,000 for net assets acquired, $9.0 million for purchased in- process R&D, $3.3 million for developed technology, $2.0 million for customer lists, $970,000 for an assembled workforce and $2.5 million for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $29.8 million.

auxilium. In March 1999, we purchased auxilium inc., a developer of Web-based software tools for the integration of legacy systems, databases and applications, which was founded in 1997. We allocated the purchase price of $101.7 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $182,000 for net liabilities assumed, $18.6 million for purchased in-process R&D, $700,000 for developed technology, $5.0 million for customer lists, $630,000 for an assembled workforce and $6.0 million for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $70.9 million.

In the opinion of management, the purchased in-process R&D for the acquisitions of ICEM, InPart, Division and auxilium had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. Accordingly, we recorded nonrecurring charges of $28.9 million during the third quarter of 1998 related to ICEM, $10.6 million in the first quarter of 1999 related to InPart and $27.6 million in the second quarter of 1999 related to Division and auxilium. The values assigned to purchased in-process R&D were determined by identifying research projects for which technological feasibility had not been established. The values of the purchased in-process R&D were determined by estimating the stage of completion, including consideration of the complexity of the work completed, the costs incurred and the projected costs to complete, the contribution of any core technology and other acquired assets and the projected product introduction dates, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the products developed and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. For each acquisition, the estimates were based on the following major assumptions:

ICEM:

. Revenue was estimated to grow at a compound rate of 33% over the first five years and 14% thereafter.

. Cost of revenue for the purchased in-process technology, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was estimated to decline from 20% to 10% through 2006 based on ICEM's average historical cost of revenue and reflect future economies of scale.

. Selling, general and administrative expenses were estimated to be 29% of revenue for all periods, consistent with ICEM's historical average.

InPart:

. Revenue was estimated to begin late in 1999 and to grow based on industry growth rates and InPart's specific product offerings.

13

. Cost of revenue for the purchased in-process technology, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was estimated to decline from 22% to 11% based on InPart's average historical cost of revenue and reflect future economies of scale.

. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, were estimated to be 99% in 1999, reflecting an initial investment in the marketing of the in-process technology and declining to 40% thereafter. These amounts were based on industry average historical selling, general and administrative costs.

Division:

. Revenue was based on industry growth rates and Division's specific product offerings.

. Cost of revenue for the purchased in-process technology, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was estimated to be 15% based on Division's average historical cost of revenue.

. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, were estimated to be 47% in 1999, reflecting an initial investment in the marketing of the in-process technology and declining to 41% thereafter. These amounts were based on industry average historical selling, general and administrative costs.

auxilium:

. Revenue was based on industry growth rates and auxilium's specific product offerings.

. Cost of revenue for the purchased in-process technology, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was estimated to be between 32% and 26% based on auxilium's average historical cost of revenue.

. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, were estimated to be 53% in 1999, reflecting an initial investment in the marketing of the in-process technology and declining to 40% thereafter. These amounts were based on industry average historical selling, general and administrative costs.

The net cash flows also considered net working capital requirements and capital spending needs related to the purchased in-process technology. The rates used to discount net cash flows for the purchased in-process technology to its present value for the ICEM (24%), InPart (28%), Division (25%) and auxilium (26% to 30%) acquisitions were based on the weighted average cost of capital and took into account the uncertainty surrounding the successful development of the purchased in-process technology for each acquisition. If these projects are not successfully developed, future revenue and profitability may be adversely affected, and the value of intangible assets acquired may become impaired.

Nonrecurring Charges

Sales Force Reorganizations. During the first quarter of 1999, we reorganized our sales force and, in connection with this action, incurred a restructuring charge of $3.2 million for the severance and termination benefits of approximately 170 people who were terminated during the first quarter of 1999 in accordance with management's plans. During the second quarter of 1999, we incurred a restructuring charge of $5.8 million for the severance and termination benefits of approximately 150 people in connection with the integration of our sales and related support groups. All amounts related to terminated employees were paid in 1999.

Facility Consolidation and Asset Impairment. During the second quarter of 1999, we incurred a restructuring charge of $1.4 million for the consolidation of certain excess leased facilities. Also, in the second quarter we recorded an impairment loss of $4.7 million on certain intangible assets related to our industrial design (CDRS) activities. Due to acquisitions and the development of new technology, the carrying value of these assets was impaired.

Reorganization into Business Units. During the third quarter of 2000, we recorded a $21.5 million nonrecurring charge primarily associated with our reorganization into business units and with the development and execution of management's plans to reduce our cost structure and improve profitability. The nonrecurring charge is comprised

14

of $11.9 million for severance and termination benefits of approximately 280 people who were notified or terminated during the third quarter of 2000 and $9.6 million for facility consolidations. Of the $21.5 million nonrecurring charge, $12.2 million was paid during 2000. We expect to pay $6.0 million over the next twelve months.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense in 1998 related primarily to debt incurred by Computervision prior to the merger that we paid off in the second quarter of 1998. See Note F.

Interest Income

Interest income relates to the earnings on the investment of our excess cash balance in various financial instruments. The 41% decrease in interest income in 1999 compared to 1998 resulted from lower average annual yields and lower average cash balances of approximately $140.0 million. The 17% increase in interest income in 2000 compared to 1999 resulted from higher average annual yields and higher average cash balances of approximately $24.0 million.

Other Expense

A large portion of our revenue and expenses is transacted in foreign currencies. In order to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, from time to time we engage in hedging transactions involving the use of foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange option contracts in the primary European and Asian currencies. Our other expense includes the costs of the hedging contracts, the gain or loss from the translation of results for subsidiaries for which the U.S. dollar is the functional currency and other charges incurred in connection with financing customer contracts. See Note A.

Income Taxes

Our effective income tax provision (benefit) rate was 48% in 1998, 34% in 1999 and (21)% in 2000. The higher effective tax rate in 1998 over the statutory federal tax rate (35)% was due primarily to the non-deductibility of certain expenses included in the acquisition of Computervision and nonrecurring charges. The lower effective tax rate in 1999 resulted primarily from the use of Computervision net operating losses, partially offset by the non- deductibility of certain acquisition-related charges and net operating losses of foreign entities which could not be benefited. The reduced effective tax rate benefit in 2000 resulted primarily from the non-deductibility of certain acquisition-related amortization and net operating losses of foreign entities which could not be benefited. On a pro forma basis, which excludes amortization of goodwill and intangible assets and acquisition and nonrecurring charges, our tax rate was 34% in 1998, 27% in 1999 and 29% in 2000. See Note E.

Extraordinary Loss

In connection with the Computervision merger, we assumed a revolving note payable and long-term debt obligations. During the second quarter of 1998, we paid $275.7 million for settlement of the outstanding note, debt obligations, accrued interest and related fees, and we incurred an extraordinary after-tax loss of $19.0 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs and other prepayment costs associated with this debt. See Note F.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our operating activities, the proceeds from our issuance of stock under stock plans and existing cash and investments provided sufficient resources to fund our employee base, capital asset needs, stock repurchases, acquisitions and financing needs, in all years presented.

As of September 30, 2000, cash and investments totaled $375.1 million, up from $353.9 million at September 30, 1999. The primary reasons for the increase in cash and investments during 2000 was $79.6 million of proceeds from issuance of common stock under our stock plans, cash provided by operating activities of $51.9 million and $30.8 million from the sale of land and certain improvements partially offset by the repurchase of $90.0 million of common stock and $37.0 million in expenditures to acquire property and

15

equipment. Our investment portfolio is diversified among security types, industries and individual issuers. Our investments are generally liquid and investment grade. The portfolio is primarily invested in short-term securities to minimize interest rate risk and to facilitate rapid deployment in the event of immediate cash needs.

Cash generated from operating activities was $181.9 million in 1998, $150.8 million in 1999 and $51.9 million in 2000, including cash expenditures for nonrecurring charges of $62.3 million in 1998, $34.2 million in 1999 and $30.3 million in 2000.

In 1998, 1999 and 2000, we acquired $35.8 million, $35.2 million and $37.0 million, respectively, of capital equipment consisting principally of computer equipment, software and office equipment. We spent $40.6 million in 1998, $72.9 million in 1999 and $7.9 million in 2000 to acquire businesses. In December 1999, we sold land and certain improvements under construction for $30.8 million and entered into an operating lease covering approximately 381,000 square feet of office space in Needham, MA to consolidate and replace our Waltham, MA operations. Our corporate offices currently occupy 210,000 square feet in the new Needham facility and we expect to occupy the remaining 171,000 square feet in the second quarter of fiscal 2001, subject to completion of construction. Occupancy and rent began in December 2000 and the lease expires in December 2012, subject to certain renewal rights. In the first half of 2001 we expect to make approximately $25.0 million of capital expenditures primarily for tenant improvements and furniture and fixtures related to the new facility.

We used net cash for financing activities in 1998, 1999 and 2000, primarily to repurchase $50.0 million, $90.0 million and $90.0 million, respectively, of our stock, and to pay off the Computervision debt in 1998 of $275.7 million. These expenditures were partially offset by proceeds of $70.4 million, $23.9 million and $79.6 million, in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively, from the issuance of our common stock under our stock plans.

In September 1998, our Board of Directors authorized a plan allowing us to repurchase up to 20.0 million shares of our common stock. Through September 30, 2000, we purchased 18.7 million shares at a cost of $230.0 million. In July 2000 our Board of Directors authorized an additional 20.0 million shares to be repurchased. At September 30, 2000, 6.5 million shares were held in treasury. These repurchased shares and any future repurchases will be used to issue shares for stock option exercises, employee stock purchase plans and potential acquisitions.

We believe that existing cash and short-term investments together with cash generated from operations and the issuance of common stock under our stock plans will be sufficient to meet our working capital, financing and capital expenditure requirements through at least 2001.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In accordance with recently issued accounting pronouncements, we will be required to comply with certain changes in accounting rules and regulations. See Note A.

Important Factors That May Affect Future Results

The following are some of the factors that could affect our future results. They should be considered in connection with evaluating forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and otherwise made by us or on our behalf, because these factors could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements.

I. Operational Considerations

Our operating results fluctuate within each quarter and from quarter-to-quarter making our future revenues and operating results difficult to predict

While our sales cycle varies substantially from customer to customer, we usually realize a high percentage of our revenue in the third month of each fiscal quarter, and this revenue tends to be concentrated in the later part of that month. Our orders early in a quarter will not generally occur at a rate which, if sustained throughout the quarter, would be sufficient to assure that we will meet our revenue targets for any particular quarter. Moreover,

16

our reorganization into business units, our shift in business emphasis to a more solutions-oriented sales process--undertaken in part to increase our average order size--and our transition from a one product to a multi-product company have resulted in longer and more unpredictable sales cycles for products and services. Accordingly, our quarterly results may be difficult to predict prior to the end of the quarter. Any inability to obtain large orders or orders in large volumes or to make shipments or perform services in the period immediately preceding the end of any particular quarter may cause the results for that quarter to fall short of our revenue targets. In addition, our operating expenses are based on expected future revenue and are relatively fixed for the short term. As a result, a revenue shortfall in any quarter could cause our earnings for that quarter to fall below expectations as well. Any failure to meet our quarterly revenue or earnings targets could adversely impact the market price of our stock.

Other factors that may also cause quarter-to-quarter revenue and earnings fluctuation include the following:

. our sales incentive structure is weighted more heavily toward the end of the fiscal year, and the rate of revenue growth for the first quarter historically has been lower and more difficult to predict than that for the fourth quarter of the immediately preceding fiscal year;

. variability in the levels of professional service revenues and the mix of our license and service revenues;

. declines in license revenue may adversely affect the size of our installed base and our level of service revenue; and

. the increased utilization of third parties, such as systems integrators, resellers, strategic partners and application service providers, as distribution mechanisms for our software products and related services, may lessen the control we have over any particular sales cycle.

In addition, the levels of quarterly or annual software or service revenue in general, or for particular geographic areas, may not be comparable to those achieved in previous periods.

We may not be able to implement new initiatives successfully

Part of our success in the past has resulted from our ability to implement new initiatives. Our future operating results will continue to depend upon:

. the successful implementation of a divisionalized business unit structure, including the realignment of internal functions, the management of divisionalized processes and effective mitigation of disruption that may result from organizational change;

. our ability to sustain the appropriate balance between our MCAD and Windchill businesses;

. our ability to appropriately allocate and implement cost cutting measures that increase profitability while maintaining adequate resources for effective and coordinated organizational performance;

. the success of our sales force reorganization initiatives, including:

-- our shift from point sales to solution sales,

-- the effectiveness of our organizational sales model,

-- the ability of our sales reps to learn and sell our products, and

-- Rands' and other distributors' ability to perform successfully in the MCAD arena;

. our ability to anticipate and meet evolving customer requirements in the CPC arena and successfully deliver products and services at an enterprise level;

. our ability to broaden indirect distribution channels through alliances with systems integrators, resellers, strategic partners and application service providers;

. our ability to develop Windchill Netmarkets opportunities; and

17

. our ability to identify and penetrate additional industry sectors that represent growth opportunities.

We may not be successful in integrating recently acquired businesses or products

We have increased our product range and customer base in the recent past due in part to acquisitions. We may acquire additional businesses or product lines in the future. The success of any acquisition may be dependent upon our ability to integrate the acquired business or products successfully and to retain key personnel and customers associated with the acquisition. If we fail to do so, or if the costs of or length of time for integration increase significantly, it could negatively affect our business.

We are dependent on key personnel whose loss could cause delays in our product development and sales efforts

Our success depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled technical, managerial and sales personnel. Competition for such personnel in the high technology industry is intense. We assume that we will continue to be able to attract and retain such personnel. The failure to do so, however, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We must continually modify and enhance our products to keep pace with changing technology, and we may experience delays in developing and debugging our software

We must continually modify and enhance our products to keep pace with changes in computer software, hardware and database technology, as well as emerging standards in the Internet software industry. Our ability to remain competitive will depend on our ability to:

. enhance our current offerings and develop new products and services that keep pace with technological developments through:

-- internal research and development,

-- acquisition of technology, and

-- strategic partnerships;

. meet evolving customer requirements, especially ease-of-use;

. provide adequate funding for development efforts; and

. license appropriate technology from third parties.

Also, as is common in the computer software industry, we may from time to time experience delays in our product development and "debugging" efforts. Our performance could be hurt by significant delays in developing, completing or shipping new or enhanced products. Among other things, such delays could cause us to incorrectly predict the fiscal quarter in which we will realize revenue from the shipment of the new or enhanced products and give our competitors a greater opportunity to market competing products.

We may be unable to price our products competitively or distribute them effectively

Our success is tied to our ability to price our products and services competitively and to deliver them efficiently, including our ability to:

. provide products with functionality that our customers want at a price they can afford;

. build appropriate direct distribution channels;

. utilize the Internet for sales; and

. build appropriate indirect distribution channels through Rand or others.

We depend on sales from outside the United States that could be adversely affected by changes in the international markets

A significant portion of our business comes from outside the United States. Accordingly, our performance could be adversely affected by economic downturns in Europe or the Asia/Pacific region. Another consequence of

18

significant international business is that a large percentage of our revenues and expenses are denominated in foreign currencies that fluctuate in value. Although we may enter into foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange option contracts to offset a portion of the foreign exchange fluctuations, unanticipated events may have a material impact on our results. Other risks associated with international business include:

. changes in regulatory practices and tariffs;

. staffing and managing foreign operations, including the difficulties in providing cost-effective, equity-based compensation to attract skilled workers;

. longer collection cycles in certain areas;

. potential changes in tax and other laws;

. greater difficulty in protecting intellectual property rights; and

. general economic and political conditions.

We may not be able to obtain copyright or patent protection for the software products we develop or our other trademarks

Our software products and our other trademarks, including our company names, product names and logos, are proprietary. We protect our intellectual property rights in these items by relying on copyrights, trademarks, patents and common law safeguards, including trade secret protection, as well as restrictions on disclosures and transferability contained in our agreements with other parties. Despite these measures, there can be no assurance that the laws of all relevant jurisdictions will afford adequate protection to our products and other intellectual property. The software industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding copyright, patent and other intellectual property rights. While we have not, to date, had any significant claims of this type asserted against us, there can be no assurance that someone will not assert such claims against us with respect to existing or future products or other intellectual property or that, if asserted, we would prevail in such claims. In the event a lawsuit of this type is filed, it could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not we ultimately prevail. Certain of our products also contain technology developed and licensed from third parties. We may likewise be susceptible to infringement claims with respect to these third party technologies.

II. MCAD-Related Considerations

Increasing competition in the MCAD marketplace may reduce our revenues

There are an increasing number of competitive MCAD products. Despite our belief that our products are technologically superior, some competitive products have reached a level of functionality whereby product differentiation is less likely, in and of itself, to dislodge incumbent MCAD systems, given the training and other startup costs associated with system replacement. Increased competition and market acceptance of these competitive products could have a negative effect on pricing and revenues for our products, which could have a material adverse affect on our results.

In addition, our MCAD software is capable of performing on a variety of platforms. Several of our competitors focus on single platform applications, particularly Windows-based platforms. There can be no assurance that we will have a competitive advantage with multiple platform applications.

We continue to enhance our existing products by releasing updates. Our competitive position and operating results could suffer if:

. we fail to anticipate or to respond adequately to customer requirements or to technological developments, particularly those of our competitors;

. we delay the development, production, testing, marketing or availability of new or enhanced products or services; or

. customers fail to accept such products or services.

19

Growth in the MCAD industry appears to have slowed

Growth in certain segments of the MCAD industry appears to have slowed and, coupled with decreased functional differentiation among flexible engineering tools, may affect our ability to penetrate the market for new customers and recapture our market share. Over the long term, we believe our emphasis on CPC solutions will allow us to differentiate our flexible engineering products from the competition and invigorate sales of those products. However, the strategy may not be successful or may take longer than we plan. There could be a material adverse affect on our operating results in any quarter if these assumptions prove to be incorrect.

III. Windchill Strategy Considerations

We are implementing a new strategy to capitalize on an Internet-based, business-to-business market opportunity known as Collaborative Product Commerce (CPC). It may be that our assumptions about the CPC market opportunity are wrong, which could adversely affect our results

We have identified CPC as a new market opportunity for us, and have devoted significant resources toward capitalizing on that opportunity. CPC solutions include software and services that utilize Internet technologies to permit employees, customers, suppliers and others to collaboratively develop, build and manage products throughout their entire lifecycle. Because the market for software products that allow companies to collaborate on product information on an enterprise-wide level is newly emerging and because companies have not traditionally linked customers and suppliers in this process directly, we cannot be certain as to the size of this market, whether it will grow, or whether companies will elect to utilize our products rather than attempt to develop applications internally or through other sources.

In addition, companies that have already invested substantial resources in other methods of sharing product information in the design-through-manufacture process may be reluctant to adopt a new approach that may replace, limit or compete with their existing systems or methods. We expect that we will continue to need to pursue intensive marketing and sales efforts to educate prospective customers about the uses and benefits of our products. Demand for and market acceptance of our products will be affected by the success of these efforts.

Our Windchill software, which is central to our CPC strategy, is relatively new and is not yet well established in the marketplace

The success of our CPC strategy will depend in large part on the ability of our Windchill solutions to meet customer expectations, especially with respect to:

. measuring and understanding the benefits of Windchill, including return on investment and value creation;

. ease of installation;

. ease of use;

. full capability, functionality and performance;

. ability to support a large, diverse and geographically dispersed user base; and

. quality and efficiency of the services we perform relating to implementation and customization.

The software is still relatively new. If our customers cannot successfully deploy large-scale implementation projects or if they determine that we or our partners are unable to accommodate large-scale deployments, our operating results may be affected.

In addition, implementing a Windchill software solution on an enterprise level takes longer and requires greater expertise than does installing our other products. Our Windchill software must integrate with existing computer systems and software programs used by our customers and their partners. Because we are one of the first companies to offer a CPC solution, many customers will be facing these integration issues for the first time, particularly in the context of collaborating with members of the extended enterprise, including customers and

20

supply chain partners. Our customers could become dissatisfied with our products or services if integrations prove to be difficult, costly or time consuming, and our operating results may be affected.

We intend to utilize third parties, such as system integrators, resellers, strategic partners and application service providers, for the distribution and implementation of Windchill software, which may result in management difficulties and customer retention problems

As an enterprise solution, Windchill may require large scale organizational implementations that in today's marketplace are often performed by third parties. We have entered into and are currently developing additional relationships with third parties and intend to continue to do so. Using third parties to both implement and promote our products can result in a reduction in our control to both drive the sales process and service our customers. In addition, the successful utilization of third parties will depend on:

. our ability to enter into definitive agreements with appropriate third parties that can deliver our products in appropriate markets;

. the third party's ability to learn, promote and implement our products; and

. the effective coordination and management of joint activities (including sales, marketing, development, implementation and support) in order to deliver products and services that meet customer requirements.

Competition among providers of CPC solutions may increase, which may reduce our profits and limit or reduce our market share

The market for CPC solutions is new, highly fragmented, rapidly changing and increasingly competitive. We expect competition to intensify, which could result in price reductions for our products and services, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. Our primary competition comes from:

. in-house development efforts by potential customers or partners;

. other vendors of engineering information management software; and

. larger, more well-known enterprise software providers seeking to extend the functionality of their products to encompass CPC.

In addition, our Global Services Organization may face increasing competition for follow-on customization services from other third-party consultants and service providers.

If use of the Internet does not continue to develop or reliably support the demands placed on it by electronic commerce, we may experience a loss of sales

Our success depends upon continued growth in the use of the Internet as a medium of commerce. Although the Internet is experiencing rapid growth in the overall number of users, this growth is a recent phenomenon and may not continue. Furthermore, the use of the Internet for commerce is still relatively new. As a result, a sufficiently broad base of companies and their supply chain partners may not adopt or continue to use the Internet as a medium of exchanging product information. Our CPC strategy would be seriously harmed if:

. use of the Internet does not continue to increase or increases more slowly than expected;

. the infrastructure for the Internet does not effectively support enterprises and their supply chain partners;

. the Internet does not create a viable commercial marketplace, thereby inhibiting the development of electronic commerce and reducing the demand for our products; or

. concerns over the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks inhibit the growth of the Internet as a means of conducting commercial transactions.

Our CPC strategy will also be seriously harmed if the Internet infrastructure is not able to support the demands placed on it by increased usage or the limited capacity of networks to transmit large amounts of data, or if delays in the development or adoption of new equipment standards or protocols required to handle increased levels of

21

Internet activity, or increased governmental regulation, cause the Internet to lose its viability as a means of communication between manufacturers and their customers and supply chain partners.

Our Windchill Netmarkets solutions provides CPC capabilities on Internet exchanges, portals and marketplaces. Accordingly, its success will be highly dependent upon the success of the Internet as a viable collaboration medium and on our successful development and integration of the technologies necessary to offer tools for exchanges, portals, and other forms of Net marketplaces that are acceptable to customers and suitable for the evolving nature of the Internet.

IV. Other Considerations

Our stock price, which may reflect an Internet valuation, has been highly volatile; this may make it harder to resell your shares at the time and at a price that is favorable to you

Market prices for securities of software companies have generally been volatile. In particular, the market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be subject to significant fluctuations.

In addition, our expanded focus on delivering Internet-based solutions may cause us to be viewed, in part, as an Internet company. The trading prices of Internet stocks in general have been unusually high under conventional valuation standards such as price-to-earnings and price-to-sales ratios and have experienced fluctuations unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of ours, may not be sustained. Negative changes in the public's perception of the prospects of Internet or e-commerce companies, or of PTC as an Internet company, could depress our stock price regardless of our results.

Also, a large percentage of our common stock traditionally has been held by institutional investors. Consequently, actions with respect to our common stock by certain of these institutional investors could have a significant impact on the market price of the stock. For more information, please see our proxy statement with respect to our most recent annual meeting of stockholders and Schedules 13D and 13G filed with the SEC with respect to our common stock.

We are currently defending a securities class action lawsuit in which we could be liable for damages

Certain class action lawsuits were filed by shareholders in the fourth quarter of 1998 against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors in the U.S. District Court in Massachusetts claiming violations of the federal securities laws based on alleged misrepresentations regarding our anticipated revenue and earnings for the third quarter of 1998. An amended complaint, consolidating these lawsuits into one action, was filed in the second quarter of 1999, seeking unspecified damages. We believe the claims made in the consolidated action are without merit, and we intend to defend them vigorously. In the third quarter of 1999 we filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated action. We cannot predict the outcome of this motion or the ultimate resolution of this action at this time, and there can be no assurance that the litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 7A: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We face exposure to financial market risks, including adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial results. Our primary exposure has been related to local currency revenue and operating expenses in Europe and the Asia/Pacific region. Historically, we have hedged currency exposures associated with certain accounts receivable denominated in local currencies and certain anticipated foreign currency revenue transactions. The goal of our hedging activity is to offset the impact of currency fluctuations on certain local currency accounts receivable and foreign currency revenue transactions. The success of this activity depends upon forecasts of transaction activity denominated in various currencies. To the extent that these forecasts are overstated or understated during periods of currency volatility, we could experience unanticipated currency gains or losses. Outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts at September 30, 2000 matured within three months, and did not have a material impact on our financial results.

22

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value at the balance sheet date due to the short maturities of these instruments.

We maintain investment portfolio holdings of various issuers, types and maturities. These securities are generally classified as available for sale, and consequently, are recorded on the balance sheet at fair market value with unrealized gains or losses included in stockholders' equity. Given the short maturities and investment grade quality of the portfolio holdings at September 30, 2000, a sharp rise in interest rates should not have a material adverse impact on the fair value of our investment portfolio. As a result, we do not currently hedge these interest rate exposures.

The following table presents hypothetical changes in fair values in our financial instruments at September 30, 2000 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Our modeling technique measures the change in fair value arising from selected potential changes in interest rates. Movements in interest rates of plus or minus 50 basis points (BP) and 100 BP reflect immediate hypothetical shifts in the fair value of these investments. Fair value represents the market principal plus accrued interest and dividends of certain interest-rate-sensitive securities considered cash equivalents or investments for financial reporting purposes at September 30, 2000.

                              Valuation of                               Valuation of
                          Securities given an                        Securities given an
Type of Security         interest rate decrease                     interest rate increase
----------------         -------------------------    No change in  ------------------------
                          (100 BP)      (50 BP)      interest rates   50 BP        100 BP
(in millions)            -----------   -----------   -------------- -----------  -----------
Municipal debt
 securities.............   $        59  $        58       $ 58      $        58   $        57
Mutual funds............            68           68         68               68            68
Government agencies.....            19           19         19               19            19
                           -----------  -----------       ----      -----------   -----------
  Total.................   $       146  $       145       $145      $       145   $       144
                           ===========  ===========       ====      ===========   ===========

The Federal Reserve has adjusted the Federal Funds Rate by a 50 BP move nine times during the last 40 quarters, whereas they have never adjusted the Federal Funds Rate by a 100 BP move during the same period. The last 50 BP move occurred in May 2000.

ITEM 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements are attached as APPENDIX A below.

ITEM 9: Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

PART III

ITEM 10: Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Information with respect to our directors may be found in the sections captioned "Proposal 1: Elect Two Directors" and "Who Are Our Directors" appearing in our 2001 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Our executive officers are:

          Name           Age                            Position
          ----           ---                            --------
C. Richard Harrison.....  45 Chief Executive Officer and President
Edwin J. Gillis.........  52 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Barry F. Cohen..........  56 Executive Vice President, Marketing
James E. Heppelmann.....  36 Executive Vice President, General Manager--Windchill Solutions
Jon R. Stevenson........  40 Executive Vice President, General Manager--MCAD Solutions
Trenton H. Brown........  36 Executive Vice President, International Sales
Paul J. Cunningham......  38 Executive Vice President, Americas Sales
David R. Friedman.......  39 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Clerk
Thomas L. Beaudoin......  47 Senior Vice President, Finance

23

Mr. Harrison has been Chief Executive Officer and President since March 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Harrison served as President and Chief Operating Officer since August 1994.

Mr. Gillis has been Executive Vice President since October 1996 and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since October 1995. Mr. Gillis had served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration from October 1995 to September 1996. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Gillis was Senior Vice President of Finance and Operations and Chief Financial Officer at Lotus Development Corporation from August 1991 until September 1995.

Mr. Cohen has been Executive Vice President, Marketing since January 1998. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Cohen was Senior Vice President, Human Development and Organizational Productivity at Computervision Corporation from November 1993 to January 1998.

Mr. Heppelmann has been Executive Vice President, General Manager-Windchill Solutions since November 2000. He had served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of Windchill Netmarkets from July 2000 to November 2000 and Senior Vice President of Windchill from January 1998 to July 2000. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Heppelmann was Vice President of Marketing and Chief Technology Officer of Windchill Technology, Inc. from September 1997 to January 1998. From October 1992 to September 1997, he held various positions at Metaphase Technology Inc. including Chief Technology Officer.

Mr. Stevenson has been Executive Vice President, General Manager-MCAD Solutions since May 2000. Mr. Stevenson was Senior Vice President, Research & Development from March 1999 to May 2000 and was Senior Vice President, Designwave from January 1998 to March 1999. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Stevenson was employed by Computervision Corporation as Vice President, Research & Development from April 1996 to January 1998 and Director of Research and Development from February 1995 to April 1996.

Mr. Brown has been Executive Vice President, International Sales since July 2000. Mr. Brown was Divisional Vice President, Asia Pacific from April 2000 to July 2000 and Sector Vice President from October 1999 to April 2000. Prior to that, he was Area Vice President-Sales from October 1998 to October 1999 and Regional Director from April 1998 to October 1998. He also served as District Manager from December 1997 to April 1998. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Brown served as District Manager of Nalco Chemical Inc. from September 1989 to December 1997.

Mr. Cunningham has served as Executive Vice President, Americas Sales since July 2000 and from October 1998 to June 2000 he was Executive Vice President, Primary Sales. Mr. Cunningham was Senior Vice President, European Sales from April 1997 to October 1998 and Senior Vice President, North America West Sales from October 1996 to April 1997. Prior to that, he was Area Vice President- Sales from January 1996 to October 1996 and Vice President, Western Operations & Sales Development from October 1994 to January 1996.

Mr. Friedman has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Clerk since October 1999. Mr. Friedman had served as Vice President, General Counsel and Clerk from October 1998 to September 1999 and as Associate Corporate Counsel from September 1996 to September 1998. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Friedman was a Partner at the law firm of Palmer & Dodge LLP from January 1994 to August 1996.

Mr. Beaudoin has been Senior Vice President, Finance since joining PTC in October 2000. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Beaudoin was Chief Financial Officer, Infinite Supply at i2 Technologies Inc. from June 2000 to September 2000. Mr. Beaudoin has served in the following positions at Compaq Computer Corporation:
Vice President Finance, Enterprise from July 1999 to June 2000; Vice President, Services from January 1998 to July 1999; and, Vice President, Asia Pacific from January 1995 to January 1998.

ITEM 11: Executive Compensation

Information with respect to executive compensation may be found under the headings captioned "How We Compensate Our Directors" and "Information About Executive Compensation" appearing in our 2001 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

24

ITEM 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Information with respect to security ownership may be found under the heading captioned "Information About PTC Common Stock Ownership" appearing in our 2001 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Information with respect to this item may be found under the heading "Information About Certain Insider Relationships" appearing in our 2001 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 14: Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) Documents Filed as Part of Form 10-K
1. Financial Statements -- Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1999 and 2000 -- Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000 -- Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000 -- Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000 -- Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000 -- Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements -- Report of Independent Accountants

2. Financial Statement Schedules -- Schedules have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included.

3. Exhibits -- As part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we hereby file and incorporate by reference the Exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such Exhibits.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K

None.

(c) Exhibits

As part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we hereby file the Exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index.

(d) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

25

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 20th day of December, 2000.

Parametric Technology Corporation

By /s/ C. Richard Harrison
   ----------------------------------
  C. Richard Harrison,
  Chief Executive Officer and
  President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Parametric Technology Corporation, hereby severally constitute Edwin J. Gillis and David R. Friedman, Esq., and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them, and each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below any and all subsequent amendments to this report, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated below.

              Signature                            Title                       Date
              ---------                            -----                       ----
 (i) Principal Executive Officer:
 /s/ C. Richard Harrison              Chief Executive Officer            December 20, 2000
--------------------------------       and President
 C. Richard Harrison


 (ii) Principal Financial and
  Accounting Officer:
 /s/ Edwin J. Gillis                  Executive Vice President, Chief    December 20, 2000
--------------------------------       Financial Officer and
 Edwin J. Gillis                       Treasurer



 (iii) Board of Directors:
 /s/ Noel G. Posternak                Chairman of the Board of           December 20, 2000
---------------------------------      Directors
 Noel G. Posternak


/s/ C. Richard Harrison               Director                           December 20, 2000
---------------------------------
 C. Richard Harrison


/s/ Robert N. Goldman                 Director                          December 20, 2000
---------------------------------
 Robert N. Goldman


/s/ Donald K. Grierson                Director                          December 20, 2000
---------------------------------
Donald K. Grierson


/s/ Oscar B. Marx, III                Director                          December 20, 2000
---------------------------------
Oscar B. Marx, III


/s/ Michael E. Porter                 Director                          December 20, 2000
---------------------------------
Michael E. Porter

26

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
-------
  2.1(a)  -- Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of November 3,
             1997 by and among Parametric Technology Corporation, PTC
             Acquisition and Computervision Corporation (filed as
             Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 4,
             1997 and incorporated herein by reference).
  2.1(b)  -- Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of March 8, 1999
             by and among Parametric Technology Corporation, Northstar
             Acquisition Corporation, auxilium inc. and the stockholders of
             auxilium inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on
             Form 8-K filed March 23, 1999 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
  3.1(a)  -- Restated Articles of Organization of Parametric Technology
             Corporation adopted February 4, 1993 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to
             our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
             March 30, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
  3.1(b)  -- Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization
             adopted February 9, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 4.1(b) to our
             Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-01297)
             and incorporated herein by reference).
  3.1(c)  -- Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization
             adopted February 13, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 4.1(b) to our
             Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-22169)
             and incorporated herein by reference).
  3.1(d)  -- Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization
             adopted February 10, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our
             Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
             April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference).
  3.1(e)  -- Certificate of Vote of Directors establishing Series A Junior
             Participating Preferred Stock (filed herewith).
  3.2     -- By-Laws, as amended and restated, of Parametric Technology
             Corporation (filed herewith).
  4.1     -- Rights Agreement effective as of January 5, 2001 between
             Parametric Technology Corporation and American Stock Transfer &
             Trust Company (filed herewith).
 10.1*    -- Parametric Technology Corporation 2000 Equity Incentive Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
             the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein
             by reference).
 10.2*    -- Parametric Technology Corporation 1997 Incentive Stock Option
             Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-
             Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 1997 and incorporated
             herein by reference).
 10.3*    -- Parametric Technology Corporation 1987 Incentive Stock Option
             Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Annual Report on
             Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 10.4*    -- Parametric Technology Corporation 1992 Director Stock Option
             Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to our Annual Report
             on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996 and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 10.5*    -- Parametric Technology Corporation 1996 Directors Stock Option
             Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Annual Report on
             Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 10.6*    -- Computervision Corporation 1992 Stock Option Plan as amended
             September 15, 1994, April 18, 1995 and December 5, 1996 (filed
             as Exhibit 10.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of
             Computervision Corporation for the fiscal year ended December
             31, 1996 (File No. 1-7760/0-20290) and incorporated herein by
             reference).

27

Exhibit
Number
-------
10.7*    -- Amended and Restated Severance Agreement with Steven C. Walske
            dated March 1, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly
            Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000
            and incorporated herein by reference).
10.8*    -- Amended and Restated Severance Agreement with C. Richard
            Harrison dated February 10, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to our
            Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April
            1, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.9*    -- Amended and Restated Severance Agreement with Edwin J. Gillis
            dated February 10, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly
            Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000
            and incorporated herein by reference).
10.10*   -- Severance Agreement with Barry F. Cohen dated February 10, 2000
            (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
            the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein
            by reference).
10.11*   -- Severance Agreement with Paul J. Cunningham dated October 29,
            1998 (filed herewith).
10.12*   -- Severance Agreement with James E. Heppelmann dated May 18, 2000
            (filed herewith).
10.13*   -- Severance Agreement with Jon R. Stevenson dated May 18, 2000
            (filed herewith).
10.14*   -- Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter dated November 17,
            1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
            for the fiscal quarter ended June 28, 1997 and incorporated
            herein by reference).
10.15*   -- Amendment #1 to Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter
            dated May 15, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly
            Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 28, 1997
            and incorporated herein by reference).
10.16*   -- Amendment #2 to Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter
            dated January 6, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly
            Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 1998
            and incorporated herein by reference).
10.17*   -- Amendment #3 to Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter
            dated July 20, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to our Annual Report
            on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 and
            incorporated herein by reference).
10.18*   -- Amendment #4 to the Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter
            dated February 11, 1999 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly
            Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 1999
            and incorporated herein by reference).
10.19*   -- Amendment #5 to the Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter
            dated February 10, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to our Quarterly
            Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000
            and incorporated herein by reference).
10.20*   -- Amendment #6 to the Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter
            dated September 14, 2000 (filed herewith).
10.21    -- Lease dated December 14, 1999 by and between PTC and Boston
            Properties Limited Partnership (filed herewith).
10.22    -- Lease dated May 22, 1987 by and between PTC and the Trustees of
            128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration
            Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-31620) and
            incorporated herein by reference).
10.23    -- Lease Amendment No. 1 dated March 10, 1988 by and between PTC
            and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.6
            to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference).

28

Exhibit
Number
-------
10.24    -- Lease Amendment No. 2 dated November 9, 1988 by and between PTC
            and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.7
            to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.25    -- Lease Amendment No. 3 dated November 8, 1989 by and between PTC
            and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.8
            to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.26    -- Lease Amendment No. 4 dated January 21, 1991 by and between PTC
            and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.7
            to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.27    -- Lease Amendment No. 5 dated March 6, 1992 by and between PTC and
            the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to
            our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1992 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by
            reference).
10.28    -- Lease Amendment No. 5A dated November 18, 1992 by and between
            PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit
            10.19 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
            ended September 30, 1992 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated
            herein by reference).
10.29    -- Lease Amendment No. 6 dated June 8, 1993 by and between PTC and
            the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to
            our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1993 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by
            reference).
10.30    -- Lease Amendment No. 7 dated April 14, 1994 by and between PTC
            and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.22
            to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1994 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by
            reference).
10.31    -- Lease Amendment No. 8 dated July 19, 1995 by and between PTC and
            the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to
            our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1995 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by
            reference).
10.32    -- Lease Amendment No. 9 dated January 23, 1996 by and between PTC
            and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.20
            to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1998 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by
            reference).
10.33    -- Lease Amendment No. 10 dated May 10, 1996 by and between PTC and
            the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to
            our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.34    -- Lease Amendment No. 11 dated January 24, 1997 by and between PTC
            and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.26
            to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.35    -- Lease Amendment No. 12 dated December 4, 1998 by and between PTC
            and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.29
            to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.36    -- Lease Amendment No. 13 dated December 8, 1998 by and between PTC
            and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.30
            to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.37    -- Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated as of January 1, 1995
            between United Trust Fund Limited Partnership and (filed as
            Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of
            Computervision Corporation for the fiscal year ended December
            31, 1995 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by
            reference).
21.1     -- Subsidiaries of Parametric Technology Corporation (filed
            herewith).

29

Exhibit
Number
-------
23.1     -- Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (filed herewith).
27.1     -- Financial Data Schedule for the year ended September 30, 2000
            (filed herewith).


* Identifies a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement in which an executive officer or director of PTC participates.

30

APPENDIX A

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)

                                                           September 30,
                                                      ------------------------
                                                         1999         2000
                                                      -----------  -----------
                       ASSETS
                       ------
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................... $   239,789  $   325,872
  Short-term investments.............................     101,217       22,969
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $6,400 and $6,270.....................     221,889      183,804
  Prepaid expenses...................................      47,068       47,727
  Other current assets...............................      95,141       48,061
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total current assets.............................     705,104      628,433
Marketable investments...............................      12,889       26,300
Property and equipment, net..........................      64,176       66,879
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $20,464
 and $45,771.........................................     113,011       88,034
Other intangible assets, net of accumulated
 amortization of $9,233 and $22,864..................      53,836       43,645
Other assets.........................................      67,604       71,592
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total assets..................................... $ 1,016,620  $   924,883
                                                      ===========  ===========
          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
          ------------------------------------
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable................................... $    40,879  $    30,944
  Accrued expenses...................................      67,135       46,200
  Accrued compensation and severance.................      55,590       52,112
  Deferred revenue...................................     213,059      231,495
  Income taxes.......................................      80,520        1,601
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total current liabilities........................     457,183      362,352
Other liabilities....................................      38,333       33,989
Commitments and contingencies (Note G)
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000 shares
   authorized; none issued...........................          --           --
  Common stock, $0.01 par value; 500,000 shares
   authorized; 272,277 and 276,053 shares issued.....       2,723        2,761
  Additional paid-in capital.........................   1,583,846    1,641,513
  Treasury stock, at cost, 2,113 and 6,456 shares....     (27,727)     (66,647)
  Accumulated deficit................................  (1,022,357)  (1,036,456)
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss...............     (15,381)     (12,629)
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity.......................     521,104      528,542
                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity....... $ 1,016,620  $   924,883
                                                      ===========  ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-1

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share data)

                                                  Year ended September 30,
                                                ------------------------------
                                                  1998       1999       2000
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
Revenue:
 License....................................... $ 609,239  $ 561,220  $378,618
 Service.......................................   408,731    496,381   549,796
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
    Total revenue.............................. 1,017,970  1,057,601   928,414
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
Costs and expenses:
 Cost of license revenue.......................    15,299     16,508    16,718
 Cost of service revenue.......................   140,625    191,147   228,266
 Sales and marketing...........................   395,352    407,936   416,665
 Research and development......................    93,162    124,131   143,763
 General and administrative....................    57,031     62,852    71,263
 Amortization of goodwill and other intangible
  assets.......................................     2,715     22,888    38,432
 Acquisition and nonrecurring charges (Note B).   105,766     53,347    21,534
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
    Total costs and expenses...................   809,950    878,809   936,641
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
Operating income (loss)........................   208,020    178,792    (8,227)
 Interest expense..............................    13,329        622       367
 Interest income...............................   (19,131)   (11,283)  (13,228)
 Other expense, net............................     9,815      8,211     9,701
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
 extraordinary loss............................   204,007    181,242    (5,067)
 Provision (benefit) for income taxes..........    98,293     61,949    (1,087)
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss........   105,714    119,293    (3,980)
 Extraordinary loss, net of income tax benefit
  of $2,183 (Note F)...........................   (19,017)        --        --
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
Net income (loss).............................. $  86,697  $ 119,293  $ (3,980)
                                                =========  =========  ========
Earnings (loss) per share (Note A):
Basic:
 Income (loss) before extraordinary loss....... $    0.39  $    0.44  $  (0.01)
 Extraordinary loss............................     (0.07)        --        --
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
 Net income (loss)............................. $    0.32  $    0.44  $  (0.01)
                                                =========  =========  ========
Diluted:
 Income (loss) before extraordinary loss....... $    0.38  $    0.43  $  (0.01)
 Extraordinary loss............................     (0.07)        --        --
                                                ---------  ---------  --------
 Net income (loss)............................. $    0.31  $    0.43  $  (0.01)
                                                =========  =========  ========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-2

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

                                                   Year ended September 30,
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                    1998       1999      2000
                                                  ---------  --------  --------
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income (loss)..............................  $  86,697  $119,293  $ (3,980)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
  net cash flows from operating activities:
  Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of
   debt.........................................     19,017        --        --
  Non-cash portion of nonrecurring charges......     15,876     4,693     2,499
  Depreciation and amortization.................     29,930    62,283    78,769
  Deferred income taxes.........................      5,526   (16,914)   (4,838)
  Provision for loss on accounts receivable.....      5,822     4,445     7,589
  Charge for purchased in-process research and
   development..................................     28,941    38,244        --
  Changes in assets and liabilities which
   provided (used) cash, net of effects of
   purchased businesses:
     Accounts receivable........................        766   (35,393)   29,427
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses......     (2,720)  (35,663)  (19,210)
     Accrued compensation and severance.........    (10,999)  (26,898)   (7,218)
     Deferred revenue...........................     30,276    64,012    18,436
     Income taxes...............................     19,387    16,556   (55,601)
     Other current assets.......................    (32,841)  (35,109)    6,245
     Other noncurrent assets and liabilities....    (13,789)   (8,708)     (267)
                                                  ---------  --------  --------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......    181,889   150,841    51,851
                                                  ---------  --------  --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Additions to property and equipment............    (35,794)  (35,246)  (37,032)
 Additions to other intangible assets...........         --   (24,133)   (2,784)
 Acquisitions of businesses.....................    (40,599)  (72,925)   (7,922)
 Construction in progress.......................         --   (28,284)   (4,106)
 Proceeds from sale of construction in
  progress......................................         --        --    30,836
 Purchases of investments.......................   (413,522)  (95,416)  (53,732)
 Proceeds from sales and maturities of
  investments...................................    593,406   196,918   115,262
                                                  ---------  --------  --------
Net cash provided (used) by investing
 activities.....................................    103,491   (59,086)   40,522
                                                  ---------  --------  --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock.........     70,440    23,866    79,621
 Purchases of treasury stock....................    (49,972)  (89,968)  (90,020)
 Repayment of indebtedness......................   (275,694)       --        --
                                                  ---------  --------  --------
Net cash used by financing activities...........   (255,226)  (66,102)  (10,399)
                                                  ---------  --------  --------
Elimination of net cash activity of acquired
 company for the three months ended December 31,
 1997...........................................     11,567        --        --
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.........     (4,359)    8,165     4,109
                                                  ---------  --------  --------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.......     37,362    33,818    86,083
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year....    168,609   205,971   239,789
                                                  ---------  --------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year..........  $ 205,971  $239,789  $325,872
                                                  =========  ========  ========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)

                                                Year ended September 30,
                                            ----------------------------------
                                               1998        1999        2000
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Common stock
Balance--beginning of year................  $    2,680  $    2,723  $    2,723
 Issued for employee stock purchase and
  option plans............................          43          --          38
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Balance--end of year......................       2,723       2,723       2,761
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Additional paid-in capital
Balance--beginning of year................   1,450,132   1,528,647   1,583,846
 Issued for employee stock purchase and
  option plans............................      57,218       7,812      40,148
 Tax benefit related to stock option
  plans...................................      21,297       2,500      17,519
 Issuance of treasury stock for
  acquisitions............................          --      44,887          --
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Balance--end of year......................   1,528,647   1,583,846   1,641,513
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Treasury stock
Balance--beginning of year................     (24,169)    (43,134)    (27,727)
 Repurchased..............................     (49,972)    (89,968)    (90,020)
 Issued for employee stock purchase and
  option plans............................      31,007      42,117      51,100
 Issuance of treasury stock for
  acquisitions............................          --      63,258          --
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Balance--end of year......................     (43,134)    (27,727)    (66,647)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Accumulated deficit
Balance--beginning of year................  (1,215,393) (1,123,399) (1,022,357)
 Net income (loss)........................      86,697     119,293      (3,980)
 Treasury shares issued for employee stock
  purchase and option plans...............     (14,913)    (18,251)    (10,119)
 Change in year end of acquired company...      20,210          --          --
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Balance--end of year......................  (1,123,399) (1,022,357) (1,036,456)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Balance--beginning of year................      (8,699)    (29,333)    (15,381)
 Foreign currency translation adjustment..      (3,232)      3,596       2,483
 Unrealized gain (loss) on investments....         327        (478)         80
 Minimum pension liability adjustment.....     (17,729)     10,834         189
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Balance--end of year......................     (29,333)    (15,381)    (12,629)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Total stockholders' equity................  $  335,504  $  521,104  $  528,542
                                            ==========  ==========  ==========

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                                 (in thousands)

                                                Year ended September 30,
                                            ----------------------------------
                                               1998        1999        2000
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Comprehensive income:
Net income (loss).........................  $   86,697  $  119,293  $   (3,980)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of
 tax provision (benefit):
 Foreign currency translation adjustment,
  net of tax of ($1,740), $1,936 and
  $1,337..................................      (3,232)      3,596       2,483
 Unrealized gain (loss) on securities, net
  of tax of $176, ($257) and $43..........         327        (478)         80
 Minimum pension liability adjustment, net
  of tax of ($2,744), $1,301 and ($170)...     (17,729)     10,834         189
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Other comprehensive income (loss).........     (20,634)     13,952       2,752
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Comprehensive income (loss)...............  $   66,063  $  133,245  $   (1,228)
                                            ==========  ==========  ==========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Parametric Technology Corporation (PTC) develops, markets and supports collaborative product commerce (CPC) solutions that help manufacturing companies shape innovation and achieve sustainable competitive advantage in the Internet age. These B2B e-commerce solutions employ powerful Web-based collaboration and flexible engineering technologies to streamline product development and delivery processes. Our software solutions are complemented by the strength and experience of our Global Services Organization, which provides training, consulting, support, and e-commerce services to customers worldwide. With our CPC solutions, manufacturers can take advantage of the Internet to improve product quality, reduce costs and shorten time-to-market cycles. We operate in a single segment-computer software and related services.

Basis of Presentation

Our fiscal year-end is September 30. The consolidated financial statements include the parent company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including those operating outside the U.S. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the financial statements. Certain reclassifications have been made for consistent presentation. We prepare our financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles that require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and the related disclosures. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

As described in Note B, in January 1998, we merged with Computervision Corporation. The merger was accounted for as a pooling of interests. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes have been restated for all prior periods presented.

Foreign Currency Translation

For our foreign operations where the functional currency is the local currency, we translate assets and liabilities at rates in effect at the balance sheet date and record translation adjustments in stockholders' equity. For our foreign operations where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, we translate monetary assets and liabilities using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and nonmonetary assets and liabilities at historical rates and record translation adjustments in income. We translate income statement amounts at average rates for the period. Transaction gains and losses are recorded in other expense in the statement of income.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue is derived from the licensing of computer software products and from service revenue consisting of training, consulting and maintenance. License revenue is recognized upon contract execution, provided all shipment obligations have been met, fees are fixed or determinable and collection is probable. Revenue from software maintenance contracts is recognized ratably over the contract period. Revenue from consulting and training is recognized upon performance.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

Our cash is invested in debt instruments of financial institutions, government entities, corporations and mutual funds. We have established guidelines relative to credit ratings, diversification and maturities that maintain safety and liquidity. Our cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with maturity periods of three months or less when purchased. Our short-term investments include those investments with maturities in excess of three months but less than one year. Our marketable investments are those with maturities in excess of one year but less than two years. Our cash equivalents and short-term and marketable investments are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in the accumulated other

F-5

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

comprehensive loss component of stockholders' equity. We have not had any significant losses related to our investments.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to their short maturities. Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of investments, trade receivables and derivatives. Our cash, cash equivalents, investments and derivatives are held with financial institutions with high credit standings. Our customer base consists of large numbers of geographically diverse customers dispersed across many industries. As a result, concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is not significant except for a receivable from our preferred distributor, which accounts for 13% and 12% of total receivables as of September 30, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

Trade Accounts Receivable Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $7.7 million, $6.4 million and $6.3 million as of September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Uncollectible trade accounts receivable written-off, net of recoveries was $5.5 million, $5.7 million and $7.7 million for 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

Transfers of Financial Assets

We offer our customers the option to purchase software and services through payment plans, financing or leasing contracts. In general, we transfer future payments under certain of these contracts to financing institutions on a non- recourse basis. We record such transfers as sales of the related accounts receivable when we surrender control of such receivables under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 125, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.

Derivatives

Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial instruments, such as foreign currency. We enter into derivative transactions, specifically foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange option contracts, to manage our exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The contracts are primarily in European currencies and Japanese yen and have maturities less than one year. Any derivative we enter into is designated at inception as a hedge of risks associated with specific assets, liabilities or future commitments and is monitored to determine if it remains an effective hedge. The effectiveness of the derivative as a hedge is based on changes in its market value being highly correlated with changes in market value of the underlying hedged items. We do not enter into or hold derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

We use forward exchange contracts to hedge specific foreign currency denominated receivables. These contracts, which are one year or less in length, require us to exchange foreign currencies for U.S. dollars at maturity at rates agreed to at inception of the contracts. We enter into transactions denominated in foreign currencies and include the exchange gain or loss arising from such transactions in other expense. As of September 30, 1999 and 2000, we had approximately $190.0 million and $116.0 million, respectively, of forward contracts outstanding. Net unrealized and realized gains and losses associated with exchange rate fluctuations on forward contracts and the underlying foreign currency exposure being hedged were immaterial for all periods presented. Cash flows from forward contracts are classified with the related receivables.

From time to time, we purchase foreign exchange option contracts to limit potential losses from adverse exchange-rate movements on certain anticipated revenue transactions. Premiums to purchase option contracts

F-6

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

are capitalized in other assets and amortized to other expense over the life of the contract. Gains on option contracts, if any, are included in license and service revenue in the period in which the related local currency revenue is reported. There were no outstanding option contracts at September 30, 1999 or 2000.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight- line method over their estimated useful lives. Computer hardware and software are typically amortized over three to five years, and furniture and fixtures three to eight years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the remaining terms of the related leases. Property and equipment under capital leases are amortized over the lesser of the lease terms or their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred; additions and improvements are capitalized. When an item is sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation is relieved, and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized in income.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets includes the values attributable to intangible assets acquired and are amortized using the straight-line method. Goodwill is amortized over five to seven years and other intangible assets, such as assembled workforces, customer lists and developed technology, are amortized over three to five years, and trademarks, which is also included in other intangible assets, are amortized over seven years.

Management regularly evaluates the net realizable value of long lived assets including property and equipment, computer software costs and goodwill and other intangible assets relying on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, budgets and economic projections.

Computer Software Costs

We incur costs to develop computer software to be licensed or otherwise marketed to customers. Development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing products are expensed in the period incurred, unless these costs qualify for capitalization. Capitalized computer software costs are amortized over the economic lives of the related products, typically three to five years, beginning at their initial shipment date. Net capitalized computer software costs are included in other assets and were immaterial at September 30, 1999 and 2000. Amortization charged to cost of license revenue was $521,000, $220,000 and $17,000 for fiscal 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

Income Taxes

Our income tax expense includes U.S. and international income taxes. Certain items of income and expense are not reported in tax returns and financial statements in the same year. The tax effect of these differences are reported as deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized, net of valuation allowances, for the estimated future tax effects of deductible temporary differences and tax operating loss and credit carryforwards. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes.

F-7

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Earnings Per Share (EPS)

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding stock options using the "treasury stock" method. The following table, adjusted for stock dividends, presents the calculation for both basic and diluted EPS:

                                                    Year ended September 30,
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                     1998     1999     2000
                                                   -------- -------- ---------
                                                    (in thousands, except per
                                                             share)
Net income (loss)................................. $ 86,697 $119,293 $  (3,980)
                                                   ======== ======== =========
Weighted average shares outstanding...............  268,977  269,526   273,081
Dilutive effect of employee stock options.........    8,287    5,549        --
                                                   -------- -------- ---------
Diluted shares outstanding........................  277,264  275,075   273,081
                                                   ======== ======== =========
Basic earnings (loss) per share................... $   0.32 $   0.44 $   (0.01)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share................. $   0.31 $   0.43 $   (0.01)

Options to purchase shares of our common stock of 11.7 million shares for 1998, 18.2 million shares for 1999 and 13.3 million shares for 2000 were outstanding but were not included in the computations of diluted EPS because the price of the options was greater than the average market price of the common stock for the period reported. For 2000, the dilutive effect of an additional 8.5 million shares was excluded from the computation of diluted EPS, as the effect was anti-dilutive with the net loss.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB No. 25), and related interpretations. Under APB No. 25, no compensation cost is recognized because the option price is equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. An alternative method of accounting is SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Under SFAS No. 123, employee stock options are valued at the grant date using a valuation model, and compensation cost is recognized ratably over the vesting period. The impact of recording stock-based compensation under the provisions of SFAS No. 123 is disclosed in Note J.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities. SFAS No. 133 requires companies to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities, with the instruments measured at fair value. The accounting for changes in fair value, gains or losses, depends on the intended use of the derivative and its resulting designation. In June 2000, the FASB issued SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities--an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 which amended SFAS No. 133 for a limited number of issues that have caused application difficulties. The statement is effective for all quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. We plan to implement SFAS No. 133 in our fiscal year 2001. The adoption of this statement will not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements, which provides guidance related to revenue recognition based on interpretations and practices followed by the SEC. SAB 101 is effective for the fourth

F-8

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

quarter of our fiscal 2001. We do not expect the implementation of SAB 101 to have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2000, the FASB issued SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. SFAS No. 140 provides accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities. SFAS No. 140 replaces SFAS No. 125 but it carries over most of SFAS No. 125's provisions. The statement is effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after March 31, 2001. We believe the adoption of this statement will not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.

B. Acquisitions and Nonrecurring Charges

Acquisitions

Computervision

In January 1998, we merged with Computervision Corporation by issuing 11.6 million shares of common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding common stock of Computervision. In connection with the merger, we incurred a nonrecurring charge of $76.8 million for merger-related integration, consolidation and transaction costs, which are described in the acquisition and nonrecurring charges activity table below.

As our fiscal year-end differed from Computervision's, we combined financial information for dissimilar year-ends. Computervision's results of operations for its fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 were combined with our results of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997. In order to conform Computervision's fiscal year-end to ours, Computervision's results of operations for the three months ended December 31, 1997 were combined with our results of operations for the three months ended January 3, 1998.
Computervision's net loss of $20.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 1997, which has been included in the consolidated statements of income for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 and the first quarter of fiscal 1998, has been reflected as an adjustment to our beginning balance of fiscal 1998 accumulated deficit. Due to the change in Computervision's year-end, their cash flow activity for the three-month period ended December 31, 1997 has been shown as a separate component of the cash flow statement. Adjustments recorded to conform Computervision's accounting policies to ours were not material to the consolidated financial statements. The following table shows revenue and net income of the separate companies during the period preceding the combination:

                                                              Three Months Ended
                                                               January 3, 1998
                                                              ------------------
                                                                (in thousands)
Revenue:
  Parametric Technology......................................      $223,007
  Computervision.............................................        35,861
                                                                   --------
Combined revenue.............................................      $258,868
                                                                   ========
Net income (loss):
  Parametric Technology......................................      $ 62,343
  Computervision.............................................       (20,210)
                                                                   --------
Combined net income..........................................      $ 42,133
                                                                   ========

ICEM

In June 1998, we acquired ICEM Technologies (ICEM), a division of Control Data Systems, Inc., for $40.6 million in cash. Headquartered in Frankfurt, Germany, ICEM provides advanced surfacing and reverse-

F-9

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

engineering software tools used by body and styling engineers in the automotive and aerospace industries. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The fair value assigned to intangible assets acquired consisted of purchased in-process research and development (R&D), developed technology, an assembled workforce and trade names. The amounts allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired less the liabilities assumed exceeded the purchase price by approximately $7.0 million. This excess value over the purchase price was allocated to reduce proportionately the values assigned to long-term assets and purchased in-process R&D in determining their values. The values assigned included $2.1 million for net assets acquired, $28.9 million for purchased in- process R&D, $8.0 million for developed technology, $1.6 million for an assembled workforce and $1.0 million for trade names.

InPart

In October 1998, we acquired all of the outstanding stock in InPart Design, Inc. by issuing 2.0 million shares of our common stock. As of September 30, 1999, we issued 600,000 additional shares to satisfy certain contingent conditions, which were included in the purchase price described below. In addition, we reserved 386,000 shares of common stock for outstanding InPart options assumed. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price of $38.1 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $741,000 for net liabilities assumed, $10.6 million for purchased in- process R&D, $4.1 million for developed technology, $1.1 million for customer lists, $200,000 for an assembled workforce and $300,000 for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $22.5 million.

Division

In March 1999, we acquired Division Group plc for $37.3 million in cash and 593,000 shares of our common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price of $48.1 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $555,000 for net assets acquired, $9.0 million for purchased in-process R&D, $3.3 million for developed technology, $2.0 million for customer lists, $970,000 for an assembled workforce and $2.5 million for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $29.8 million.

auxilium

In March 1999, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of auxilium inc. in exchange for 2.6 million shares of our common stock and $39.4 million in cash. In addition, we reserved 1.1 million shares of common stock for outstanding auxilium options assumed. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price of $101.7 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $182,000 for net liabilities assumed, $18.6 million for purchased in-process R&D, $700,000 for developed technology, $5.0 million for customer lists, $630,000 for an assembled workforce and $6.0 million for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $70.9 million.

The operating results of ICEM, InPart, Division and auxilium have been included in our results of operations from the date of each acquisition. Our purchases of ICEM, InPart, Division and auxilium did not require the presentation of pro forma information.

In the opinion of management, the purchased in-process R&D for the acquisitions of ICEM, InPart, Division and auxilium had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. Accordingly, we recorded nonrecurring charges of $28.9 million during the third quarter of 1998 related to ICEM, $10.6 million in the first quarter of 1999 related to InPart and $27.6 million in the second quarter of 1999 related to Division

F-10

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

and auxilium. The values assigned to purchased in-process R&D were determined by identifying research projects for which technological feasibility had not been established. The values of the purchased in-process R&D were determined by estimating the stage of completion, including consideration of the complexity of the work completed, the costs incurred and the projected cost to complete, the contribution of any core technology and other acquired assets and the projected product introduction dates, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the products developed and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. The discount rates used included a factor that took into account the uncertainty surrounding the successful development of the purchased in- process technology for each acquisition. If these projects are not successfully developed, future revenue and profitability may be adversely affected, and the value of intangible assets acquired, which aggregated $160.6 million at the time of acquisition, may become impaired.

Nonrecurring Charges

Sales Force Reorganizations

During the first quarter of 1999, we reorganized our sales force and, in connection with this action, incurred a restructuring charge of $3.2 million for the severance and termination benefits of approximately 170 people who were terminated during the first quarter of 1999 in accordance with management's plan. During the second quarter of 1999, we incurred a restructuring charge of $5.8 million primarily for the severance and termination benefits of approximately 150 people in connection with the integration of our sales and related support groups. All amounts related to terminated employees were paid in 1999.

Facility Consolidation and Asset Impairment

During the second quarter of 1999, we incurred a restructuring charge of $1.4 million for the consolidation of certain excess leased facilities. Also, in the second quarter we recorded an impairment loss of $4.7 million on certain intangible assets related to our industrial design (CDRS) activities. Due to recent acquisitions and the development of new technology, the carrying value of these assets was impaired.

Reorganization into Business Units

During the third quarter of 2000, we recorded a $21.5 million nonrecurring charge primarily associated with our reorganization into business units and with the development and execution of management's plans to reduce our cost structure and improve profitability. The nonrecurring charge is comprised of $11.9 million for severance and termination benefits of approximately 280 people who were notified or terminated during the third quarter of 2000 and $9.6 million for facility consolidations. Of the $21.5 million nonrecurring charge, $12.2 million was paid through September 30, 2000. We expect to pay $6.0 million over the next twelve months.

F-11

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The following table summarizes all of our acquisition and nonrecurring charges activity:

                                                        September 30,
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                   1998       1999      2000
                                                 ---------  --------  --------
                                                        (in thousands)
Beginning balance............................... $  70,983  $ 69,601  $ 45,860
                                                 ---------  --------  --------
Charges to operations:
  Employee severance and termination............    18,110     8,242    11,908
  Purchased in-process R&D......................    28,941    38,244        --
  Asset write-offs..............................    12,737     4,693       920
  Facility closures and related costs...........     7,158     1,912     8,706
  Additional costs to meet existing contract
   obligations..................................    17,400        --        --
  Transaction costs.............................     8,154        --        --
  Lease terminations and other..................    13,266       256        --
                                                 ---------  --------  --------
Total charges to operations.....................   105,766    53,347    21,534
                                                 ---------  --------  --------
Costs incurred:
  Employee severance and termination benefits...   (22,753)  (11,422)   (9,934)
  Purchased in-process R&D......................   (28,941)  (38,244)       --
  Asset write-offs..............................   (12,737)   (4,693)     (920)
  Facility closures and related costs...........   (17,573)  (17,475)  (17,966)
  Additional costs to meet existing contract
   obligations..................................    (8,026)   (4,100)   (3,061)
  Transaction costs.............................    (7,977)       --        --
  Lease terminations and other..................    (9,141)   (1,154)     (927)
                                                 ---------  --------  --------
Total costs incurred............................  (107,148)  (77,088)  (32,808)
                                                 ---------  --------  --------
Ending balance.................................. $  69,601  $ 45,860  $ 34,586
                                                 =========  ========  ========
Cash expenditures:
  Employee severance and termination benefits... $  22,753  $ 11,422  $  8,354
  Facility closures and related costs...........    17,573    17,475    17,966
  Additional costs to meet existing contract
   obligations..................................     8,026     4,100     3,061
  Transaction costs.............................     7,977        --        --
  Lease terminations and other..................     6,002     1,154       927
                                                 ---------  --------  --------
Total cash expenditures......................... $  62,331  $ 34,151  $ 30,308
                                                 =========  ========  ========
Number of employee severances...................       450       320       280
                                                 =========  ========  ========

As of September 30, 2000, of the $34.6 million remaining in accrued acquisition and nonrecurring charges, $18.1 million was included in current liabilities and $16.5 million in other liabilities.

F-12

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

C. Investments

The fair values of our investments have been determined through information obtained from market sources and management estimates. We use a specific identification cost method to determine the gross realized gains and losses on the sale of our securities. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investments were immaterial for 1998, 1999 and 2000.

                                                  September 30, 1999
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized Unrealized Unrealized   Fair
                                         Cost      Gains      Losses     Value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
                                                    (in thousands)
Municipal debt securities............. $ 74,061     $76       $(225)   $ 73,912
Mutual funds..........................   14,909      --          --      14,909
Commercial paper......................   29,034      --         (18)     29,016
Government agencies...................   39,256       3         (21)     39,238
                                       --------     ---       -----    --------
Total investments..................... $157,260     $79       $(264)   $157,075
                                       ========     ===       =====    ========
Amounts included in:
  Cash and cash equivalents........... $ 42,969     $--       $  --    $ 42,969
  Short-term investments..............  101,355      77        (215)    101,217
  Marketable investments..............   12,936       2         (49)     12,889
                                       --------     ---       -----    --------
Total investments..................... $157,260     $79       $(264)   $157,075
                                       ========     ===       =====    ========
                                                  September 30, 2000
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized Unrealized Unrealized   Fair
                                         Cost      Gains      Losses     Value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
                                                    (in thousands)
Municipal debt securities............. $ 57,778     $25       $ (54)   $ 57,749
Mutual funds..........................   68,219      --          --      68,219
Government agencies...................   18,767      11         (44)     18,734
                                       --------     ---       -----    --------
Total investments..................... $144,764     $36       $ (98)   $144,702
                                       ========     ===       =====    ========
Amounts included in:
  Cash and cash equivalents........... $ 95,433     $--       $  --    $ 95,433
  Short-term investments..............   23,000      23         (54)     22,969
  Marketable investments..............   26,331      13         (44)     26,300
                                       --------     ---       -----    --------
Total investments..................... $144,764     $36       $ (98)   $144,702
                                       ========     ===       =====    ========

D. Property and Equipment

Our property and equipment consisted of the following:

                                                               September 30,
                                                             ------------------
                                                               1999      2000
                                                             --------  --------
                                                              (in thousands)
Computer hardware and software.............................. $104,817  $128,686
Furniture and fixtures......................................   15,605    15,885
Leasehold improvements......................................   14,651    16,671
                                                             --------  --------
Gross property and equipment................................  135,073   161,242
Accumulated depreciation and amortization...................  (70,897)  (94,363)
                                                             --------  --------
Net property and equipment.................................. $ 64,176  $ 66,879
                                                             ========  ========

F-13

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Depreciation expense was $26.4 million in 1998, $33.3 million in 1999 and $35.9 million in 2000. There were no capital leases as of September 30, 1999 or 2000.

E. Income Taxes

Our income (loss) before taxes consisted of the following:

                                                        September 30,
                                               ----------------------------
                                                 1998      1999      2000
                                               --------  --------  --------
                                                      (in thousands)
    Domestic.................................  $191,518  $211,580  $(22,801)
    Foreign..................................    12,489   (30,338)   17,734
                                               --------  --------  --------
    Total....................................  $204,007  $181,242  $ (5,067)
                                               ========  ========  ========

Our provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

                                                      September 30,
                                               ----------------------------
                                                 1998      1999      2000
                                               --------  --------  --------
                                                      (in thousands)
    Current:
      Federal................................  $ 70,787  $ 59,191  $ (9,046)
      State..................................    10,756     9,250    (3,858)
      Foreign................................    11,224    10,422    16,655
                                               --------  --------  --------
                                                 92,767    78,863     3,751
                                               --------  --------  --------
    Deferred:
      Federal................................     4,806   (17,553)   (8,028)
      State..................................       720    (2,250)    4,301
      Foreign................................        --     2,889    (1,111)
                                               --------  --------  --------
                                                  5,526   (16,914)   (4,838)
                                               --------  --------  --------
    Total provision (benefit) for income
      taxes..................................  $ 98,293  $ 61,949  $ (1,087)
                                               ========  ========  ========

The reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and our
effective income tax rate is shown below:
                                                      September 30,
                                               ----------------------------
                                                 1998      1999      2000
                                               --------  --------  --------
    Statutory federal income taxes...........        35%       35%      (35)%
    State income taxes, net of federal
     tax benefit.............................         4         3         6
    Tax exempt interest income...............        (2)       (2)      (36)
    Benefit of foreign sales corporations....        (4)       (1)       (1)
    Valuation allowance......................        --        (9)      (93)
    Acquisition-related charges..............        11         7       157
    Other, net...............................         4         1       (19)
                                               --------  --------  --------
    Effective income tax rate................        48%       34%      (21)%
                                               ========  ========  ========

We paid $71.3 million in 1998, $57.7 million in 1999 and $52.0 million in 2000 for income taxes.

F-14

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The significant temporary differences that create deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown below:

                                                               September 30,
                                                             ------------------
                                                               1999      2000
                                                             --------  --------
                                                              (in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
  Reserves not currently deductible......................... $  2,407  $  5,921
  Restructuring reserves not currently deductible...........    9,503    14,673
  Net operating loss carryforwards..........................   91,569    84,980
  Amortization of intangible assets.........................   15,679    10,435
  Depreciation..............................................    1,824     2,274
  Other.....................................................    7,044     1,747
                                                             --------  --------
Gross deferred tax assets...................................  128,026   120,030
Valuation allowance.........................................  (63,828)  (59,137)
                                                             --------  --------
Total deferred tax assets................................... $ 64,198  $ 60,893
                                                             --------  --------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Investment in foreign subsidiaries........................  (28,512)  (25,308)
  Deferred revenue..........................................   (2,585)   (2,313)
  Other.....................................................   (2,289)   (7,298)
                                                             --------  --------
Total deferred tax liabilities..............................  (33,386)  (34,919)
                                                             --------  --------
Net deferred tax assets..................................... $ 30,812  $ 25,974
                                                             ========  ========

For U.S. tax return purposes, net operating losses (NOLs) and tax credit carryforwards are generally available to be carried forward to future years. However, the Internal Revenue Code limits a corporation's use of NOLs and tax credits after a change of more than 50% of the ownership of the corporation. Our merger with Computervision in January 1998 changed their ownership more than 50%. This change limits our usage of the Computervision NOLs to $14.0 million per year and $196.0 million cumulatively through 2011, plus any built- in gains which existed at the time of the ownership change. There are other limitations imposed on the utilization of such NOLs that could further restrict the recognition of such tax benefits. We have foreign NOLs that are also subject to various limitations. Due to these limitations, we recorded a valuation allowance for the tax benefit of a majority of NOLs since realization of these future benefits was not sufficiently assured. During 1999 and 2000, we reduced our valuation allowance $22.1 million and $4.7 million, respectively, primarily due to anticipated future benefits from the utilization of certain NOLs in 1999 and 2000.

F. Debt

In connection with the Computervision merger, we acquired debt obligations, which were paid in full during the second quarter of fiscal 1998. The total cash outlay for settlement of these obligations plus accrued interest and related fees was $275.7 million. We incurred an extraordinary after-tax loss of $19.0 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs and other prepayment costs associated with the payment of these debt obligations. We paid interest of $10.7 million in 1998 related to these debt obligations.

F-15

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

G. Commitments and Contingencies

Leasing Arrangements

We lease office facilities and certain equipment under operating leases expiring at various dates through 2014. In addition to rent, certain leases require us to pay directly for taxes, insurance, maintenance and other operating expenses. Lease expense, net of sublease income, was $45.0 million in 1998, $54.6 million in 1999 and $54.1 million in 2000. At September 30, 2000, our future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases with remaining terms of one or more years are as follows:

                                                               September 30,
                                                                    2000
                                                               --------------
                                                               (in thousands)
2001..........................................................    $ 54,105
2002..........................................................      43,077
2003..........................................................      31,732
2004..........................................................      24,211
2005..........................................................      22,421
Thereafter....................................................     122,882
                                                                  --------
Total minimum lease payments..................................    $298,428
                                                                  ========

As a result of Computervision's cost saving initiatives in prior years, our merger with Computervision and our cost saving initiatives in 1999 and 2000, certain leased facilities were considered excess. As of September 30, 2000 we had $24.9 million reserved for facility obligations in excess of sublease income.

In December 1999, we sold land and certain improvements under construction for $30.8 million and entered into an operating lease covering approximately 381,000 square feet of office space in Needham, MA that will allow us to consolidate and replace our Waltham, MA operations. Our corporate offices currently occupy 210,000 square feet in the new Needham facility and we expect to occupy the remaining 171,000 square feet in the second quarter of fiscal 2001, subject to completion. Occupancy and rent began in December 2000 and the lease expires in December 2012, subject to certain renewal rights. In the first half of 2001 we expect to make approximately $25.0 million of capital expenditures primarily for tenant improvements and furniture and fixtures related to the new facility. As of September 30, 2000, we have letters of credit outstanding of approximately $25.5 million primarily related to the lease of the new facility.

Legal Proceedings

Certain class action lawsuits were filed by shareholders in the fourth quarter of 1998 against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors in the U.S. District Court in Massachusetts claiming violations of the federal securities laws based on alleged misrepresentations regarding our anticipated revenue and earnings for the third quarter of 1998. An amended complaint, consolidating these lawsuits into one action, was filed in the second quarter of 1999, seeking unspecified damages. We believe the claims made in the consolidated action are without merit, and we intend to defend them vigorously. In the third quarter of 1999 we filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated action. We cannot predict the outcome of this motion or the ultimate resolution of this action at this time, and there can be no assurance that the litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

We are also subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. We currently believe that resolving these matters will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

F-16

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

H. Stockholders' Equity

Preferred Stock

We may issue up to 5.0 million shares of our preferred stock in one or more series. Our Board of Directors is authorized to fix the rights and terms for any series of preferred stock without additional shareholder approval. As of September 30, 1999 and 2000, there were no outstanding shares of preferred stock.

In November 2000, our Board of Directors authorized and designated 500,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock for issuance pursuant to our Shareholder Rights Plan (discussed below in Note I).

Common Stock

Our Articles of Organization authorize us to issue up to 500 million shares of our common stock. Shares of common stock outstanding are shown below:

                                                           September 30,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                       1998     1999     2000
                                                      -------  -------  -------
                                                          (in thousands)
Beginning balance.................................... 266,919  268,142  270,164
Common stock issued..................................   4,310       --    3,776
Treasury shares repurchased..........................  (4,734)  (6,270)  (7,727)
Treasury shares issued...............................   1,647    8,292    3,384
                                                      -------  -------  -------
Ending balance....................................... 268,142  270,164  269,597
                                                      =======  =======  =======

On February 12, 1998, our Board of Directors declared a one-for-one stock dividend on our common stock to all stockholders of record on February 27, 1998. Our consolidated financial statements and notes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock dividend.

In September 1998, our Board of Directors authorized a plan that allows us to repurchase up to 20.0 million shares. Through September 30, 2000, we repurchased 18.7 million shares at a cost of $230.0 million. Our treasury stock is held on a first in, first out cost basis. The repurchased shares are used to issue shares for stock option exercises, employee stock purchase plans and potential acquisitions. In July 2000, our Board of Directors authorized an additional 20.0 million shares to be repurchased.

I. Shareholder Rights Plan

In November 2000, our Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend distribution of one share purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of our common stock to stockholders of record at the close of business on January 5, 2001. Each share of common stock newly issued after the date also will carry with it one Right. Each Right will entitle the record holder to purchase from us one one-thousandth of a share of our Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $60.00 per unit subject to adjustment. The Rights become exercisable ten (10) days after the earlier of our announcement that a person has acquired 15% or more of our outstanding common stock or an announcement of a tender offer which would result in a person or group acquiring 15% or more of our common stock; in either case, the Board of Directors can extend the 10 day period. If we have not redeemed or exchanged the Rights and a person becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our common stock (a "Triggering Event"), each holder of a Right will have the right to purchase shares of our common stock having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. If, at any time following the Triggering Event, we are acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction in which we are not the surviving corporation or more than 50% of its assets or earning power is sold to a person or group, each holder of a Right shall have the

F-17

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

right to purchase shares of common stock of the acquiring person, group or company having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. The Rights expire on January 5, 2011, and may be redeemed by us for $.001 per Right.

J. Stock Plans

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

We offer an employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. Under the plan offered through September 1999, up to 4.0 million shares of our common stock could be purchased at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the stock on the first or the last day of each six-month offering period. Each employee could have elected to have up to 10% of his or her base pay withheld and applied toward the purchase of shares in such offering, up to a maximum of ten thousand dollars withheld in any year. On September 16, 1999, our Board of Directors approved a new employee stock purchase plan that terminates on September 30, 2009 (the "2000 Plan"). The 2000 Plan qualifies as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and its terms are similar to the prior plan, except that employee purchases in any year are limited to the lesser of $25,000 worth of stock, determined by the fair market value of the common stock at the time the offering begins, or 15% of his or her base pay. We have reserved 2.0 million shares of common stock for issuance under the 2000 Plan. During fiscal 1998, 1999 and 2000, employees purchased 677,000, 1.0 million and 757,000 shares at average prices of $11.36, $9.20 and $11.67, respectively. On November 17, 2000 the Board of Directors approved, subject to shareholder approval, an increase in the number of shares issuable under the 2000 Plan from 2.0 million shares to 10.0 million shares.

Stock Option Plans

We have stock option plans for employees, directors, officers and consultants that provide for issuance of nonqualified and incentive stock options. The option exercise price is typically the fair market value at the date of grant. These options generally vest over four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. As of September 30, 2000, 18.2 million shares were available for grant and 78.1 million shares were reserved for future issuance under stock option plans.

In conjunction with the Computervision merger on January 12, 1998, we reserved 1.6 million shares of our common stock for outstanding Computervision options assumed. These assumed options were granted at prices equal to the fair market value at the date of grant, become exercisable generally in annual installments over four to five years and expire ten years from the date of grant.

F-18

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

In July 1998, our Board of Directors approved a one-for-one stock option exchange program that provided employees the opportunity to exchange stock options previously granted for new options with a current market price and new vesting period. Executive officers and directors were not eligible to participate in the program. The new options were priced at $13.63 based on the closing price of our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market on August 3, 1998, vest in equal installments over four years from the August 3, 1998 grant date and expire on August 3, 2008. A total of 20.0 million options with exercise prices ranging from $15.06 to $33.50 per share were exchanged under the program. The exchange of such options is presented in the following table of stock option activity as cancellations and subsequent grants:

                                              September 30,
                            ----------------------------------------------------
                                  1998             1999              2000
                            ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
                                     Weighted         Weighted          Weighted
                                     Average          Average           Average
                                     Exercise         Exercise          Exercise
                            Shares    Price   Shares   Price   Shares    Price
                            -------  -------- ------  -------- -------  --------
                                          (shares in thousands)
Outstanding:
  Beginning balance........  38,234   $18.67  48,888   $15.03   55,435   $14.52
  Granted and assumed......  40,190    17.91  17,169    13.28   21,413    13.41
  Cancelled................ (24,254)   25.85  (8,564)   16.75  (10,429)   15.08
  Exercised................  (5,282)   12.01  (2,058)    7.03   (5,800)   12.22
                            -------   ------  ------   ------  -------   ------
  Ending Balance...........  48,888   $15.03  55,435   $14.52   60,619   $14.30
                            =======   ======  ======   ======  =======   ======
Exercisable................  11,418   $14.53  19,687   $14.50   23,110   $15.30

Certain employees have disposed of stock acquired through the employee stock purchase plan and the exercise of incentive stock options earlier than the mandatory holding period required for certain tax treatment. These dispositions, together with the tax benefits realized from the exercise of nonqualified stock options, create tax benefits that have been recorded as increases to additional paid-in capital.

For various price ranges, information for options outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2000 was as follows:

                                                                   Exercisable
                        Outstanding Options                          Options
                 -------------------------------------------    ------------------------
                                Weighted         Weighted                    Weighted
                                Average          Average                     Average
                               Remaining         Exercise                    Exercise
                 Shares       Life (years)        Price         Shares        Price
                 ------       ------------       --------       ------       --------
                                  (shares in thousands)
$ 0.09- 9.34     13,128           8.60            $ 8.55         2,085        $ 6.75
  9.35-13.19     11,343           7.88             11.16         4,656         10.68
 13.20-13.63     11,709           7.85             13.62         5,324         13.62
 13.64-15.69     10,660           7.93             15.24         4,106         15.13
 15.70-24.00     11,660           7.41             21.14         5,944         21.26
 24.01-72.55      2,119           7.38             28.14           995         29.04
                 ------           ----            ------        ------        ------
$ 0.09-72.55     60,619           7.93            $14.30        23,110        $15.30
                 ======           ====            ======        ======        ======

F-19

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Valuation of Stock Plans

We have not recognized compensation expense in connection with stock option grants to employees, directors and officers under our plans. We have recognized compensation expense of $0 in 1998, $927,000 in 1999 and $652,000 in 2000 in connection with stock option grants to consultants as prescribed by APB No. 25 and FASB Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation--an Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25. However, had compensation expense for stock option and employee stock purchase plans been determined based on fair value at the grant dates as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, pro forma net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share would have been:

                                                            September 30,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                       1998   1999      2000
                                                      ------ ------- ----------
                                                        (in thousands, except
                                                         per share amounts)
Pro forma net income (loss).......................... $9,824 $32,848 $ (89,566)
Pro forma earnings (loss) per share:
  Basic.............................................. $ 0.04 $  0.12 $   (0.33)
  Diluted............................................ $ 0.04 $  0.12 $   (0.33)

The pro forma disclosures above include the amortization of the fair value of all options vested between 1996 and 2000, regardless of the grant date. If only options granted after 1996 were valued, as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, pro forma net income (loss) and pro forma diluted EPS would have been $22.4 million and $0.09 for 1998, $39.4 million and $0.14 for 1999 and $(89.6) million and $(0.33) for 2000. The effects on pro forma disclosures of applying SFAS No. 123 are not necessarily representative of the effects on pro forma disclosures of future years.

The fair value of options granted has been estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assuming the following weighted-average assumptions:

                                                               September 30,
                                                               ----------------
                                                               1998  1999  2000
                                                               ----  ----  ----
Expected life (years).........................................  6.0   6.0   6.0
Risk-free interest rates......................................  5.6%  5.0%  6.2%
Volatility....................................................   50%   50%   50%
Dividend yield................................................   --    --    --

The weighted average fair value of employee stock options granted was $9.95 in 1998, $7.96 in 1999 and $7.46 in 2000. The expected life used for stock purchase plans was six months. The weighted average fair value of shares granted under the stock purchase plan was $7.77 in 1998, $3.80 in 1999 and $4.10 in 2000.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. Because our options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in the opinion of management, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable measure of the fair value of our options.

F-20

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

K. Employee Benefit Plans

We offer a savings plan (PTC plan) to eligible employees. The plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participating employees may defer up to 15% of their pre-tax compensation, as defined, but not more than statutory limits. We contribute 50% of the amount contributed by the employee, up to a maximum of 10% of the employee's earnings. Our matching contributions vest at a rate of 25% per year of service. We made matching contributions of $3.2 million, $4.7 million and $5.1 million in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

L. Pension Plans

We maintain a defined benefit pension plan covering certain employees of Computervision. Benefits are based upon length of service and average compensation and generally vest after five years of service. Accrued pension costs have been included in other liabilities.

U.S. Pension Plan

Effective April 1, 1990, the benefits under the U.S. pension plan were frozen indefinitely. We contribute all amounts deemed necessary on an actuarial basis to satisfy Internal Revenue Service funding requirements. Based upon the actuarial valuations, we contributed $3.8 million in 1998, $13.7 million in 1999 and $0 in 2000. Due to the changes in actuarial assumptions and underperformance of plan investments, as shown below, we were required to record a minimum pension liability adjustment of $7.8 million in 1998. This minimum pension liability did not change significantly in 2000 and was reduced by $3.7 million in 1999 due to contributions and fund performance. Plan assets consist primarily of indexed funds.

Foreign Pension Plans

The accrued international pension cost was actuarially computed using assumptions applicable to each subsidiary plan and economic environment. We adjusted our minimum pension liability related to our foreign plans due to the changes in actuarial assumptions and performance of plan investments, as shown below. Plan assets consist of investments in equities and guaranteed investment contracts with several insurance companies and banks.

The following table presents the actuarial assumptions used in accounting for the pension plans:

                                U.S. Plan                    Foreign Plans
                         -------------------------  ----------------------------------
                          1998     1999     2000       1998        1999        2000
                         -------  -------  -------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Discount rate...........     6.3%     7.5%     7.5% 5.8 to 6.3% 6.3 to 6.5% 6.3 to 6.5%
Rate of increase in
 future compensation....      --       --       --  3.0 to 5.0% 3.5 to 5.0% 3.5 to 5.0%
Rate of return on plan
 assets.................     7.5%     7.5%     7.5% 6.8 to 8.5% 6.3 to 7.0% 5.3 to 7.0%

The actuarially computed components of net periodic pension cost are show
below:

                                U.S. Plan                    Foreign Plans
                         -------------------------  ----------------------------------
                          1998     1999     2000       1998        1999        2000
                         -------  -------  -------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                              (in thousands)
Service costs of
 benefits earned during
 the period............. $    --  $    --  $    --  $      853  $        6  $       --
Interest cost of
 projected benefit
 obligation.............   2,262    3,224    3,663       2,189       2,853       2,542
Expected return on plan
 assets.................  (1,721)  (2,568)  (3,389)     (2,344)     (2,698)     (2,192)
Amortization of prior
 service cost...........      --       --       --          13          17          17
Recognized actuarial
 loss...................     529    1,191      950         (35)        381         165
                         -------  -------  -------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net periodic pension
 cost................... $ 1,070  $ 1,847  $ 1,224  $      676         559  $      532
                         =======  =======  =======  ==========  ==========  ==========

F-21

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The following tables display the change in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status:

                                               U.S. Plan       Foreign Plans
                                            ----------------  ----------------
                                             1999     2000     1999     2000
                                            -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                    (in thousands)
Beginning benefit obligation............... $50,622  $49,043  $50,051  $42,480
Service cost...............................      --       --        6       --
Interest cost..............................   3,224    3,663    2,853    2,542
Actuarial loss (gain)......................  (3,006)     358   (5,001)  (1,681)
Foreign exchange impact....................      --       --   (2,254)  (4,552)
Benefits paid..............................  (1,797)  (1,348)  (3,175)  (8,004)
                                            -------  -------  -------  -------
Ending benefit obligation.................. $49,043  $51,716  $42,480  $30,785
                                            =======  =======  =======  =======
Beginning plan assets at fair value........ $31,742  $45,751  $34,770  $36,607
Actual return on plan assets...............   2,087    2,283    5,989      320
Employer contributions.....................  13,719       --        5        5
Foreign exchange impact....................      --       --   (1,107)  (3,573)
Benefits paid..............................  (1,797)  (1,348)  (3,050)  (7,881)
                                            -------  -------  -------  -------
Ending plan assets at fair value...........  45,751   46,686   36,607   25,478
Benefit obligation at end of year..........  49,043   51,716   42,480   30,785
                                            -------  -------  -------  -------
Funded status..............................  (3,292)  (5,030)  (5,873)  (5,307)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain).........  17,880   18,394    2,048    1,952
Unrecognized prior service cost............      --       --      324      272
                                            -------  -------  -------  -------
Net prepaid (accrued) benefit cost......... $14,588  $13,364  $(3,501) $(3,083)
                                            =======  =======  =======  =======

The following table shows the amounts recognized in the balance sheet:

                                               U.S. Plan       Foreign Plans
                                            ----------------  ----------------
                                             1999     2000     1999     2000
                                            -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                    (in thousands)
Accrued benefit liability.................. $(3,292) $(5,030) $(8,039) $(7,036)
Intangible asset...........................      --       --      324      272
Accumulated other comprehensive income.....  17,880   18,394    4,214    3,681
                                            -------  -------  -------  -------
Net amount recognized...................... $14,588  $13,364  $(3,501) $(3,083)
                                            =======  =======  =======  =======

M. Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision- making group is our executive officers.

We operate within a single industry segment--computer software and related services. We have two major product categories within that one segment: (1) our MCAD solutions including our flagship Pro/ENGINEER(R) design software, which provides flexible engineering solutions to our customers and (2) our Web-based Windchill(R) software which provides collaborative information management solutions to our customers using Internet technologies. These CPC solutions permit customers to collaboratively develop, build and manage products throughout their entire lifecycle. Our products are sold worldwide by our sales force and distributors.

F-22

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

While we are predominately a computer software company, our business is organized geographically. Data for the geographic regions in which we operate is presented below:

                                                         September 30,
                                                -------------------------------
                                                   1998       1999      2000
                                                ---------- ---------- ---------
                                                        (in thousands)
Revenue:
  MCAD solutions............................... $1,004,556 $  976,257 $ 753,685
  Windchill solutions..........................     13,414     81,344   174,729
                                                ---------- ---------- ---------
    Total revenue.............................. $1,017,970 $1,057,601 $ 928,414
                                                ========== ========== =========
Revenue:
  North America................................ $  449,931 $  464,445 $ 378,564
  Europe.......................................    408,057    389,969   341,859
  Asia/Pacific.................................    159,982    203,187   207,991
                                                ---------- ---------- ---------
    Total revenue.............................. $1,017,970 $1,057,601 $ 928,414
                                                ========== ========== =========
Long-lived assets:
  North America................................ $   47,910 $  165,212 $ 155,236
  Europe.......................................     26,878     66,826    51,955
  Asia/Pacific.................................     18,979     23,503    22,527
                                                ---------- ---------- ---------
    Total long-lived assets.................... $   93,767 $  255,541 $ 229,718
                                                ========== ========== =========

We license products to customers worldwide. Our sales and marketing operations outside the United States are conducted principally through our foreign sales subsidiaries throughout Europe and the Asia/Pacific region. Intercompany sales and transfers between geographic areas are accounted for at prices that are designed to be representative of unaffiliated party transactions. Total exports were $115.2 million, $166.2 million and $81.5 million in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Parametric Technology Corporation:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 14(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Parametric Technology Corporation and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2000 and 1999, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2000 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                                          /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
October 16, 2000, except for Note I,
as to which the date is November 17, 2000

F-23

FIVE YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA(1)

                                            September 30,
                         ----------------------------------------------------
                            1996       1997       1998       1999      2000
                         ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------
                                (in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue................. $1,077,321 $1,062,018 $1,017,970 $1,057,601 $928,414
Operating income
 (loss).................    259,729    229,335    208,020    178,792   (8,227)
Net income (loss).......    159,567     87,660     86,697    119,293   (3,980)
Earnings (loss) per
 share:(2)
 Basic..................       0.60       0.33       0.32       0.44    (0.01)
 Diluted................       0.57       0.32       0.31       0.43    (0.01)
Total assets............    889,241    919,129    801,060  1,016,620  924,883
Working capital.........    356,109    311,299    174,239    247,921  266,081
Long term liabilities,
 less current portion...    323,102    263,949     46,014     38,333   33,989
Stockholders' equity....    195,648    204,551    335,504    521,104  528,542
Pro forma:(3)
 Revenue................ $  902,937 $  979,794 $1,017,970 $1,057,601 $928,414
 Operating income.......    298,567    288,823    316,501    255,027   51,739
 Net income.............    184,106    146,196    199,359    184,356   38,907
 Earnings per share:(2)
   Basic................       0.70       0.55       0.74       0.68     0.14
   Diluted..............       0.66       0.53       0.72       0.67     0.14

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

                                   January 2, April 3,  July 3,   September 30,
                                      1999      1999      1999        1999
                                   ---------- --------  --------  -------------
                                     (in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue...........................  $250,117  $263,248  $264,140    $280,096
Operating income..................    46,097    20,840    49,747      62,108
Net income........................    29,991    10,549    35,419      43,334
Earnings per share:(2)
 Basic............................      0.11      0.04      0.13        0.16
 Diluted..........................      0.11      0.04      0.13        0.16
Pro forma:(3)
 Operating income.................  $ 62,414  $ 63,964  $ 58,244    $ 70,405
 Net income.......................    44,850    45,904    42,917      50,685
 Earnings per share:(2)
   Basic..........................      0.17      0.17      0.16        0.19
   Diluted........................      0.16      0.17      0.16        0.18
Common stock prices:(4)
 High.............................  $  18.13  $  21.00  $  19.38    $  16.19
 Low..............................      8.94     12.50     11.94       13.00
                                   January 1, April 1,  July 1,   September 30,
                                      2000      2000      2000        2000
                                   ---------- --------  --------  -------------
                                     (in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue...........................  $239,037  $227,105  $227,254    $235,018
Operating income (loss)...........    13,976    (8,401)  (22,112)      8,310
Net income (loss).................    10,381    (5,846)  (15,427)      6,912
Earnings (loss) per share:(2)
 Basic............................      0.04     (0.02)    (0.06)       0.03
 Diluted..........................      0.04     (0.02)    (0.06)       0.03
Pro forma:(3)
 Operating income.................  $ 23,404  $  1,376  $  9,076    $ 17,883
 Net income.......................    17,554       518     7,125      13,709
 Earnings per share:(2)
   Basic..........................      0.06      0.00      0.03        0.05
   Diluted........................      0.06      0.00      0.03        0.05
Common stock prices:(4)
 High.............................  $  32.88  $  31.94  $  11.63    $  13.81
 Low .............................     13.94     19.06      8.00        9.94


(1) All financial information has been retroactively restated to reflect the merger with Computervision in 1998 (Note B).
(2) Per share data has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the one-for-one stock dividends in 1996 and 1998 (Note H).
(3) The pro forma results exclude (i) the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets; (ii) acquisition and related costs of $35.6 million in 1996, $105.8 million in 1998, $10.6 million in the first quarter of 1999 and $27.6 million in the second quarter of 1999 (Note B); (iii) nonrecurring charges of $11.0 million in 1996, $45.0 million in 1997, $3.2 million in the first quarter of 1999, $11.9 million in the second quarter of 1999 and $21.5 million in the third quarter of 2000 (Note B);
(iv) an extraordinary loss of $19.0 million in 1998 (Note F); and (v) the results of Computervision's other services business unit for 1996 and through the date it was sold in 1997.
(4) Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "PMTC". The common stock prices are based on the Nasdaq Stock Market daily closing stock price.

F-24

EXHIBIT 3.1(e)

FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
NO. 04-2866152

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF DIRECTORS

ESTABLISHING A CLASS OR SERIES OF STOCK

(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 26)

We,  C. Richard Harrison                                         , President
     ------------------------------------------------------------

and  David R. Friedman                                           , Clerk
     ------------------------------------------------------------

of                Parametric Technology Corporation              ,
   --------------------------------------------------------------
                     (Exact name of corporation)

located at 140 Kendrick Street, Needham, Massachusetts 02494-2714 ,


(Street address of corporation in Massachusetts)

do hereby certify that at a meeting of the directors of the corporation held on November 17, 2000, the following vote establishing and designating a class or series of stock and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof was duly adopted.
See pages 2A through 2E attached hereto and made part hereof.

FORM OF VOTE ESTABLISHING
THE SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
OF PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

VOTED:    That, pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of
          the Corporation by Article Fourth of its Restated Articles of
          Organization, as amended, a series of Preferred Stock of the
          Corporation be and it hereby is created, and the designations, powers,
          preferences and rights of the shares of such series, and the
          qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:

     1.   Authorized Amount and Designation.  The shares of such series shall be
          ---------------------------------

designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Junior Preferred Stock"). The number of shares constituting such series shall be 500,000 shares and the par value shall be $.01 per share. To the extent legally permitted, such number of shares may be increased or decreased by vote of the Board of Directors, provided that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Junior Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Junior Preferred Stock.

2. Dividends and Distributions.

a. Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any series of preferred stock (collectively, the "Preferred Stock") ranking prior and superior to the Junior Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of all shares of common stock of the Corporation (the "Common Stock"), and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Junior Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Junior Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b)

-Page 2A-


of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

b. The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Junior Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph a. of this Section 2 immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock), provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1.00 per share on the Junior Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

c. Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Junior Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

a. Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Junior Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

-Page 2B-


b. Except as otherwise provided herein, in the Corporation's Articles of Organization, in any other vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation creating a series of Preferred Stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

c. Except as set forth herein or as otherwise provided by law, holders of Junior Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

4. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, provided that the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, to the extent greater than the foregoing, an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (2) to the holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Junior Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Junior Preferred Stock and all other such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

5. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Junior Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Junior Preferred

-Page 2C-


Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

6. Certain Restrictions.

a. Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Junior Preferred Stock are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Junior Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

(i) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Preferred Stock;

(ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Junior Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Junior Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Junior Preferred Stock; or

(iv) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Junior Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Junior Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

b. The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph a. of this Section 6 purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

7. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Junior Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as shares of Junior Preferred Stock or as part of a new series of Preferred Stock, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set

-Page 2D-


forth herein, in the Corporation's Articles of Organization, in any other vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation creating a series of Preferred Stock, or as otherwise required by law.

8. Redemption. The shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

9. Rank. The Junior Preferred Stock shall rank equally with respect to

the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets together with any other series of the Corporation's Preferred Stock that specifically provide that they shall rank equally with Junior Preferred Stock. The Junior Preferred Stock shall rank junior with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets to all series of the Corporation's Preferred Stock that specifically provide that they shall rank prior to the Junior Preferred Stock. Nothing herein shall preclude the Board from creating any series of Preferred Stock ranking on a parity with or prior to the Junior Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets.

10. Amendment. The Articles of Organization of the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the holders of Junior Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding Junior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single series.

11. Fractional Shares. The Junior Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of the Junior Preferred Stock.

-Page 2E-


SIGNED UNDER THE PANALTIES OF PERJURY, this 20/th/ day of December, 2000.

/s/ C. Richard Harrison                            , President
----------------------------------------------------
C. Richard Harrison

/s/ David R. Friedman                               , Clerk
----------------------------------------------------
David R. Friedman


The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF DIRECTORS

ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF A CLASS OF STOCK
(General Laws, Chapter156B, Section 26)


I hereby approve the within Certificate of Vote of Directors and, the filing fee in the amount of $_________________ having been paid, said certificate is deemed to have been filed with me this_________ day of ____________________, 2000.

WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN

Secretary of the Commonwealth

TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION

Photocopy of document to be sent to:

Parametric Technology Corporation
140 Kendrick Street
Needham, MA 02494-2714

Telephone: 781-370-5000


EXHIBIT 3.2

BY - LAWS

OF

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

ARTICLE 1 - Stockholders

1.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts unless the Articles of Organization permit the holding of stockholders' meetings outside Massachusetts, in which event such meetings may be held either within or without Massachusetts. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the corporation unless a different place is fixed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held within six months after the end of each fiscal year of the corporation on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (which date shall not be a legal holiday in the place where the meeting is to be held) at the time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and stated in the notice of the meeting. The purposes for which the annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws, shall be as specified by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. To the extent a stockholder is entitled as a matter of law independent of these By-Laws to specify a purpose of a meeting, such stockholder may do so only in compliance with these By-Laws and any other applicable requirements. If no annual meeting is held in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a special meeting may be held in lieu of the annual meeting, and any action taken at that special meeting shall have the same effect as if it had been taken at the annual meeting, and in such case all references in these By-Laws to the annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to refer to such special meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors. Upon written application, in accordance with these By-Laws and any other applicable requirements, of one or more stockholders who are entitled to vote and who hold at least 10% (or 40% in the event the corporation has a class of voting stock registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting, special meetings shall be called by the Clerk, or in the case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Clerk, by any other officer.

1.4 Notice of Meetings. A written notice of each meeting of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour thereof, and the purposes for which the meeting is to be held, shall be given by the Clerk, Assistant Clerk or other person calling the meeting at least seven days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each stockholder who by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws is entitled to such notice, by leaving such notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business, or by mailing it postage prepaid and addressed to him at his address as it appears in the records of the corporation. Whenever any notice is required to be given to a stockholder by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these

By-Laws, no such notice need be given if a written waiver of notice, executed before or after the meeting by the stockholder or his authorized attorney, is filed with the records of the meeting.

1.5 Quorum. Unless the Articles of Organization otherwise provide the holders of a majority of the number of shares of the stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote on any matter shall constitute a quorum with respect to that matter, except that if two or more classes of stock are outstanding and entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class a quorum shall consist of the holders of a majority of the number of shares of the stock of that class issued, outstanding and entitled to vote. Shares owned directly or indirectly by the corporation shall not be counted in determining the total number of shares outstanding for this purpose.

1.6 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these By-Laws by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting, although less than a quorum, or by any officer entitled to preside or to act as clerk of such meeting, if no stockholder is present. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment. Any business which could have been transacted at any meeting of the stockholders as originally called may be transacted at any adjournment of the meeting.

1.7 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Organization. Stockholders may vote either in person or by written proxy dated not more than six months before the meeting named in the proxy. Proxies shall be filed with the clerk of the meeting, or of any adjourned meeting, before being voted. Except as otherwise limited by their terms, a proxy shall entitle the persons named in the proxy to vote at any adjournment of such meeting. To the extent approved by the directors, a stockholder may give a proxy by electronic transmission under procedures designed to permit determination that such transmission was authorized by the stockholder. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by any one of them, unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purported to be executed by or on behalf of a stockholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise.

1.8 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the holders of a majority of the stock present or represented and voting on a matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, the holders of a majority of the stock of that class present or represented and voting on a matter), shall decide any matter to be voted on by the stockholders, except when a larger vote is required by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws. Any election by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election. No ballot shall be required for such election unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election. The corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its own stock.

1.9 Action without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote

2

on the matter consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of stockholders. Each such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting .

1.10 Advance Notice of Business at Meetings of Stockholders.

(a) To the extent a stockholder is entitled as a matter of law or these By-Laws to propose a matter to be considered at any meeting of the stockholders, such matter may be proposed only by a person who is a stockholder of record of the corporation at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 1.10, who is entitled to vote at the respective meeting, and who (in addition to any other applicable requirements) has given timely written notice thereof in accordance with this Section 1.10 to the Clerk at the principal executive offices of the corporation.

(b) To be timely with respect to an annual meeting, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Clerk not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days before the anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided that, if the annual meeting is not held within thirty (30) days before or after the anniversary of such preceding annual meeting, such stockholder's notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the one hundred twentieth (120th) day before the date of such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth (10th) day after the day on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or other public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

(C) To be timely with respect to a special meeting, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Clerk not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days before the date of the special meeting; provided that, if the first day on which notice of the special meeting is mailed to stockholders or on which public disclosure of the date of the special meeting is made is less than one hundred (100) days before the date of the special meeting, such stockholder's notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day after the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or other public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

(d) A stockholder's notice shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, (ii) the name and record address of the stockholder proposing such business and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such stockholder and such other beneficial owner, if any, and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder and such other beneficial owner, if any, in such business, and (v) the basis upon which the stockholder is entitled to make the proposal.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in these by-laws to the contrary, no business proposed by a stockholder shall be conducted at any meeting of stockholders except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.10; provided that any stockholder

3

proposal that complies with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) of the proxy rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is included in the corporation's proxy statement for the respective stockholders meeting shall be deemed to comply with the requirements for the timing and content of notices hereunder.

(f) The chairman of the respective stockholders meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 1.10, and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

ARTICLE 2 - Directors

2.1 Powers. The business of the corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors, who may exercise all the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number, Election and Qualification. The number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by vote of the stockholders or the Board of Directors, but shall consist of not less than three Directors (except that whenever there shall be only two stockholders the number of Directors shall be not less than two and whenever there shall be only one stockholder or prior to the issuance of any stock, there shall be at least one Director). The number of Directors may be decreased at any time and from time to time either by the stockholders or by a majority of the Directors then in office, but only to eliminate vacancies existing by reason of the death, resignation, removal or expiration of the term of one or more Directors. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if the corporation is a "registered corporation" within the meaning of Section 50A of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law and has not elected, pursuant to paragraph (b) of such Section 50A, to be exempt from the provisions of paragraph (a) of such Section 50A, then:

(i) In accordance with paragraph (d), clause (iv) of such Section 50A, the number of directors shall be fixed only by vote of the Board of Directors.

(ii) In accordance with paragraph (a) of such Section 50A, the Directors of the corporation shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible; the term of office of those of the first class ("Class I Directors") to continue until the first annual meeting following the date the corporation becomes subject to such paragraph (a) and until their successors are duly elected and qualified; the term of office of those of the second class ("Class II Directors") to continue until the second annual meeting following the date the corporation becomes subject to such paragraph (a) and until their successors are duly elected and qualified; and the term of office of those of the third class ( "Class III Directors") to continue until the third annual meeting following the date the corporation becomes subject to such paragraph (a) and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of the corporation, the successors to the class of directors

4

whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term continuing until the annual meeting held in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

2.3 Nomination of Directors.

(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with this Section 2.3 shall be eligible for election as directors at any annual or special meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election as directors may be made only
(i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any person who is a stockholder of record of the corporation at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.3, who is entitled to vote for the election of directors at the respective meeting, and who (in addition to any other applicable requirements) has given timely written notice thereof in accordance with this Section 2.3 to the Clerk at the principal executive offices of the corporation.

(b) To be timely with respect to an annual meeting, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Clerk not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days before the anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided that, if the annual meeting is not held within thirty (30) days before or after the anniversary of such preceding annual meeting, such stockholder's notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the one hundred twentieth (120th) day before the date of such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth (10th) day after the day on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or other public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

(c) To be timely with respect to a special meeting, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Clerk not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days before the date of the special meeting; provided that, if the first day on which notice of the special meeting is mailed to stockholders or on which public disclosure of the date of the special meeting is made is less than one hundred (100) days before the date of the special meeting, such stockholder's notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day after the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or other public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

(d) Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation that are beneficially owned by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and record address of such stockholder and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such stockholder and such other beneficial owner, if any.

5

(e) The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with this Section 2.3, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

2.4 Enlargement of the Board. Subject to the second paragraph of Section 2.2 above, the number of Directors may be increased at any time and from time to time by the stockholders or by a majority of the Directors then in office.

2.5 Tenure. Subject to the second paragraph of Section 2.2 above each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.6 Vacancies. Unless and until filled by the stockholders, any vacancy in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the Board, may be filled by vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor and until his successor is chosen and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if the corporation is a "registered corporation" within the meaning of Section 50A of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law and has not elected, pursuant to paragraph (b) of such
Section 50A, to be exempt from the provisions of paragraph (a) of such Section 50A, then (i) vacancies and newly created directorships, whether resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a director or otherwise, shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and (ii) any Director elected in accordance with clause (i) shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the vacancy occurred or the new directorship was created and until such Director's successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.7 Resignation. Any Director may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer or Clerk. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.8 Removal. A Director may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of Directors. However, the Directors elected by the holders of a particular class or series of stock may be removed from office with or without cause only by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series. In addition, a Director may be removed from office for cause by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. A Director may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard before the body proposing to remove him.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if the corporation is a "registered corporation" within the meaning of Section 50A of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law and has not

6

elected, pursuant to paragraph (b) of such Section 50A, to be exempt from the provisions of paragraph (a) of such Section 50A, then stockholders may effect, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote in the election of Directors, the removal of any Director or Directors or the entire Board of Directors only for cause, as defined in paragraph (e) of such Section 50A.

2.9 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Directors may be held without call or notice at such places, within or without Massachusetts, and at such times as the Directors may from time to time determine, provided that any Director who is absent when such determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Directors may be held without a call or notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.10 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Directors may be held at any time and place, within or without Massachusetts, designated in a call by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, two or more Directors or by one Director in the event that there is only a single Director in office.

2.11 Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls. Directors or members of any committee designated by the Directors may participate in a meeting of the Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

2.12 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of the Directors shall be given to each Director by the Secretary or Clerk or by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each Director (i) by notice given to such Director in person or by telephone at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) by sending a telegram or telex, or by delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) by mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. Notice need not be given to any Director if a written waiver of notice, executed by him before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Director who attends the meeting without protesting prior to the meeting or at its commencement the lack of notice to him. A notice or waiver of notice of a Directors' meeting need not specify the purposes of the meeting. If notice is given in person or by telephone, an affidavit of the Secretary, Clerk, officer or Director who gives such notice that the notice has been duly given shall, in the absence of fraud, be conclusive evidence that such notice was duly given.

2.13 Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum. Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time without further notice.

2.14 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws.

7

2.15 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the Directors consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the Directors' meetings. Each such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.

2.16 Committees. The Board of Directors may, by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, elect from their number an executive committee or other committees and may by like vote delegate to committees so elected some or all of their powers to the extent permitted by law. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-Laws for the Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in any such committee, to change its membership or to discharge the committee.

2.17 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE 3 - Officers

3.1 Enumeration. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Clerk and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors may determine, including, but not limited to, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a Secretary and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Clerks and Assistant Secretaries.

3.2 Election. The President, Treasurer and Clerk shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be chosen or appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification. No officer need be a director or stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Clerk shall be a resident of Massachusetts unless the corporation has a resident agent appointed for the purpose of service of process. Any officer may be required by the Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of his duties to the corporation in such amount and with such sureties as the Directors may determine. The premiums for such bonds may be paid by the corporation.

3.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws, the President, Treasurer and Clerk shall hold office until the first meeting of the Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified; and all other officers shall hold office until the first meeting of the Directors following the annual meeting of stockholders, unless a different term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing them, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

8

3.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer, Clerk or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

An officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the entire number of Directors then in office. Any officer may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard by the Board of Directors prior to action thereon.

Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

3.6 Vacancies. The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of President, Treasurer and Clerk. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor and until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until he sooner dies, resigns or is removed.

3.7 Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board and may designate him as Chief Executive Officer. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice-Chairman of the Board, he shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and shall perform such other duties and possess such other powers as may from time to time be vested in him by the Board of Directors.

3.8 President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, if he is a Director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors has designated the Chairman of the Board or another officer as Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall perform such other duties and shall possess such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

3.9 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

9

3.10 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these By-Laws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

3.11 Clerk and Assistant Clerks. The Clerk shall perform such duties and shall possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Clerk shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the clerk, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Clerk shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Clerk may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Clerk, the Assistant Clerk (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Clerks in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Clerk.

In the absence of the Clerk or any Assistant Clerk at any meeting of stockholders or Directors, the person presiding at meeting shall designate a temporary Clerk to keep a record of the meeting.

3.12 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. If a Secretary is appointed, he shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall keep a record of the meetings of the Directors. He shall, when required, notify the Directors of their meetings, and shall possess such other powers and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

10

3.13 Salaries. Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 4 - Capital Stock

4.1 Issue of Capital Stock. Unless otherwise voted by the stockholders, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of the capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued or disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors, in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Directors may determine.

4.2 Certificate of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the corporation in such form as may be prescribed from time to time by the Directors. The certificate shall be signed by the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, but when a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or a registrar, other than a Director, officer or employee of the corporation, such signature may be a facsimile. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its issue.

Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Articles of Organization, the By-Laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement to which the corporation is a party, shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restrictions and a statement that the corporation will furnish a copy of the restrictions to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge. Every certificate issued when the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on its face or back either the full text of the preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special and relative rights of the shares of each class and series authorized to be issued or a statement of the existence of such preferences, powers, qualifications and rights and a statement that the corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.

4.3 Transfers. Subject to the restrictions, if any, stated or noted on the stock certificates, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-Laws.

11

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the corporation of his post office address and of his taxpayer identification number.

4.4 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a time not more than 60 days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution to stockholders or the last day on which the consent or dissent of stockholders may be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the stockholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting, and any adjournment, or the right to receive such dividend or distribution or the right to give such consent or dissent. In such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the corporation after the record date. Without fixing such record date the Directors may for any of such purposes close the transfer books for all or any part of such period.

If no record date is fixed and the transfer books are not closed, the record date for determining the stockholders having the right to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, and the record date for determining the stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors acts with respect to such purpose.

4.5 Replacement of Certificates. In case of the alleged loss or destruction or the mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place of the lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, upon such terms as the Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, destruction or mutilation and the giving of such indemnity as the Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

ARTICLE 5 - Miscellaneous Provisions

5.1 Fiscal Year. Except as otherwise set forth in the Articles of Organization or as otherwise determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall in each year end on September 30.

5.2 Seal. The seal of the corporation shall, subject to alteration by the

Directors, bear its name, the word "Massachusetts" and the year of its incorporation.

5.3 Voting of Securities. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or Treasurer may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation.

5.4 Corporate Records. The original, or attested copies, of the Articles of Organization, By-Laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators and stockholders, and the stock records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders and the record address and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept in Massachusetts at the principal office of the corporation, or at an office of its transfer agent or of the Clerk. These copies and records need

12

not all be kept in the same office. They shall be available at all reasonable times for the inspection of any stockholder for any proper purpose, but not to secure a list of stockholders for the purpose of selling the list or copies of the list or of using the list for a purpose other than in the interest of the applicant, as a stockholder, relative to the affairs of the corporation.

5.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Clerk or Secretary, or an Assistant Clerk or Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Clerk or temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, Directors, any committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Articles of Organization. All references in these By-Laws to the Articles of Organization shall be deemed to refer to the Articles of Organization of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these By-Laws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these By-Laws.

5.8 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these By-Laws shall be deemed refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

ARTICLE 6 - Amendments

These By-Laws may be amended by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of each class of the capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, if notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the notice of such meeting. If authorized by the Articles of Organization, the Directors, by a majority of their number then in office, may also make, amend or repeal these By-Laws, in whole or in part, except with respect to (a) the provisions of these By- Laws governing (i) the removal of directors and (ii) the amendment of these By-Laws and (b) any provision of these By-Laws which by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws requires action by the stockholders.

No change in the date fixed in these By-Laws for the annual meeting of stockholders may be made within 60 days before the date fixed in these By-Laws. Subject to the preceding sentence, notice of any change in the date fixed in these By-Laws for the annual meeting of stockholders shall be given to each stockholder in person or by letter mailed to his last known post office address at least 20 days before the new date fixed for such meeting.

Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of stockholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the Directors of any By-Law, notice stating the substance of such change shall be given to all stockholders entitled to vote on amending the By-Laws.

Any By-Law adopted by the Directors may be amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote on amending the By-Laws.

As amended through November 17, 2000.

13

EXHIBIT 4.1

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

and

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
Rights Agent

Rights Agreement

Effective as of January 5, 2001


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 1.       Certain Definitions................................................................................      1
Section 2.       Appointment of Rights Agent........................................................................      4
Section 3.       Issue of Rights and Rights Certificates............................................................      5
Section 4.       Form of Rights Certificates........................................................................      6
Section 5.       Countersignature and Registration..................................................................      7
Section 6.       Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Rights Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or
                 Stolen Rights Certificates.........................................................................      7
Section 7.       Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Final Expiration Date of Rights................................      8
Section 8.       Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates................................................     10
Section 9.       Reservation and Availability of Shares.............................................................     10
Section 10.      Preferred Shares Record Date.......................................................................     11
Section 11.      Adjustment in Rights; Exchange of Rights; Certain Covenants........................................     11
Section 12.      Certificate of Adjustment..........................................................................     18
Section 13.      Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power...............................     18
Section 14.      Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares............................................................     21
Section 15.      Rights of Action...................................................................................     22
Section 16.      Agreement of Right Holders.........................................................................     22
Section 17.      Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder.................................................     23
Section 18.      Concerning the Rights Agent........................................................................     23
Section 19.      Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent..........................................     24
Section 20.      Duties of Rights Agent.............................................................................     24
Section 21.      Change of Rights Agent.............................................................................     26
Section 22.      Issuance of New Rights Certificates................................................................     27
Section 23.      Redemption.........................................................................................     27
Section 24.      Notice of Certain Events...........................................................................     28
Section 25.      Notices............................................................................................     29
Section 26.      Supplements and Amendments.........................................................................     29
Section 27.      Successors.........................................................................................     30
Section 28.      Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors...............................................     30
Section 29.      Benefits of this Agreement.........................................................................     31
Section 30.      Severability.......................................................................................     31

-i-

Section 31.      Governing Law......................................................................................     31
Section 32.      Counterparts.......................................................................................     31
Section 33.      Descriptive Headings...............................................................................     31

-ii-

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Rights Agreement (this "Agreement"), dated as of January 5, 2001, between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, (the "Rights Agent").

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has (i) deemed it desirable and in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders to adopt a shareholder rights plan, (ii) authorized and declared a dividend distribution of one Right (as defined below) for each share of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company outstanding at the close of business on January 5, 2001 (the "Record Date"), and (iii) authorized and directed the issuance of one Right (as such number may hereafter be adjusted pursuant to
Section 11 hereof) for each share of Common Stock issued between the Record Date (whether originally issued or delivered from the Company's treasury) but prior to the earliest of the "Distribution Date," the "Redemption Date" and the "Final Expiration Date," each as defined in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

(a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding, but shall not include the Company or any Company Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i) a Person shall not become an "Acquiring Person" solely as the result of an acquisition of shares of Common Stock by the Company or any Subsidiary which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding as determined above; provided, however, that if a Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding as determined above solely by reason of such a share acquisition by the Company and such Person shall, after becoming the Beneficial Owner of such Common Stock, become the Beneficial Owner of any additional share of Common Stock by any means whatsoever (other than as a result of the subsequent occurrence of a stock dividend or a subdivision of the Common Stock into a larger number of shares or a similar transaction), then such Person shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person;" and

(ii) if a majority of the Board determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(a), has become such inadvertently, and such Person divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person would no longer be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(a), then such Person shall not be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement. The determination of whether such Person's becoming an Acquiring Person shall


have been inadvertent and the determination of whether the divestment of sufficient shares shall have been made as promptly as practicable shall be made by the Board.

(b) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act").

(c) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:

(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;

(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than the Rights at any time prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event, as hereinafter defined, but thereafter including Rights acquired from and after the Distribution Date other than Rights acquired pursuant to Section 3(c), 11(a)(vi) or 22 hereof), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote or dispose of or "beneficial ownership" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act) of (including pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing); provided, however, that a Person shall not be so deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security
(1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act and
(2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to Section 1(c)(ii)(B)) or disposing of any securities of the Company.

(d) "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which national banks are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(e) "Close of business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., Massachusetts time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., Massachusetts time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

(f) "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company, except that "Common Stock" when used with reference to any Person other than the

-2-

Company shall mean the capital stock of such Person with the greatest voting power, or the equity securities or other equity interest having power to control or direct the management of such Person, or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons that ultimately controls such first-mentioned Person.

(g) "Company Affiliate" shall mean any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan.

(h) "Distribution Date" shall mean the earlier of (i) the close of business on the tenth day after the Stock Acquisition Date (or, if the tenth day after the Stock Acquisition Date occurs before the Record Date, the close of business on the Record Date) (or such later date as may be determined by the Board) or (ii) the close of business on the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by the Board) after the date of the commencement of, or of the first public announcement of the intention of, any Person (other than the Company or any Company Affiliate) to commence, within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in beneficial ownership by a Person of 15% or more of all the then outstanding shares of Common Stock.

(i) "Final Expiration Date" shall mean the close of business on January 5, 2011.

(j) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

(k) "Preferred Shares" shall mean shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

(l) "Redemption Date" shall mean the time at which Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof.

(m) "Right" shall mean a preferred share purchase right initially representing the right to purchase one one-thousandth (1/1,000) of a share of the Company's Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and thereafter as provided herein;

(n) "Stock Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public announcement by the Company that an Acquiring Person has become such.

(o) "Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean, with reference to any Person, any corporation of which an amount of voting securities sufficient to elect at least a majority of the directors of such corporation is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or otherwise controlled by such Person.

(p) "Triggering Event" shall mean a Person becoming an Acquiring Person.

-3-

(q) The following terms shall have the meanings indicated in the following Sections of this Agreement:

(i) "Act" - Section 9(b).

(ii) "Adjustment Shares" - Section 11(b).

(iii) "Agreement" - Preamble.

(iv) "Board" - Preamble.

(v) "Company" - Preamble and Section 13(a)

(vi) "Current Value" - Section 11(c)(i).

(vii) "Exchange Act" - Section 1(b).

(viii) "Exchange Consideration" - Section 11(c)(ii)(A).

(ix) "Nasdaq" - Section 11(d).

(x) "NYSE" - Section 11(d).

(xi) "Principal Party" - Section 13(b).

(xii) "Purchase Price" - Sections 4, 7, 11(b) and 13(a).

(xiii) "Record Date" - Preamble.

(xiv) "Redemption Price" - Section 23(a)(i).

(xv) "Rights Agent" - Preamble and Section 2.

(xvi) "Rights Certificate" - Section 3(c).

(xvii) "Section 13(a) Event" - Section 13(a).

(xviii) "Spread" - Section 11(c).

(xix) "Substitution Period" - Section 11(c).

(xx) "Trading Day" - Section 11(d)(i).

Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall, prior to the Distribution Date, also be the holders of Common Stock) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. Upon prior written notice to the Rights Agent, the Company may from time to time appoint such co- Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable (the term "Rights

-4-

Agent" being used herein to refer, collectively, to the Rights Agent together with any such co-Rights Agent).

Section 3. Issue of Rights and Rights Certificates.

(a) As promptly as practicable following the Record Date, the Company will send a summary of this Agreement and the Rights by first-class, postage prepaid mail to each record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on the Record Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company.

(b) In addition to the Rights issued in respect of the shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date, Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Stock that are issued after the Record Date but before the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date. From the Record Date until the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, (i) the registered holders of the shares of Common Stock outstanding from time to time shall be the registered holders of the associated Rights, (ii) the Rights will be evidenced by the certificates for Common Stock registered from time to time in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates for Common Stock shall also be deemed to be certificates for Rights) and not by separate certificates, (iii) the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the underlying shares of Common Stock (including a transfer to the Company), and (iv) the surrender for transfer of any certificate representing shares of Common Stock shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with such shares of Common Stock. In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any shares of Common Stock on or after the Record Date but before the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date, any Rights associated with such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed cancelled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Stock that are no longer outstanding. Certificates from time to time representing shares of Common Stock issued or transferred after the Record Date but before the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date shall bear the following legend:

"This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain Rights as set forth in the Rights Agreement between Parametric Technology Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the "Rights Agent") dated as of January 5, 2001 (as it may be amended from time to time, the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of Parametric Technology Corporation. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. The Rights Agent will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement, as in effect on the date of mailing, without charge promptly after receipt of a written request therefor. In certain circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement, Rights beneficially owned by Acquiring Persons (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and any subsequent holder of such Rights may become null and void."

-5-

(c) As promptly as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send) by first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, one or more rights certificates, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (the "Rights Certificate"), evidencing one Right for each share of Common Stock so held. In the event that an adjustment in the number of Rights per share of Common Stock has been made pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, at the time of distribution of the Rights Certificates, the Company shall make the necessary and appropriate rounding adjustments (in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) so that Rights Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any fractional Rights. As of and after the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Rights Certificates.

(d) Any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 3 or Section 22 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate thereof and any Rights Certificate issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate, and any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6, 7(d), 7(e), 11 or 22 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall contain the following legend:

The Rights represented by this Rights Certificate were issued to a Person who was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or an Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement). This Rights Certificate and the Rights represented hereby may become void in the circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement, including Sections 7(e) and 11(b) thereof;

provided, however, that the Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility to ascertain the existence of facts that would require the imposition of such legend but shall be required to impose such legend only if instructed to do so by the Company or if a holder fails to certify upon transfer or exchange in the space provided on the Rights Certificate that such holder is not an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding the requirements of this Section 3, the omission of a legend shall not affect the enforceability of any part of this Agreement or the rights of any holder of Rights.

Section 4. Form of Rights Certificates. The Rights Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase Preferred Shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall each be substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto, and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Sections 11 and 22 hereof, the Rights Certificates, whenever distributed, shall be dated as of the Record Date and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one

-6-

one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share set forth therein (the "Purchase Price"), but the number of such one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share and the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

Section 5. Countersignature and Registration.

(a) The Rights Certificate shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice President, either manually or by facsimile signature, shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal or a facsimile thereof, and shall be attested by the Clerk or an Assistant Clerk of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Rights Certificate shall be countersigned manually, or, if permitted by the Company, by facsimile signature, by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Rights Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Rights Certificate, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Rights Certificate had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Rights Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Rights Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Rights Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such person was not such an officer.

(b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated for such purposes, books for registration and transfer of the Rights Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Rights Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates and the date of each of the Rights Certificates.

Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Rights Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Rights Certificates.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 7(e) and 14 hereof, at any time after the close of business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, Common Stock, other securities or property, as the case may be) as the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder (or former holder in the case of a transfer) to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Rights Certificate until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of

-7-

such Rights Certificate and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall request. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall (subject to Sections 7(e) and 14 hereof) countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Rights Certificates.

(b) Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Rights Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Rights Certificate if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Rights Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Rights Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may amend this Rights Agreement to provide for uncertificated Rights in addition to or in place of Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates.

Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Final Expiration Date of Rights.

(a) Subject to Section 7(e) hereof, the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein including, without limitation, the restriction on exercisability set forth in Section 23(a) hereof) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Rights Certificate, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the principal offices of the Rights Agent, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the Preferred Shares (or other shares, securities or property, as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised, at or prior to the earlier of the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date.

(b) The Purchase Price for each one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share shall initially be $60.00 and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

(c) Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase and the Rights Certificate duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the Preferred Shares (or other shares, securities or property, as the case may be) to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 9 hereof in cash, or by certified check or cashier's check payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 20(k) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares certificates for the number of Preferred Shares to be purchased (and the Company hereby irrevocably

-8-

authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests), or (B) if the Company shall have elected to deposit the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with a depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one one- thousandths of a Preferred Share as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) promptly after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, promptly deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate. In the event that the Company is obligated to issue other securities (including Common Stock), pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate.

(d) In case the registered holder of any Rights Certificate shall exercise fewer than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Rights Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Rights Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any Rights beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such (and any subsequent transferees of such transferee), or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding that has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this Section 7(e), shall become null and void without any further action, and any holder (including any subsequent holder) of such Rights shall thereupon have no rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Rights Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure or inability to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have (i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate surrendered for such

-9-

exercise, and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall request.

Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates. All Rights Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no Rights Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire any other Rights Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Rights Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such cancelled Rights Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Shares.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) or any Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) held in its treasury, the number of Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) that will be sufficient (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 11(c)(i) hereof) to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights. Prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Company shall not be obliged to cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock or shares of preferred stock (other than Preferred Shares), any such Common Stock or any shares of preferred stock (other than Preferred Shares) to permit exercise of outstanding Rights.

(b) If then required by applicable law, the Company shall use its best efforts to (i) file, either (A) as soon as practicable following the earliest date after the occurrence of a Triggering Event as to which the consideration to be delivered by the Company upon exercise of the Rights has been determined pursuant to this Agreement or (B) as soon as is required by law following the Distribution Date, as the case may be, a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), with respect to the securities

purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, (ii) cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing, and (iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the earlier of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and (B) the date of the expiration of the Rights. If then required by applicable law, the Company will also take such action as may be appropriate under the securities or "blue sky" laws of the various states. The Company may temporarily suspend, for a period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days after the date set forth in clause (i) of this Section 9(b), the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file such registration statement or to comply with such blue sky laws. Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement

-10-

to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained.

(c) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares (or, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Preferred Shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and non- assessable shares.

(d) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates or of any Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Rights Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Rights Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax is due.

Section 10. Preferred Shares Record Date. Each Person in whose name any certificate for Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) is issued upon the exercise or exchange of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which (a) the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made or (b) an exchange of Rights for Exchange Consideration under Section 11(c)(ii) is effected; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment or such exchange is a date upon which the Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Rights Certificate shall not be entitled (in such holder's capacity as such) to any rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to shares for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

Section 11. Adjustment in Rights; Exchange of Rights; Certain Covenants. The Purchase Price, the number of Preferred Shares (or number and kind of other shares of capital stock, as the case may be) covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

-11-

(a) Anti-Dilution Adjustments; Adjustments Generally.

(i) To preserve the actual or potential economic value of the Rights, if at any time after the date of this Agreement there shall be any change in the Common Stock or the Preferred Shares, whether by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, mergers, consolidations, combinations or exchanges of securities, split-ups, split-offs, spin-offs, liquidations, other similar changes in capitalization, any distribution or issuance of cash, assets, evidences of indebtedness or subscription rights, options or warrants to holders of Common Stock or Preferred Shares, as the case may be (other than the Rights or regular quarterly cash dividends) or otherwise, then, in each such event adjustments in the number of Preferred Shares (or the number and kind of other securities) issuable upon exercise of each Right, the Purchase Price and Redemption Price in effect at such time (including the number of Rights or fractional Rights associated with each share of Common Stock) shall be made if and as deemed appropriate by the Board, such that following such adjustments such event shall not have had the effect of reducing or limiting the benefits the holders of the Rights would have had absent such event.

(ii) If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 11, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any securities other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such securities so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions of Section 11(a)(i), and the provisions of Sections 7, 9 and 10 with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply, as nearly as reasonably may be, on like terms to any such other securities.

(iii) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the amount of Preferred Shares or other securities relating to a Right shall evidence the right to purchase, for the Purchase Price, the adjusted number and kind of securities purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(iv) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of Preferred Shares or number or kind of other securities issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the terms which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.

(v) No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(a) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a share of Common Stock or other share or one-millionth of a Preferred Share as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(a), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earliest of (A) three (3) years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment, (B) the Redemption Date or (C) the Final Expiration Date.

-12-

(vi) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Rights Certificates have been issued, shall be at least ten (10) days later than the date of the public announcement. If Rights Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(a)(vi), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Rights Certificates on such record date Rights Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Rights Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Rights Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Rights Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Rights Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

(vii) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below one one-thousandth of the then par value, if any, of the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable Preferred Shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.

(viii) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any (A) consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Shares, (B) issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares at less than the current market price, (C) issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Shares, (D) dividends on Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares or (E) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in Section 11(b), hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Shares shall not be taxable to such shareholders.

(ix) In any case in which action taken pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) requires that an adjustment be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the Preferred Shares and/or other securities, if any, issuable upon such exercise

-13-

over and above the Preferred Shares and/or other securities, if any, issuable before giving effect to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional securities upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(b) Initial Adjustment Upon Triggering Event. Upon the first occurrence of a Triggering Event (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement), proper provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right, except as provided below and in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in lieu of Preferred Shares and subject to the provisions of
Section 11(a), such number of shares of Common Stock as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the Triggering Event (whether or not such Right was then exercisable), and dividing that product (which, following such Triggering Event, shall be referred to as the "Purchase Price" for all purposes of this Agreement) by (y) 50% of the then "current per share market price" of the Common Stock (determined pursuant to Section 11(d)), on the date of the occurrence of the Triggering Event (such number of shares being referred to herein as the "Adjustment Shares"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of the Triggering Event, any Rights that are or were on or after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the date of the Triggering Event beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate of such Acquiring Person) or by certain transferees of such Persons as specified in Section 7(e), shall become void and any holder (including subsequent holders) of such Rights shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provision of this Agreement. Rights Certificates issued with respect to Rights of such holders shall bear the legend described in Section 3(d).

(c) Other Adjustments Upon or Following Triggering Event.

(i) Use of Common Equivalents or Cash. In the event that (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock that are issued but not outstanding and authorized but unissued (excluding shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the specific terms of any indenture, option plan or other agreement) is not sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with Section 11(b) or 11(c)(ii) hereof or (y) the total number of shares of Common Stock available for exercise of the Rights in accordance with Section 11(b) hereof is sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with Section 11(b) but the Board determines that the exercise of the Rights in accordance with Section 11(b) above will not afford adequate protection to the shareholders of the Company and that shareholders should be given an option to acquire a substitute for the Adjustment Shares, and subject to such limitations as are necessary to prevent a default under any agreement for money borrowed as presently constituted to which the Company is a party, then the Board shall: (A) determine the excess of (1) the value of the Adjustment Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the "Current Value") over (2) the Purchase Price (such excess, the "Spread"), and (B) with respect to each Right, make adequate provision to substitute for, or provide an election to acquire in lieu of, the Adjustment Shares, upon payment of the applicable Purchase Price (which term shall include any reduced Purchase Price), any combination of the following having an aggregate value equal to the Current Value (such aggregate value to be determined by the Board based upon the advice of a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Board): (1) voting and other

-14-

securities of one or more subsidiaries of the Company, (2) a reduction in the Purchase Price, (3) Common Stock and/or other equity securities of the Company and/or (4) debt securities of the Company and/or cash and other assets; provided, however, if the Company shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, then the Company shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Purchase Price, Common Stock (to the extent available) and then, if necessary, cash, which securities and/or cash in the aggregate are equal to the Spread. If the Board shall determine in good faith that it is likely that sufficient additional Common Stock could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, the thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than ninety (90) days following the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, in order that the Company may seek shareholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares (such period, as it may be extended, the "Substitution Period"). To the extent that the Board determines that some action need be taken pursuant to the first and/or second sentences of this Section 11(c)(i), the Company (x) shall provide, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights, and (y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek any authorization of additional shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. For purposes of this Section 11(c)(i), the value of the Common Stock shall be the current per share market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) of the Common Stock on the date of the first occurrence of a Triggering Event.

The provisions of this Section 11(c)(i) shall apply only to Common Stock of the Company and shall not apply to the securities of any other Person.

(ii) Exchange Option.

(A) At any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event and prior to the earlier of (i) the time any Person, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding and (ii) the occurrence of a Section 13(a) Event, the Board may, at its option, cause the Company to exchange mandatorily all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that shall have become null and void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) for consideration per Right consisting of one half of the securities that would be issuable, or cash or other assets with one half the value of the cash or other assets that would be issuable, at such time upon the exercise of one Right in accordance with Section 11(b) or 11(c)(i), as the case may be (the consideration issuable per Right pursuant to this Section 11(c)(ii)(A) being the "Exchange Consideration"). Any partial exchange shall be effected on a pro rata basis based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) held by each holder of Rights. If the Board elects to exchange all the Rights for Exchange Consideration pursuant to this Section 11(c)(ii)(A) prior to the physical distribution of the Rights Certificates, the Company may distribute the Exchange Consideration in lieu of distributing Rights Certificates, in which

-15-

case for purposes of this Agreement holders of Rights shall be deemed to have simultaneously received and surrendered for exchange Rights Certificates on the date of such distribution.

(B) Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the exchange of any particular Rights pursuant to this Section 11(c)(ii) and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise those particular Rights shall terminate and the only right a holder shall have thereafter with respect to any of those particular Rights shall be to receive the Exchange Consideration. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange and in addition, the Company shall promptly mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights in accordance with Section 25 of this Agreement; provided, however, that the failure to give, any delay in giving or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Exchange Consideration for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. In the event the Exchange Consideration consists of Common Stock, the Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock. In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional shares of Common Stock would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the product derived by multiplying (x) the subject fraction, by (y) the last sale price of the Common Stock on the fifth Trading Day following the public announcement of the exchange by the Company, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, in either case on a when issued basis (taking into account the exchange), as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market (or, if the Common Stock is not so listed or traded, then as determined in the manner provided in Section 11(d)(i) for determining "current per share market price," adjusted to take into account the exchange). In determining whether any particular holder shall be obligated to receive cash in lieu of a fractional share, the holder shall be entitled to have all Rights beneficially owned by such holder aggregated so that only one fractional share shall be attributable to all the Rights so beneficially owned.

(d) Computation of Current Market Price.

(i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, other than computations made pursuant to 11(c)(i) hereof, the "current per share market price" of the Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Common Stock for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date, and for purposes of computations made pursuant to Section 11(c)(i) hereof, the "current per share market price" of the Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days immediately following such date; provided, however, that in the event that the current per share market price of the Common Stock is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Common Stock of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Common Stock payable in such Common Stock or securities convertible

-16-

into such Common Stock, or (B) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Common Stock, and prior to the expiration of the requisite thirty (30) or ten (10) Trading Day period, as the case may be, after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the current market price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share of Common Stock equivalent. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the

NYSE, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted sale price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations ("Nasdaq") system or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Common Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Common Stock selected by the Board. If on any such date no market maker is making a market in the Common Stock, the fair value of such shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Board shall be used. The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day. If the Common Stock is not publicly held or not so listed or traded, "current per share market price" shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be determined in the same manner as set forth above for Common Stock in Section 11(d)(i) (other than the last sentence thereof). If the current per share market price of the Preferred Shares of any series cannot be determined in the manner provided above, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share market price of the shares of Common Stock (appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or similar transactions occurring after the date hereof) multiplied by one hundred. If neither the Common Stock nor the Preferred Shares are publicly held or so listed or traded, "current per share market price" shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

(e) Certain Covenants. The Company covenants and agrees that, after the Distribution Date, it:

(i) will not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, (i) consolidate with, (ii) merge with or into or (iii) sell or transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the

-17-

Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions that comply with Section 11(e)(ii) hereof) if at the time of or immediately after such consolidation, merger or sale there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect that would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights; and

(ii) will not, except as permitted by Section 23 or Section 26 hereof, take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, provided, however, that the issuance of additional Rights pursuant hereto, including by action of the Board under Section 22 hereof, shall not be deemed to violate this Section 11(e)(ii).

Section 12. Certificate of Adjustment. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) promptly file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Stock or the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 25 hereof. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.

Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power.

(a) In the event that, following the Distribution Date, directly or indirectly, any transactions specified in the following clause (i), (ii) or
(iii) of this Section 13(a) shall be consummated:

(i) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person (other than a subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions that comply with Section 11(e)(ii) hereof) and the Company shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation of any such consolidation or merger;

(ii) any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions that comply with Section 11(e)(ii) hereof) shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with and into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger and, in connection with such consolidation or merger, all or part of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or the Company) or cash or any other property; or

(iii) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions that comply with Section 11(e)(ii) hereof); provided, however, that this clause (iii) of Section 13(a) hereof shall not apply to the pro

-18-

rata distribution by the Company of assets (including securities) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to all holders of Common Stock of the Company in accordance with each such holder's interest in such assets prior to the distribution;

then, and in each such case (except as provided in Section 13(e) hereof), proper provision shall be made so that (A) each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided herein) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such number of validly authorized and issued, fully paid, nonassessable and freely tradable shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party (as hereinafter defined), not subject to any rights of first refusal, redemption or repurchase, as shall be equal to the result obtained by (1) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable immediately prior to the first of any of the events described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 13(a) (a "Section 13(a) Event"), or, if a Triggering Event has occurred prior to the Section 13(a) Event, multiplying the number of such fractional shares for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Triggering Event by the Purchase Price immediately prior to such first occurrence, and (2) dividing that product (which, following the Section 13(a) Event, shall thereafter be referred to as the "Purchase Price" for all purposes of this Agreement) by 50% of the then current per share market price of the Common Stock of such Principal Party (determined pursuant to Section 11(d)) on the date of consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (B) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (C) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party, it being specifically intended that the provisions of
Section 11 hereof shall apply only to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Section 13(a) Event; (D) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its shares of its Common Stock in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in connection with such consummation as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to the Common Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; and (E) the provisions of Sections 11(b) and 11(c)(i) hereof shall thereafter be of no effect following the first occurrence of a Section 13(a) Event. The Company shall not enter into any transaction of the kind referred to in this Section 13(a) if at the time of such transaction there are any rights, warrants, instruments or securities outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

(b) "Principal Party" shall mean

(i) in the case of any transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Section 13(a), the Person that is the issuer of any securities into which shares of Common Stock of the Company are converted in such merger or consolidation, and if no securities are so issued, the Person that is the other party to such merger or consolidation; and

(ii) in the case of any transaction described in clause (iii) of the first sentence of Section 13(a), the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions;

-19-

provided, however, that in any such case, (1) if the Common Stock of such Person is not at such time and has not been continuously over the preceding twelve (12) month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the Common Stock of which is and has been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person; and (2) in case such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Stock of two or more of which are and have been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of the Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value.

(c) If, for any reason, the Rights cannot be exercised for the Common Stock of such Principal Party, then a holder of Rights will have the right to exchange each Right for cash from such Principal Party in an amount equal to the Purchase Price, as calculated pursuant to Section 13(a) above. If, for any reason, the foregoing formulation cannot be applied to determine the cash amount to which the holder of Rights is entitled, then a committee composed of one or more of the members of the Board who were in office immediately before the
Section 13(a) Event shall determine such amount reasonably and in good faith.

(d) The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of authorized shares of its Common Stock, which have not been issued or reserved for issuance, to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with this Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing for the terms set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 13 and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of any consolidation, merger or sale of assets mentioned in paragraph (a) of this
Section 13, the Principal Party will:

(i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Act, with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, and will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to (A) become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (B) remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the Final Expiration Date; and

(ii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Principal Party and each of its Affiliates which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 under the Exchange Act.

The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers. In the event that one of the transactions described in Section 13(a) hereof shall occur at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter become exercisable in the manner described in Section 13(a).

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no adjustment to the number or kind of shares (or fractions of a share), cash or other property for which a Right is exercisable or the number of Rights outstanding or associated with any shares of Common Stock or any similar or other adjustment shall be made or be effective if such adjustment would have the effect of reducing or limiting the benefits the holders of the Rights would have had absent

-20-

such adjustment, including, without limitation, the benefits under Sections 11 and 13, unless the terms of this Agreement are amended so as to preserve such benefits, provided that this paragraph shall not prevent any change prior to the Distribution Date permitted by Section 26(a) and provided that this Section 13(e) shall not be deemed to limit or impair the right to engage in an exchange pursuant to Section 11(c)(ii).

Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.

(a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights except prior to the Distribution Date as the Board may in its discretion determine in effecting an adjustment in the number of Rights pursuant to
Section 11(a) hereof, or to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The closing price for any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted sale price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by the Board shall be used.

(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one- thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share). Fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it, provided that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one Preferred Share. For purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be the closing price of a Preferred Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(ii) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

-21-

(c) Following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates that evidence fractional shares of Common Stock. In lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company may pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates, at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one share of Common Stock. For purposes of determining the cash equal of said fractional shares under this
Section 14(c), the current market value of one share of Common Stock shall be the closing price of one share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

(d) The holder of a Right, by the acceptance of the Right, expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right (except as provided above).

Section 15. Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement are vested in the respective registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Stock); and any registered holder of any Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), may, on his own behalf and for his own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate in the manner provided in such Rights Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations hereunder of any Person subject to this Agreement.

Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of shares of Common Stock;

(b) after the Distribution Date, the Rights Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office of the Rights Agent, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer;

(c) subject to Sections 6(a) and 7(f) hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name a Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Rights Certificates or the associated Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company

-22-

or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; and

(d) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right or other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation.

Section 17. Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder. No holder, as such, of any Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Rights Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in Section 24 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent.

(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises.

(b) The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Rights Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares, the Common Stock or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other paper or document the Rights Agent believes in good faith to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons.

-23-

Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.

(a) Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business or shareholder services business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, however, that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of a predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.

(b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Rights Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer or the Clerk of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

-24-

(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Rights Certificates or be required to verify the same (except as to its countersignature on such Rights Certificates), but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

(e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof or in respect of the validity or execution of any Rights Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 11(b) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Sections 3, 11, 13 or 23, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates after receipt of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 13 describing such change or adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares or shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Rights Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares or shares of Common Stock will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer or the Clerk of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer.

(h) The Rights Agent and any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity. Nothing in this paragraph shall exempt any of the above mentioned individuals or entities from the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation from becoming an Acquiring Person.

(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents,

-25-

and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct; provided, however, reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

(j) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(k) If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has either not been completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1 and/or 2 on such certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.

Section 21. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days' notice in writing, mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail or by electronic transmission. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon thirty (30) days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail or by electronic transmission. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Rights Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Rights Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a national banking association or a corporation organized and doing business in good standing under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and that has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided

-26-

for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

Section 22. Issuance of New Rights Certificates. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Rights Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock following the Distribution Date and prior to the redemption or expiration of the Rights, the Company (a) shall, with respect to shares of Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereafter issued by the Company, and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board, issue Rights Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however, that (i) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, the Company shall be advised by counsel that such issuance would create a significant risk of material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Rights Certificate would be issued, and (ii) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance hereof.

Section 23. Redemption.

(a) (i) The Board may, at its option, at any time prior to the earlier of (A) the close of business on the tenth day following the Stock Acquisition Date (or, if the tenth day after the Stock Acquisition Date occurs before the Record Date, the close of business on the Record Date) (or such later date as may be determined by the Board) or (B) the Final Expiration Date, redeem all, but not less than, all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.001 per Right, as such amount may be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price") and the Company may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price either in shares of Common Stock (based on the "current per share market price," as defined in
Section 11(d) hereof, of the shares of Common Stock at the time of redemption) or cash or a combination thereof; provided, however, that if the Board authorizes redemption of the Rights in either of the circumstances set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) below, then such authorization shall require the approval of two thirds of the directors of the Company then in office: (i) such authorization occurs on or after the time a Person becomes an Acquiring Person or (ii) such authorization occurs on or after the date of a change (resulting from a proxy or consent solicitation) in a majority of the directors in office at the commencement of such solicitation if any Person who is a participant in such solicitation has stated (or, if upon the commencement of such solicitation, a majority of the Board has determined in good faith) that such Person (or any Affiliates or Associates) intends to take, or may consider taking, any action which would result in such Person becoming an Acquiring Person or which would cause the occurrence of a Triggering Event unless, concurrent with such solicitation, such Person (or one or more of its Affiliates or Associates) is making a cash tender offer pursuant to a Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor form) not beneficially owned by such Person (or by its Affiliates or Associates). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights

-27-

shall not be exercisable pursuant to Section 11(b) or 11(c) at a time when the Rights are then redeemable hereunder.

(ii) Following the occurrence of a Stock Acquisition Date but prior to any event described in Section 13(a), the Board may redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at the Redemption Price in connection with any event, not involving an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person, that either (A) is of the type specified in Section 13(a) or (B) involves a Person merging into the Company or otherwise combining with the Company, where the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger or combination and the Common Stock of the Company shall remain outstanding and not changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person or the Company or cash or any other property.

(b) In the case of a redemption permitted under Section 23(a), immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the redemption of the Rights, evidence of which shall have been filed with the Rights Agent, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price for each Right so held. Within ten (10) days after the action of the Board ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall give notice of such redemption to the Rights Agent and the holders of the then outstanding Rights by providing such notice to all such holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock. Any notice which is provided in the manner herein described shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption shall state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.

Section 24. Notice of Certain Events. In case the Company shall propose, at any time after the Distribution Date, (a) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of its Preferred Shares or to make any other distribution to the holders of its Preferred Shares (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend) or (b) to offer to the holders of its Preferred Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred Shares or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, or (c) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred Shares (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding Preferred Shares), or (d) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person or Persons (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions that comply with Section 11(e)(ii) hereof), or (e) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, in accordance with Section 25 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such stock dividend, or distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Shares, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred Shares for

-28-

purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Shares, whichever shall be the earlier.

In case any Triggering Event or Section 13(a) Event shall occur, then, in any such case, (i) the Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, to the extent feasible and in accordance with Section 25 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which shall specify the event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under
Section 11 or 13 hereof, and (ii) all references in the preceding paragraph to the Preferred Shares shall be deemed thereafter to refer, if appropriate, to other securities.

Section 25. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

                    Parametric Technology Corporation
                    128 Technology Drive
                    Waltham, MA  02453
                    Attention:  General Counsel

With a copy to:     Palmer & Dodge LLP
                    One Beacon Street
                    Boston, MA  02108
                    Attention:  Stanley Keller

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11219 Attention: Executive Vice President

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Rights Certificate (or, if prior to the Distribution Date, to the holder of certificates representing shares of Common Stock) shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first- class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

Section 26. Supplements and Amendments.

(a) Prior to the Distribution Date and subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 26, the Company and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or

-29-

amend any provision of this Agreement without the approval of any holders of certificates representing Common Stock.

(b) From and after the Distribution Date and subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 26, the Company and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights Certificates in order (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, (iii) to shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder (which lengthening or shortening, following the first occurrence of an event set forth in clauses (A) and (B) of the first clause of Section 23(a)(i) hereof shall require the concurrence of two-thirds of the directors of the Company then in office, or (iv) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights Certificates (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person); provided, however, that this Agreement may not be supplemented or amended pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence to lengthen (A) a time period relating to when the Rights may be redeemed at such time as the Rights are not redeemable or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, and/or the benefits to, the holders of Rights.

(c) Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company, which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 26, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no supplement or amendment shall be made which changes the Redemption Price, the Final Expiration Date, the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right is exercisable. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Stock.

Section 27. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

Section 28. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors. The Board shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board or to the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend the Agreement). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) that are done or made by the Board in good faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights Certificates and all other parties, and (y) not subject the Board to any liability to the holders of the Rights Certificates.

-30-

Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of Common Stock) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, registered holders of Common Stock).

Section 30. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held by such court or authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable and the Board determines in its good faith judgment that severing the invalid language from this Agreement would adversely affect the purpose or effect of this Agreement, the right of redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and shall not expire until the close of business on the tenth day following the date of such determination by the Board.

Section 31. Governing Law. This Agreement, each Right and each Rights Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such commonwealth applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such commonwealth.

Section 32. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

-31-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

[CORPORATE SEAL]                       PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY
                                       CORPORATION

Attest

By:/s/ David R. Friedman              By:/s/ Edwin J. Gillis
   --------------------------------       ------------------------------
   Name: David R. Friedman                Name: Edwin J. Gillis
   Title: Senior Vice President,          Title: Executive Vice President,
          General Counsel and Clerk              Chief Financial Officer and
                                                 Treasurer

[CORPORATE SEAL]                       AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER &
                                       TRUST COMPANY
Attest

By:/s/ Susan Silber                    By:/s/ Paula Caroppoli
   --------------------------------       -------------------------------
   Name: Susan Silber                     Name: Paula Caroppoli
   Title: Assistant Secretary             Title: Vice President

                                      -i-

                                                                       Exhibit A
                                                                       ---------

FORM OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE

Certificate No. R- _________ Rights

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER JANUARY 5, 2011, OR EARLIER IF REDEMPTION OCCURS. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.001 PER RIGHT, ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES (SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(e) AND 11(b) OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT), RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) OR ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID. [THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED TO A PERSON WHO WAS AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR AN ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT). THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING SECTION 7(e) AND SECTION
11(b) THEREOF.]/1/

Rights Certificate
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

This certifies that __________________, or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of January 5, 2001 (the "Rights Agreement"), between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the "Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 p.m., Needham, Massachusetts time, on ___________, 2011, at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, or at the office of its successor as Rights Agent, one one- thousandth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Shares") of the Company, at a purchase price of $60.00 per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase and related


/1/The portion of the legend in brackets shall be inserted only if applicable.

-A-1-

Certificate duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate (and the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of ___________, 200__, based on the Preferred Shares as constituted at such date.

Upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement), if the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement),
(ii) a transferee of any such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate, or (iii) under certain circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement, a transferee of a person who, after such transfer, became an Acquiring Person, or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person, such Rights shall become null and void and no holder hereof shall have any right with respect to such Rights from and after the occurrence of any such Triggering Event.

As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number and kind of Preferred Shares or other securities which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

This Rights Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Rights Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company and the above-mentioned offices of the Rights Agent.

This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates, upon surrender at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, may be exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of one one-thousandths of a share of the Preferred Shares as the Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Rights Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate may, but are not required to, be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $.001 per Right.

No fractional Preferred Shares will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.

No holder of this Rights Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or of any other securities of the

-A-2-

Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of ____________, ____.

[CORPORATE SEAL]

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

ATTEST:

______________________________               By:______________________________
     Clerk                                   Name:
                                             Title:

Countersigned:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY


By:___________________________
     Authorized Signature

-A-3-

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Rights Certificate.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED ________________________hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _______________________________________


(Please print name and address of transferee)

_____________________________ this Rights Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________________ Attorney, to transfer the within Rights Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated:___________, ____


Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program.


CERTIFICATE

The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

(1) this Rights Certificate [ ] is [ ] is not being sold, assigned and transferred by or on behalf of a person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Dated: ____________, ____                            __________________________
                                                     Signature

NOTICE

The signature to the foregoing Assignment and Certificate must correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


-A-4-

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed if holder desires to exercise the Rights Certificate.)

To: PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise ________Rights represented by this Rights Certificate to purchase the Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such Preferred Shares be issued in the name of:




(Please print name and address)

Please insert social security or other identifying number: ______________

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:




(Please print name and address)

Please insert social security or other identifying number: ______________

Dated:______________, ____


Signature

(Signature must conform in all respects to
name of holder as specified on the face of
this Rights Certificate in every particular,
without alteration or enlargement or any
change whatsoever)

Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program.


-A-5-

CERTIFICATE

The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

(1) the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate [_] are [_] are not being exercised by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [_] did [_] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Dated:_____________, ____ __________________________________

Signature


NOTICE

The signatures in the foregoing Forms of Assignment and Election must correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

In the event the Certificates set forth above in the Forms of Assignment and Election are not completed, the Company will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and in the case of an Assignment, will affix a legend to that effect on any Rights Certificates issued in exchange for this Rights Certificate.

-A-6-

EXHIBIT 10.11
Agreement

This Agreement is entered into as of this 29th day of October, 1998, between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and Paul J. Cunningham ("Cunningham").

WHEREAS, Cunningham is the Executive Vice President, Sales - Primary Accounts; and

WHEREAS, to provide incentive for Cunningham to maintain employment with the Company, the Company desires to make the following arrangements with Cunningham concerning his termination of employment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Cunningham hereby agree as follows:

1. Termination Notice. The Company agrees that it may not terminate the employment of Cunningham unless (i) such termination is for Cause (as defined below) or (ii) the Company has delivered to Cunningham a written notice of such termination (the "Termination Notice") at least six months in advance of the termination date. The duties of Cunningham during the period from the date of delivery of a Termination Notice until the termination of his employment shall be as determined by the Board of Directors.

2. Salary. During the period from the date of delivery of the Termination Notice (the "Notice Date") until the earlier of (i) the date six months after the Notice Date or (ii) the date Cunningham commences employment with another company or organization, the Company shall pay to Cunningham a salary that is equal, on an annualized basis, to the highest annual salary (excluding any bonuses) in effect with respect to Cunningham during the six- month period immediately preceding the Termination Notice.

3. Stock Options. Effective upon a Change in Control (as defined below) of the Company, all stock options granted to Cunningham and then outstanding under any Stock Option Plan (as defined below) of the Company shall become exercisable in full, notwithstanding any vesting schedule or other provisions to the contrary in the agreements evidencing such options; and the Company and Cunningham hereby agree that such option agreements are hereby and will be deemed amended to give effect to this provision.

4. Definitions.

(a) A termination by the Company of Cunningham's employment for "Cause" shall mean termination (i) for Cunningham's willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties to the Company (other than any such failure resulting from Cunningham's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or perceived failure after a Change in Status of Cunningham), provided that (a) the Company has delivered a written demand for substantial performance to Cunningham specifically identifying the manner in which the Company believes that Cunningham has not substantially performed his duties, and
(b) Cunningham has not cured such failure within 30 days after such demand, (ii) for willful conduct by Cunningham which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, or (iii) for Cunningham's willful violation of any material provision of any confidentiality, nondisclosure, assignment of invention, noncompetition or similar agreement entered into by Cunningham in connection with his employment by the Company. For purposes of this paragraph, no act or failure to act on Cunningham's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done or omitted to be done by Cunningham not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
(b) A "Change in Control" of the Company shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any "person", as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Company) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (other than as a result of acquisitions of such securities from the Company); (ii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual

2

whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no "person" (as defined above) acquires more than 20% of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

(c) A "Stock Option Plan" of the Company shall mean any stock option or equity compensation plan of the Company in effect at any time, including without limitation the 1987 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan 1997 and the 1997 Non-statutory Stock Option Plan.

5. Term. This Agreement shall continue in effect until October 1,

2001, unless extended by the mutual written consent of the Company and Cunningham.

6. Successors.
(a) This Agreement is personal to Cunningham and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Cunningham otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the

3

Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(c) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand delivery, by a reputable overnight courier service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:

If to the Company:

Parametric Technology Corporation
128 Technology Drive
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Vice President - General Counsel

If to Cunningham:

Paul Cunningham
73 Marlboro Street, #6
Boston, MA 02116

4

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Any notice or communication shall be deemed to be delivered upon the date of hand delivery, one day following delivery to such overnight courier service, or three days following mailing by registered or certified mail.

EXECUTED as of the date first written above.

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

By: /s/ C. Richard Harrison
    ------------------------
    C. Richard Harrison
    President and Chief Operating Officer

    /s/ Paul J. Cunningham
    -----------------------
    Paul J. Cunningham

5

EXHIBIT 10.12

Agreement

This Agreement is entered into as of this 18th day of May, 2000, between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and James E. Heppelmann ("Heppelmann").

WHEREAS, Heppelmann is the Senior Vice President, Windchill; and

WHEREAS, to provide incentive for Heppelmann to maintain employment with the Company, the Company desires to make the following arrangements with Heppelmann concerning his termination of employment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Heppelmann hereby agree as follows:

1. Termination Notice. The Company agrees that it may not terminate the employment of Heppelmann unless (i) such termination is for Cause (as defined below) or (ii) the Company has delivered to Heppelmann a written notice of such termination (the "Termination Notice") at least six months in advance of the termination date. The duties of Heppelmann during the period from the date of delivery of a Termination Notice until the termination of his employment shall be as determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

2. Salary. During the period from the date of delivery of the Termination Notice (the "Notice Date") until the earlier of (i) the date six months after the Notice Date or (ii) the date Heppelmann commences employment with another company or organization, the Company shall pay to Heppelmann a salary that is equal, on an annualized basis, to the highest annual salary (excluding any bonuses) in effect with respect to Heppelmann during the six- month period immediately preceding the Termination Notice.

3. Stock Options. Effective upon a Change in Control (as defined below) of the Company, all stock options granted to Heppelmann and then outstanding under any Stock Option Plan (as defined below) of the Company shall become exercisable in full, notwithstanding any vesting schedule or other provisions to the contrary in the agreements evidencing such options; and the Company and Heppelmann hereby agree that such option agreements are hereby and will be deemed amended to give effect to this provision.

4. Definitions.

(a) A termination by the Company of Heppelmann's employment for "Cause" shall mean termination (i) for Heppelmann's willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties to the Company


(other than any such failure resulting from Heppelmann's incapacity due to physical or mental illness), provided that (a) the Company has delivered a written demand for substantial performance to Heppelmann specifically identifying the manner in which the Company believes that Heppelmann has not substantially performed his duties, and (b) Heppelmann has not cured such failure within 30 days after such demand, (ii) for willful conduct by Heppelmann which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, or (iii) for Heppelmann's willful violation of any material provision of any confidentiality, nondisclosure, assignment of invention, noncompetition or similar agreement entered into by Heppelmann in connection with his employment by the Company. For purposes of this paragraph, no act or failure to act on Heppelmann's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done or omitted to be done by Heppelmann not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

(b) A "Change in Control" of the Company shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any "person", as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Company) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (other than as a result of acquisitions of such securities from the Company); (ii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately

2

prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no "person" (as defined above) acquires more than 20% of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

(c) A "Stock Option Plan" of the Company shall mean any stock option or equity compensation plan of the Company in effect at any time, including without limitation the 1987 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan 1997, the 1997 Non-statutory Stock Option Plan and the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.

5. Term. This Agreement shall continue in effect until February 28,

2003, unless extended by the mutual written consent of the Company and Heppelmann.
6. Successors.
(a) This Agreement is personal to Heppelmann and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Heppelmann otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement.

7. Miscellaneous.
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

3

(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.
(c) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand delivery, by a reputable overnight courier service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:

If to the Company:

Parametric Technology Corporation
128 Technology Drive
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Senior Vice President - General Counsel

If to Heppelmann:

James E. Heppelmann
2 Ridge Road
Framingham, MA 01710

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Any notice or communication shall be deemed to be delivered upon the date of hand delivery, one day following delivery to such overnight courier service, or three days following mailing by registered or certified mail.

EXECUTED as of the date first written above.

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

By:   /s/ C. Richard Harrison
     ------------------------
     C. Richard Harrison
     President and Chief Executive Officer


      /s/ James E. Heppelmann
     ------------------------
     James E. Heppelmann

4

EXHIBIT 10.13

Agreement

This Agreement is entered into as of this 18th day of May, 2000, between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and Jon R. Stevenson ("Stevenson").

WHEREAS, Stevenson is the Executive Vice President, General Manager - MCAD; and

WHEREAS, to provide incentive for Stevenson to maintain employment with the Company, the Company desires to make the following arrangements with Stevenson concerning his termination of employment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Stevenson hereby agree as follows:

1. Termination Notice. The Company agrees that it may not terminate the employment of Stevenson unless (i) such termination is for Cause (as defined below) or (ii) the Company has delivered to Stevenson a written notice of such termination (the "Termination Notice") at least six months in advance of the termination date. The duties of Stevenson during the period from the date of delivery of a Termination Notice until the termination of his employment shall be as determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

2. Salary. During the period from the date of delivery of the Termination Notice (the "Notice Date") until the earlier of (i) the date six months after the Notice Date or (ii) the date Stevenson commences employment with another company or organization, the Company shall pay to Stevenson a salary that is equal, on an annualized basis, to the highest annual salary (excluding any bonuses) in effect with respect to Stevenson during the six-month period immediately preceding the Termination Notice.

3. Stock Options. Effective upon a Change in Control (as defined below) of the Company, all stock options granted to Stevenson and then outstanding under any Stock Option Plan (as defined below) of the Company shall become exercisable in full, notwithstanding any vesting schedule or other provisions to the contrary in the agreements evidencing such options; and the Company and Stevenson hereby agree that such option agreements are hereby and will be deemed amended to give effect to this provision.

4. Definitions.

(a) A termination by the Company of Stevenson's employment for "Cause" shall mean termination (i) for Stevenson's willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties to the Company (other than any such failure resulting from Stevenson's incapacity due to physical or mental illness), provided that


(a) the Company has delivered a written demand for substantial performance to Stevenson specifically identifying the manner in which the Company believes that Stevenson has not substantially performed his duties, and (b) Stevenson has not cured such failure within 30 days after such demand, (ii) for willful conduct by Stevenson which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, or
(iii) for Stevenson's willful violation of any material provision of any confidentiality, nondisclosure, assignment of invention, noncompetition or similar agreement entered into by Stevenson in connection with his employment by the Company. For purposes of this paragraph, no act or failure to act on Stevenson's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done or omitted to be done by Stevenson not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

(b) A "Change in Control" of the Company shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any "person", as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Company) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (other than as a result of acquisitions of such securities from the Company); (ii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting

2

securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no "person" (as defined above) acquires more than 20% of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

(c) A "Stock Option Plan" of the Company shall mean any stock option or equity compensation plan of the Company in effect at any time, including without limitation the 1987 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan 1997, the 1997 Non-statutory Stock Option Plan and the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.

5. Term. This Agreement shall continue in effect until February 28,

2003, unless extended by the mutual written consent of the Company and Stevenson.

6. Successors.

(a) This Agreement is personal to Stevenson and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Stevenson otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

3

(c) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand delivery, by a reputable overnight courier service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:

If to the Company:

Parametric Technology Corporation
128 Technology Drive
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Senior Vice President - General Counsel

If to Stevenson:

Jon R. Stevenson
12 Petersen Circle
Sudbury, MA 01776

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Any notice or communication shall be deemed to be delivered upon the date of hand delivery, one day following delivery to such overnight courier service, or three days following mailing by registered or certified mail.

EXECUTED as of the date first written above.

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

By:  /s/  C. Richard Harrison
     ----------------------------------------
     C. Richard Harrison
     President and Chief Executive Officer


     /s/ Jon R. Stevenson
     ----------------------------------------
     Jon R. Stevenson

4

EXHIBIT 10.20

AMENDMENT #6 TO
CONSULTING AGREEMENT

This Amendment #6 to Consulting Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2000, hereby amends the terms of that certain Consulting Agreement dated November 17, 1995, as amended, (hereinafter "Consulting Agreement") by and between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation, having its principal business address at 128 Technology Drive, Waltham, Massachusetts 02453 (hereinafter "PTC") and Michael E. Porter, an individual currently residing at 44 Green Hill Road, Brookline, Massachusetts 02146 (hereinafter "Consultant").

Article 3 Services To Be Performed By Consultant, is hereby amended by adding the following Section 3.6:

3.6 Consultant is engaged pursuant to this Amendment #6 to Consulting Agreement, to participate in two (2) top management seminars, including Chief Information Officer (CIO) seminars, consistent with the purposes and scope which Consultant was previously engaged to provide under Article 3 of the Consulting Agreement.

Article 4 Compensation And Expenses, is hereby amended by adding the following
Section 4.7:

4.7 Option grant for services to be performed under Section 3.6. In connection with those services to be performed pursuant to this Amendment #6 to Consulting Agreement (as described in Section 3.6 above), Consultant shall receive an option to purchase 20,000 shares of PTC's common stock, $.01 par value per share, under the terms of the Stock Option Agreement dated September 14, 2000 between PTC and the Consultant attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment #6 to Consulting Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

Consultant                       Parametric Technology Corporation



/s/ Michael E. Porter              /s/ C. Richard Harrison
-----------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Michael E. Porter                  C. Richard Harrison
                                   President and Chief Executive Officer

No. 038504                                                       20,000 Shares

PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan

Nonstatutory Stock Option Certificate

September 14, 2000

Parametric Technology Corporation (the "Company"), a Massachusetts corporation, hereby grants to the person named below an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company (the "Option") under and subject to the Company's 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") exercisable on the following terms and conditions set forth below and those attached hereto and in the Plan:

Name of Optionholder:             Michael E. Porter

Social Security Number            000-00-0000

Number of Shares:                 20,000

Option Price:                     $ 13.1875

Date of Grant:                    September 14, 2000

Expiration:                       September 14, 2005

Exercisability Schedule:

on or after September 14, 2000, as to 50% of the shares, on or after October 1, 2000, as to 50% of the shares,

provided that Optionholder's consulting agreement with the Company is not terminated earlier, in which event the Option, (i) to the extent exercisable at the date of such termination, may not be exercised as to any shares after the expiration of seven (7) months from the date of such termination, and
(ii) to the extent not exercisable at the date of such termination, shall be canceled as to any such shares effective on the date of such termination.

This Option shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

By acceptance of this Option, the Optionholder agrees to the terms and conditions set forth above and those attached hereto and in the Plan.

OPTIONHOLDER                       PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION



By: /s/ Michael E. Porter          By: /s/ Edwin J. Gillis
    ---------------------------    -----------------------------------
    Optionholder                   Executive Vice President - CFO


PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION 1997 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Nonstatutory Stock Option Terms And Conditions

1. Plan Incorporated by Reference. This Option is issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan and may be amended as provided in the Plan. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this certificate have the meanings given to them in the Plan. This certificate does not set forth all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. The Committee administers the Plan and its determinations regarding the operation of the Plan are final and binding. Copies of the Plan may be obtained upon written request without charge from the Corporate Counsel of the Company.

2. Option Price. The price to be paid for each share of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the whole or any part of this Option is the Option Price set forth on the face of this certificate.

3. Exercisability Schedule. This Option may be exercised at any time and from time to time for the number of shares and in accordance with the exercisability schedule set forth on the face of this certificate, but only for the purchase of whole shares. This Option may not be exercised as to any shares after the Expiration Date.

4. Method of Exercise. To exercise this Option, the Optionholder shall deliver written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised accompanied by payment of the Option Price for such shares in cash, by certified check or in such other form, including shares of Common Stock of the Company valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery or a payment commitment of a financial or brokerage institution, as the Committee may approve. Promptly following such notice, the Company will deliver to the Optionholder a certificate representing the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.

5. No Right To Employment. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Option. Each employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates is an employee-at-will (that is to say that either the Participant or the Company or any Affiliate may terminate the employment relationship at any time for any reason or no reason at all) unless, and only to the extent, provided in a written employment agreement for a specified term executed by the chief executive officer of the Company or his duly authorized designee or the authorized signatory of any Affiliate. Neither the adoption, maintenance, nor operation of the Plan nor any Option hereunder shall confer upon any employee of the Company or of any Affiliate any right with respect to the continuance of his/her employment by the Company or any such Affiliate nor shall they interfere with the right of the Company (or Affiliate) to terminate any employee at any time or otherwise change the terms of employment, including, without limitation, the right to promote, demote or otherwise re-assign any employee from one position to another within the Company or any Affiliate.

6. Effect of Grant. Participant shall not earn any Options granted hereunder until such time as all the conditions put forth herein and in the Plan which are required to be met in order to exercise the Option have been fully satisfied.

7. Recapitalization, Mergers, Etc. As provided in the Plan, in the event of corporate transactions affecting the Company's outstanding Common Stock, the number and kind of shares subject to this Option and the exercise price hereunder shall be equitably adjusted. If such transaction involves a consolidation or merger of the Company with another entity, the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a reorganization or liquidation of the Company, then in lieu of the foregoing, the Committee may upon written notice to the Optionholder provide that this Option shall terminate on a date not less than 20 days after the date of such notice unless theretofore exercised. In connection with such notice, the Committee may in its discretion accelerate or waive any deferred exercise period.

8. Option Not Transferable. This Option is not transferable by the Optionholder otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable, during the Optionholder's lifetime, only by the Optionholder. The naming of a Designated Beneficiary does not constitute a transfer.

9. Termination of Employment or Engagement. If the Optionholder's status as an employee or consultant of (a) the Company, (b) an Affiliate, or (c) a corporation (or parent or subsidiary corporation of such corporation) issuing or assuming a stock option in a transaction to which section 424(a) of the Code applies, is terminated for any reason (voluntary or involuntary) and the period of exercisability for a particular Option following such termination has not been specified by the Board, each such Option then held by that Participant shall expire to the extent not previously exercised ten (10) calendar days after such Participant's employment or engagement is terminated, except that -

(a) If the Participant is on military, sick leave or other bona fide leave

of absence (such as temporary employment by the federal government), his or her employment or engagement with the Company will be treated as continuing intact if the period of such leave does not exceed ninety (90) days, or, if longer, so long as the Participant's right to reemployment or the survival of his or her service arrangement with the Company is guaranteed either by statute or by contract; otherwise, the Participant's employment or engagement will be deemed to have terminated on the 91st day of such leave.

(b) If the Participant's employment is terminated by reason of his or her retirement from the Company at normal retirement age, each Option then held by the Participant, to the extent exercisable at retirement, may be exercised by the Participant at any time within three (3) months after such retirement unless terminated earlier by its terms.

(c) If the Participant's employment or engagement is terminated by reason of his or her death, each Option then held by the Participant, to the extent exercisable at the date of death, may be exercised at any time within one year after that date (unless terminated earlier by its terms) by the person(s) to whom the Participant's option rights pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(d) If the Participant's employment or engagement is terminated by reason of his or her becoming permanently and totally disabled, each Option then held by the Participant, to the extent exercisable upon the occurrence of permanent and total disability, may be exercised by the Participant at any time within one
(1) year after such occurrence unless terminated earlier by its terms. For purposes hereof, an individual shall be deemed to be "permanently and totally disabled" if he or she is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. Any determination of permanent and total disability shall be made in good faith by the Company on the basis of a report signed by a qualified physician.

10. Compliance with Securities Laws. It shall be a condition to the Optionholder's right to purchase shares of Common Stock hereunder that the Company may, in its discretion, require (a) that the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of this Option shall have been duly listed, upon official notice of issuance, upon any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company's Common Stock may then be listed or quoted, (b) that either (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares shall be in effect, or (ii) in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the proposed purchase shall be exempt from registration under that Act and the Optionholder shall have made such undertakings and agreements with the Company as the Company may reasonably require, and (c) that such other steps, if any, as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any law applicable to the issue of such shares by the Company shall have been taken by the Company or the Optionholder, or both. The certificates representing the shares purchased under this Option may contain such legends as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any applicable law.

11. Payment of Taxes. The Optionholder shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the exercise of this Option. The Committee may, in its discretion, require any other Federal or state taxes imposed on the sale of the shares to be paid by the Optionholder. In the Committee's discretion, such tax obligations may be paid in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the exercise of this Option, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery. The Company and its Affiliates may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Optionholder.

Adopted November 14, 1996


EXHIBIT 10.21

PROPERTY

I N D E X T O L E A S E

FROM

BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

TO
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

ARTICLE
NUMBER                 CAPTION                                          PAGE
------                 -------                                          ----

  I           BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND
              ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS                                    1

Section 1.1 Introduction 1
Section 1.2 Background 1
Section 1.3 Basic Data 2
Section 1.4 Enumeration of Exhibits 4

II PREMISES 5

Section 2.1 Demise and Lease of Premises 5

III LEASE TERM AND EXTENSION OPTIONS 6

Section 3.1 Term 6
Section 3.2 Extension Options 6

IV CONSTRUCTION 8

Section 4.0 Landlord's Base Building Work 8
Section 4.1 Cost of Landlord's Work 11
Section 4.2 Changes in Landlord's Work 12
Section 4.3 Work performed by Tenant 12
Section 4.4 Quality and Performance of Work 13
Section 4.5 Early Access 13
Section 4.6 Unused Construction Contingency 13

V ANNUAL FIXED RENT 14

-i-

Section 5.1 Fixed Rent 14

VI TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES 15

Section 6.1 Definitions 15
Section 6.2 Operating Costs Defined 17
Section 6.3 Tenant's Payments of Operating Expenses 21
Section 6.4 Effect of Multiple Rent Commencement Dates 23
Section 6.5 Management Fee Rent 23

VII LANDLORD'S REPAIRS AND SERVICES 24

Section 7.1 Structural Repairs 24
Section 7.2 Other Repairs to be Made By Landlord 24
Section 7.3 Services to be Provided by Landlord 24
Section 7.4 Electricity 25
Section 7.5 No Damage 25

VIII TENANT'S REPAIRS 26

Section 8.1 Tenant's Repairs and Maintenance 26

IX ALTERATIONS 27

Section 9.1    Landlord's Approval                            27
Section 9.1.1  Certain Alterations                            28
Section 9.2    Conformity of Work                             28
Section 9.3    Performance of Work, Governmental
               Permits and Insurance                          28
Section 9.4    Liens                                          29
Section 9.5    Nature of Alterations                          29

X INTENTIONALLY OMITTED 30

XI CERTAIN TENANT COVENANTS 30

XII ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING 33

Section 12.1 Restrictions on Transfer 33
Section 12.2 Exceptions for Parent or Subsidiary 33
Section 12.3 Exceptions for Certain Subleases 35
Section 12.4 Consent of Landlord 35
Section 12.5 Tenant's Notice 36
Section 12.6 Profit on Subleasing, Assignment, and

-ii-

                       Certain Telecommunications License                    36
         Section 12.7  Additional Conditions                                 37

XIII     INDEMNITY AND COMMERCIAL GENERAL
         LIABILITY INSURANCE                                                 38

         Section 13.1  Tenant's Indemnity                                    38
         Section 13.1.1   Landlord's Indemnity                               39
         Section 13.2  Commercial General Liability Insurance                40
         Section 13.3  Tenant's Property Insurance                           40
         Section 13.4  Non-Subrogation                                       41
         Section 13.5  Tenant's Risk                                         41
         Section 13.6  Landlord's Insurance                                  41

 XIV     FIRE, CASUALTY AND TAKING                                           42

         Section 14.1  Repair of Damage Caused by Casualty                   42
         Section 14.2  Landlord's Termination Rights                         43
         Section 14.3  Tenant's Termination Rights                           45
         Section 14.4  General Provisions Relating to
                       Any Casualty Termination                              47
         Section 14.5  Intentionally Omitted                                 47
         Section 14.6  Tenant's Termination Rights
                       Based upon Taking                                     48
         Section 14.7  General Taking Provisions                             48
         Section 14.8  Taking Proceeds                                       49
         Section 14.9  Temporary Taking                                      50

 XV      DEFAULT                                                             50

         Section 15.1  Tenant's Default                                      50
         Section 15.2  Termination; Re-Entry                                 51
         Section 15.3  Continued Liability; Re-Letting                       51
         Section 15.4  Liquidated Damages                                    52
         Section 15.5  Intentionally Omitted                                 53
         Section 15.6  Landlord's Default; Tenant's Self-Help                54

 XVI     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS                                            56

         Section 16.1  Waiver                                                56
         Section 16.2  Cumulative Remedies                                   56
         Section 16.3  Quiet Enjoyment                                       56
         Section 16.4  Surrender                                             57
         Section 16.5  Brokerage                                             58
         Section 16.6  Invalidity of Particular Provisions                   58

-iii-

     Section 16.7      Provisions Binding, Etc.                          58
     Section 16.8      Recording                                         59
     Section 16.9      Notices and Time for Action                       59
     Section 16.10     When Lease Becomes Binding                        60
     Section 16.11     Paragraph Headings                                60
     Section 16.12     Rights of Mortgagee                               60
     Section 16.13     Intentionally Omitted                             61
     Section 16.14     Intentionally Omitted                             61
     Section 16.15     Landlord's Financing, Tenant's
                       Shadow Rating                                     61
     Section 16.16     Status Report and Financial Statements            61
     Section 16.17     Intentionally Omitted                             62
     Section 16.18     Holding Over                                      62
     Section 16.19     Entry by Landlord                                 62
     Section 16.20     Tenant's Payments                                 63
     Section 16.21     Late Payment                                      63
     Section 16.22     Counterparts                                      63
     Section 16.23     Entire Agreement                                  63
     Section 16.24     Limitations on Landlord                           64
     Section 16.25     No Partnership                                    64
     Section 16.26     Letters of Credit                                 64
     Section 16.27     Governing Law                                     67
     Section 16.28     Signage                                           67
     Section 16.29     Intentionally Omitted                             68
     Section 16.30     Landlord's Consent                                68
     Section 16.31     Tenant's Right of First Refusal to
                       Purchase the Property                             68
     Section 16.32     Arbitration                                       72
     Section 16.33     Confidentially                                    73

Exhibit A-1       Legal Description

Exhibit A-2       Site Plan

Exhibit B-1       Base Building Work Plans and Specifications

Exhibit B-2       Tenant Improvement Work Plans and Specifications

Exhibit B-3       Plans and Specifications for Off-Site Mitigation Work

Exhibit B-4       Qualifications and Assumptions with respect to Landlord's Work

Exhibit C         Landlord's Services

Exhibit D         Property Floor Plans

-iv-

Exhibit E         Form of Commencement Date Agreement

Exhibit F         Intentionally Omitted

Exhibit G         Broker Determination of Prevailing Fair Market Rent

Exhibit H-1       Form of General Letter of Credit

Exhibit H-2       Form of TI Letter of Credit

-v-

140 KENDRICK STREET, NEEDHAM, MASSACHUSETTS

THIS INSTRUMENT IS AN INDENTURE OF LEASE made as of this 14th day of December, 1999 ("Execution Date") in which the Landlord and the Tenant are the parties hereinafter named, and which relates to the land ("Land") and the buildings to be constructed thereon, now know as and numbered 140 Kendrick Street, Needham, Massachusetts.

The parties to this instrument hereby agree with each other as follows:

ARTICLE I
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND ENUMERATIONS OF EXHIBITS

1.1 INTRODUCTION. The following sets forth the basic data and identifying Exhibits elsewhere hereinafter referred to in this Lease, and, where appropriate, constitute definitions of the terms hereinafter listed.

1.2 BACKGROUND. Reference is made to the following:

A. Prior to the Execution Date, Tenant owned the Land. A legal description of the Land is attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and is substantially as shown in the site plan ("Site Plan") attached hereto as Exhibit A-2.

B. Tenant conveyed the Land to Landlord on the Execution Date pursuant to a Purchase and Sale and Leaseback Agreement dated December 10, 1999 by and between Tenant, as Seller, and Landlord, as Buyer.

C. The parties intend that Landlord construct three buildings, including a concourse between two of the buildings, a 1,127 space parking structure ("Garage"), and 207 surface parking spaces on the Land. Each building is referred to herein as a "Building", and the Buildings are collectively referred to herein as the "Buildings". The three buildings are referred to herein as Building A, Building B, and Building C and are shown on the Site Plan. "Landlord's Work" shall be defined as base building work ("Base Building Work") described in the plans and specifications referenced on Exhibit B-1, the tenant improvement work ("Tenant Improvement Work") described in the plans and specifications referenced on Exhibit B-2, the off-site mitigation work described on Exhibit B-3, and the Qualifications and Assumptions with respect to Landlord's Work set forth on Exhibit B-4.

1.3 BASIC DATA.

-1-

Execution Date:                      December 14, 1999

Landlord:                            Boston Properties Limited Partnership

Present Mailing Address
of Landlord:                         800 Boylston Street
                                     Boston, Massachusetts 02199-8001
                                     Attention: General Counsel

Landlord's Construction
Representative:                      James C. Rosenfeld or John Camera

Tenant:                              Parametric Technology Corporation,
                                     a Massachusetts corporation

Present Mailing Address of Tenant:   128 Technology Drive
                                     Waltham, Massachusetts 02453
                                     Attention: Mr. Joseph M. Joyce,
                                                Director of Real Estate


Tenant's Construction
Representative:                      Mr. Joseph M. Joyce

Term or Lease Term:                  Commencing on the Commencement Date
                                     and terminating as of the date
                                     ("Expiration Date") twelve (12) years
                                     after the first Rent Commencement
                                     Date.

Extension Options:                   Three (3) consecutive periods of five
                                     (5) years each as provided in and on
                                     the terms set forth in Section 3.2
                                     hereof.

Rent Year:                           If the Rent Commencement Date in
                                     respect of each of Building A,
                                     Building B, and Building C occurs on
                                     or before March 1, 2001, then:

                                     (i) the first Rent Year in respect of
                                     each Building shall commence as of the
                                     Rent Commencement Date in respect of
                                     such Building and the first Rent Year
                                     in respect of all three Buildings
                                     shall end as of the day immediately
                                     preceding the first anniversary of the
                                     first Rent Commencement Date, and

                                 -2-

                                     (ii) each subsequent Rent Year for all
                                     three Buildings shall be the twelve
                                     month period commencing as of any
                                     anniversary of the first Rent
                                     Commencement Date.

                                     If the Rent Commencement Date in
                                     respect of any Building occurs after
                                     March 1, 2001, then the Rent Year in
                                     respect of each Building shall be
                                     defined as the twelve (12) month
                                     period commencing as of the Rent
                                     Commencement Date in respect of such
                                     Building, or as of any anniversary of
                                     such Rent Commencement Date.

Commencement Date:                   The Execution Date.

Rent Commencement Date:              See Section 3.1.

Premises or Property:                The Land and all of the improvements
                                     thereon to be constructed as part of
                                     Landlord's Work ("Improvements").

Rentable Floor Area of
the Buildings:                       Is agreed to be 380,987 square feet.
                                     The Rentable Floor Area of Buildings
                                     is as follows:

                                     Building          Rentable Floor Area

                                        A              108,907 square feet
                                        B              101,346 square feet
                                        C              170,734 square feet

Annual Fixed Rent:

Initial Term:

Rent         Annual Fixed Rent            Monthly Payment
                         -----                    -------
Year

 1-4           $8,659,834.51                $721,652.88
 5-8           $9,376,090.07                $781,340.84
9-12          $10,092,345.63                $841,028.80

         Extension Options:                 See Section 3.2.

-3-

Tenant Electricity:                  Separately metered to Tenant as
                                     described in Section 7.4.

Additional Rent:                     All charges and other sums payable by
                                     Tenant as set forth in this Lease, in
                                     addition to Annual Fixed Rent.

Management Fee:                      See Section 6.5.

Initial Minimum Limits               $10,000,000 combined (primary and
of Tenant's Commercial               excess coverage) single limit per
General Liability Insurance:         occurrence on a per location basis.

Permitted Use:                       General office use, research and
                                     development, and other ancillary uses
                                     (including a cafeteria), subject to
                                     applicable zoning and other laws and
                                     all governmental permits and approvals
                                     applicable to the Property.

Broker:                              Spaulding & Slye Colliers Services
                                     Limited Partnership


Letters of Credit:
  TI Letter of Credit:               $16,429,000.00
  General Letter of Credit:          $8,700,000.00, subject to reduction in
                                     accordance with Section 16.26 of the
                                     Lease, and subject to increase in
                                     accordance with Section 12.2.

Landlord's Work:                     See Paragraph C of Section 1.2.

Base Building Work:                  See Paragraph C of Section 1.2.

Tenant Improvement Work:             See Paragraph C of Section 1.2.

Off-Site Mitigation Work:            See Paragraph C of Section 1.2.

1.4 ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS. The following Exhibits attached hereto are a part of this Lease, are incorporated herein by reference, and are to be treated as a part of this Lease for all purposes. Undertakings contained in such Exhibits are agreements on the part of Landlord and Tenant, as the case may be, to perform the obligations stated therein to be performed by Landlord and Tenant, as and where stipulated therein.

-4-

Exhibit A-1       Legal Description of Land

Exhibit A-2       Site Plan

Exhibit B-1       Plans and Specifications for Base Building Work

Exhibit B-2       Plans and Specifications for Tenant Improvement Work

Exhibit B-3       Off-Site Mitigation Work

Exhibit B-4       Assumptions and Qualifications with respect to
                  Landlord's Work

Exhibit C         Landlord's Services

Exhibit D         Intentionally Omitted

Exhibit E         Form of Commencement Date Agreement

Exhibit F         Intentionally omitted.

Exhibit G         Broker Determination of Prevailing Fair Market Rent

Exhibit H-1       Form of General Letter of Credit

Exhibit H-2       Form of TI Letter of Credit

ARTICLE II
PREMISES

2.1 DEMISE AND LEASE OF PREMISES.

A. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and accepts from Landlord, the entire Premises, subject to provisions of this Lease.

B. Measurement of Rentable Floor Area. The parties acknowledge and agree that: (i) they have agreed upon the Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings, (ii) the agreed upon amounts are based upon the plans and specifications for the Base Building Work, as described on Exhibit B-1, which were prepared by the Tenant and which were approved by Landlord, and (iii) such agreed upon amounts are set forth in Section 1.3 of this Lease.

ARTICLE III

-5-

LEASE TERM AND EXTENSION OPTIONS

3.1 TERM. The Term of this Lease shall be the period specified in Section 1.3

hereof as the "Lease Term", unless sooner terminated or extended as herein provided. The Lease Term hereof shall commence on the Execution Date. The Rent Commencement Date in respect of each Building shall be defined as the first to occur of:

A. The Substantial Completion Date, as defined in Section 4.0, with respect to such Building; or

B. With Landlord's prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, the date on which Tenant commences use of such Building, or any portion of such Building, for the regular conduct of Tenant's business (the parties hereby agreeing that the installation and testing of Tenant's furniture, fixtures and equipment shall not be considered to be business purposes).

At the request of either Landlord or Tenant and as soon as may be convenient after each Rent Commencement Date has been determined, Landlord and Tenant agree to join with each other in the execution, in the form of Exhibit E hereto, of a written Commencement Date Agreement in which such Rent Commencement Date and specified Lease Term of this Lease shall be stated, provided however, that the failure by either party to execute such Commencement Date Agreements shall not affect the Rent Commencement Dates or the Lease Term.

3.2 EXTENSION OPTIONS.

A. Exercise of Options. On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive by written notice to Tenant) that: (i) at the time of exercise of the herein described options to extend there exists no "Event of Default" (defined in Section 15.1) and that this Lease is still in full force and effect, and (ii) Tenant is in compliance with the Occupancy Condition, as hereinafter defined, as of the commencement of the Extended Term in question, Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term hereof for three
(3) consecutive periods of five (5) years each as hereinafter set forth. Each option period is sometimes herein referred to as the "Extended Term." Each Extended Term shall be upon all the same terms, conditions, covenants and agreements herein which were in effect immediately preceding the commencement of such Extended Term, except that: (i) the Annual Fixed Rent for each Extended Term shall be equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Prevailing Fair Market Rent as defined in Exhibit G and as determined in accordance with Paragraph B of this Section 3.2, and (ii) there shall be no further option to extend the Term other than the three (3) five (5) year Extended Terms provided in this Section 3.2.

-6-

B. Determination of Prevailing Fair Market Rent and Exercise of Extension
Option. If Tenant desires to exercise its first option to extend the Term, then Tenant shall give a written request ("Tenant's Request") to Landlord not earlier than thirty (30) months nor later than twenty-six (26) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term of this Lease requesting Landlord's quotation to Tenant of a proposed Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extended Term. If Tenant desires to exercise either its second or third option to extend the Term, then Tenant shall give Tenant's Request to Landlord not earlier than twenty-four (24) months nor later than twenty
(20) months prior to the expiration of the first Extended Term or the second Extended Term, as the case may be. Landlord shall, within ten (10) days of Landlord's receipt of any such Tenant's Request, give to Tenant a written notice ("Landlord's Quotation") setting forth Landlord's quotation of such Annual Fixed Rent. If, at the expiration of the thirty (30) day period (the "Negotiation Period") after the date Tenant receives Landlord's Quotation, Landlord and Tenant have not reached agreement on a determination of an Annual Fixed Rent for such Extended Term and executed a written instrument extending the Term of this Lease pursuant to such agreement, then Tenant shall have the right, for thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Negotiation Period, to give written notice ("Tenant's Exercise Notice") exercising Tenant's right to extend the term of the Lease for the Extended Term in question. Tenant's Exercise Notice may require that the determination of the Annual Fixed Rent to be paid by Tenant during the Extended Term in question be submitted to a broker determination (the "Broker Determination") of the Prevailing Fair Market Rent (as defined in Exhibit G) for such Extended Term in the manner set forth in Exhibit G. If Tenant fails timely to give Tenant's Request, or if Tenant fails timely to give Tenant's Exercise Notice, then Tenant shall have no further right to extend the term of this Lease, time being of the essence of this Section
3.2. If Tenant timely gives Tenant's Request and Tenant's Exercise Notice, but Tenant does not require a Broker Determination, then the Annual Fixed Rent payable by Tenant for the Extended Term in question shall be equal to the Annual Fixed Rent set forth in Landlord's Quotation. If Tenant timely gives Tenant's Request and Tenant's Exercise Notice, and if Tenant's exercise notice requires a Broker Determination, then the Annual Fixed Rent for such Extended Term shall be based upon ninety-five (95%) percent of the Prevailing Fair Market Rent of the Premises as of the commencement of such Extended Term, as determined by the Broker Determination.

C. Upon the timely giving of Tenant's Request and of Tenant's Exercise Notice by Tenant with respect to any Extended Term, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2(B) above, then this Lease and the Lease Term hereof shall automatically be deemed extended, for the applicable Extended Term, without the necessity for the execution of any additional documents, except that Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an instrument in writing setting forth the Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extended Term as determined in the relevant manner set forth in this Section 3.2; and in such event all references

-7-

herein to the Lease Term or the Term of this Lease shall be construed as referring to the Lease Term, as so extended, unless the context clearly otherwise requires. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant have the right to exercise more than one extension option at a time and, further, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise its second extension option unless it has duly exercised its first extension option and Tenant shall not have the right to exercise its third extension option unless it has duly exercised both its first and second extension options. In no event shall the Lease Term hereof be extended for more than fifteen (15) years after the expiration of the Original Lease Term hereof.

D. Occupancy Condition. For the purposes of this Section 3.2, Tenant shall be deemed to have satisfied the "Occupancy Condition" if: (i) Tenant has not (except for an assignment permitted without Landlord's consent under Section 12.2) assigned its interest in the Lease, and (ii) any of one of the following conditions are satisfied:

(x) Tenant has not (except for subleases permitted without Landlord's consent under Section 12.2) subleased more than fifty-five (55%) percent of the Premises, or

(y) Tenant has not (except for subleases permitted without Landlord's consent under Section 12.2) subleased any portion of either Building A or of Building B; or

(z) Tenant has not (except for subleases permitted without Landlord's consent under Section 12.2) subleased any portion of Building C.

ARTICLE IV
CONSTRUCTION

4.0 LANDLORD'S WORK.

A. Target Dates. Subject to delays due to Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, Landlord shall use reasonable speed and diligence in the performance of Landlord's Work, to achieve the Actual Substantial Completion Dates with respect to both Building A and Building B on or before December 15, 2000 and to achieve the Actual Substantial Completion Date with respect to all of Landlord's Work on or before January 25, 2001 (said December 15, 2000 and January 25, 2001 dates being referred to herein as "Target Dates"). Landlord shall use all diligent efforts to enforce its rights against Landlord's general contractor to achieve the Actual Substantial Completion Date of Landlord's Work on or before the Target Dates; however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, but subject to Paragraph F of this Section 4.0, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord, and Landlord shall have no liability to

-8-

Tenant, based upon Landlord's failure to substantially complete Landlord's Work on or before such Target Dates. Landlord shall, during the performance of Landlord's Work, furnish to Tenant monthly reports of the status of the Landlord's Work including a construction schedule and the completion of work to date.

B. The "Actual Substantial Completion Date" with respect to any Building shall be defined as the date on which: (i) the portion of Landlord's Work to be performed with respect to such Building is substantially complete, other than Punch List Items, as hereinafter defined, and (ii) subject to Paragraph G of this Section 4.0, Landlord has obtained a certificate of occupancy permitting Tenant to legally occupy such Building, and (iii) the portion of Landlord's Work to be performed with respect to the Garage is substantially complete, other than Punch List Items, and (iv) subject to Paragraph G of this Section 4.0, Landlord has obtained a certificate of occupancy ("Garage Certificate of Occupancy") permitting Tenant to legally use the Garage. Any dispute with respect to any Substantial Completion Date shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 16.32 of the Lease and the decision of the arbitrators as to such dates shall be deemed conclusive and binding on both Landlord and Tenant. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall limit or qualify or prejudice any other covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease.

C. The "Substantial Completion Date" with respect to any Building shall be the "Actual Substantial Completion Date" with respect to such Building, unless Landlord's Work is actually delayed by Tenant Delays, as hereinafter defined, in which event the "Substantial Completion Date" with respect to any Building shall be defined as the date that the Actual Substantial Completion Date with respect to such Building would have occurred but for such Tenant Delays.

D. "Punch List Items" shall be defined as minor, punch list type items of work and adjustment of equipment and fixtures in the Premises which can be completed after Tenant commences its occupancy of the Premises without causing material interference with Tenant's use of the Premises for the conduct of its business. Landlord shall complete, as soon as conditions practically permit, all Punch List Items, and Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in providing access during the performance as may be required to complete such work in a normal manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after Tenant opens for business in the Premises, the completion of all Punch List Items which involve the making of noise which would interfere with the operation of a first-class business office or the creation of any dirt or debris in any portion of the Premises then occupied by Tenant will be performed after the Building's business hours. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to complete Punch List Items with respect to the portion of Landlord's Work performed for any Building within thirty (30) days after the Actual Substantial Completion Date for such Building, except Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to complete Punch List Items which cannot reasonably

-9-

be completed within thirty (30) days after such Actual Substantial Completion Date, as soon as reasonably possible after such Actual Substantial Completion Date.

E. A "Tenant Delay" shall be defined as any delay in the performance of Landlord's Work to the extent that such delay is directly caused by any act, omission, or default on the part of Tenant or its contractors including, without limitation, the utility companies and other entities furnishing communications, data processing or other service or equipment (including, without limitation, any such delay which results in a delay by Landlord in obtaining the Certificate of Occupancy).

F. Tenant's Termination Right.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, if the first Rent Commencement Date does not occur on or before July 15, 2001, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease by giving Landlord a written notice ("Termination Notice") after July 15, 2001. If the first Rent Commencement Date does not occur on or before the date ninety (90) days after Landlord receives the Termination Notice from Tenant ("Effective Termination Date"), then the Term shall terminate effective as of the Effective Termination Date, Landlord shall promptly return both the General Letter of Credit and the TI Letter of Credit to Tenant, and neither party shall have any further liability to other party. If the Rent Commencement Date occurs on or before the Effective Termination Date, then the Termination Notice shall be void and without further force or effect and Tenant shall have no right to terminate the Lease pursuant to this Paragraph F.

G. Flammables Permit. Reference is made to the fact that, as of the Execution Date, a flammables permit or license ("Flammables Permit") has not been obtained from the Town of Needham ("Town") and that Landlord may not be able to obtain the Garage Certificate of Occupancy or the Certificate of Occupancy for any of the Buildings without obtaining the Flammables Permit. Landlord agrees, promptly after the Execution Date, to apply for, and to diligently pursue the obtaining of the Flammables Permit. Provided that Landlord has made such diligent efforts, as aforesaid, then the issuance of Certificates of Occupancy for the Garage or for any of the Buildings shall not be conditions to the occurrence of the Rent

Commencement Date for any of the Buildings if the sole reason why Landlord is unable to obtain any such Certificates of Occupancy is Landlord's inability to obtain the Flammables Permit. If the Town fails to issue the Flammables Permit before the portion of Landlord's Work to be performed with respect to the Garage or with respect to any Building is substantially complete, or if the Town denies the issuance of the Flammables Permit, or if the Town issues the Flammables Permit subject to conditions which are other than the filing of a complete and accurate application for the Flammables Permit and the payment of all application and license fees for the Flammables Permit, then, and

-10-

in any of such circumstances: (i) it shall be deemed that the Flammables Permit has not been obtained, and (ii) Landlord shall diligently pursue all appeals which are available to Landlord to obtain the Flammables Permit as soon as possible. Landlord shall have no obligation to perform or be subject to any conditions imposed in connection with the issuance of the Flammables Permit.

4.1 COST OF LANDLORD'S WORK

A. Subject to Paragraph C of this Section 4.1, Landlord shall be responsible for the entire cost of the Base Building Work.

B. Landlord shall fund the cost of Tenant Improvement Work, subject to the provisions of this Paragraph B. Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount ("Tenant Payment") equal to the sum of Sixteen Million Four Hundred Twenty- Thousand ($16,429,000.00) Dollars towards the cost of performing the Tenant Improvement Work. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Tenant Payment as follows:

. Tenant shall pay to Landlord $4,699,000.00 on the Rent Commencement Date with respect to Building A
. Tenant shall pay to Landlord $4,370,000.00 on the Rent Commencement Date with respect to Building B
. Tenant shall pay to Landlord $7,360,000.00 on the Rent Commencement Date with respect to Building C.

C. Tenant shall be responsible for any costs incurred by Landlord in performing Landlord's Work to the extent that the same arise directly from Tenant Delays. Such costs, together with interest at the rate specified in
Section 16.21, accruing on such costs from the date that such costs are incurred by Landlord until paid by Tenant, shall be due and payable by Tenant, as additional rent, after the final Rent Commencement Date within thirty (30) days of billing therefor.

D. As security for Tenant's obligation to pay the Tenant Payment to Landlord, Tenant shall, at the time that Tenant executes and delivers the Lease to Landlord, deliver to Landlord the TI Letter of Credit, as defined in Section 16.26. If Tenant fails timely to pay to Landlord any portion of the Tenant Payment when such portion is due, Landlord shall have the right, upon five (5) business days written notice to Tenant to draw down a portion of the TI Letter of Credit equal to the past due amount and to apply the proceeds of the TI Letter of Credit against such past due portion of the Tenant Payment. If for any reason any portion of the Tenant Payment is due and payable from Tenant on or after the date thirty (30) days prior to the Stated Expiration Date of the TI Letter of Credit (as the same may be extended), Tenant shall, within five (5) business days of demand by Landlord deliver to Landlord either an amendment of the TI Letter of Credit extending the Stated Expiration Date for an additional one (1) year period or a

-11-

substitute TI Letter of Credit in place of the TI Letter of Credit for an additional one (1) year period. If Tenant fails timely to deliver such amendment or substitute TI Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right, without further notice, to draw down the entire TI Letter of Credit, less the amount of any portion of the Tenant Payment previously paid by Tenant to Landlord, and hold the proceeds of such draw in an interest bearing account as security for Tenant's obligation to pay the Tenant Payment, as aforesaid. Upon the full payment of the Tenant Payment to Landlord, Landlord shall return the TI Letter of Credit to Tenant.

4.2 CHANGES IN LANDLORD'S WORK. Either party may initiate requests for changes in the scope of Landlord's Work. Upon such a request, the parties shall work in good faith to negotiate the scope and effect of the proposed change and a new Lease to accommodate such proposed changes. However, in no event shall any changes be effected without the written consent of both Landlord and Tenant, and if a change which is proposed by either party is not agreed to in writing by both parties, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, neither party shall have any rights or liabilities to the other party based upon such proposed change and this Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

4.3 WORK PERFORMED BY TENANT. Subject always to the provisions of this Lease, when Tenant employs any contractors in preparing the Premises for Tenant's occupancy: (i) Landlord will give Tenant reasonable advance notice of the date on which the Premises will be ready for such other contractors and a reasonable time will be allowed from such date for doing the work to be performed by such other contractors, and (ii) Tenant shall take necessary reasonable measures to the end that such contractor shall cooperate in all ways with Landlord's contractors to avoid any delay to the work being performed by Landlord's contractors or conflict in any other way with the performance of such work. Subject to the foregoing clause (ii) of this
Section 4.3, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to accommodate the performance of the work to be performed by Tenant's contractors in preparing the Premises for Tenant's occupancy. Landlord's representatives shall meet with Tenant representatives periodically throughout the performance of Landlord's Work (at least monthly, and more frequently if reasonably requested by Tenant) to the end that Tenant shall have sufficient information about the schedule for the performance of Landlord's Work so that Tenant shall be able to schedule and coordinate the performance of any work or installations to be performed by Tenant with the performance of Landlord's Work.

4.4 QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF WORK.

A. All construction work required or permitted by this Lease shall, in all material respects, be done: (i) in accordance with the plans and specifications for Landlord's Work which are referenced on Exhibits B-1, B- 2, B-3, and B-4, (ii) in

-12-

a good and workmanlike manner, and (iii) in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes, by-laws, court decisions, and orders and requirements of all public authorities ("Legal Requirements") and all Insurance Requirements (as defined in Section 9.1 hereof). Each party authorizes the other to rely in connection with design and construction upon the written approval or other written authorizations on the party's behalf by any Construction Representative of the party named in Section 1.3 or any person hereafter designated in substitution or addition by notice to the party relying.

B. Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph B, Landlord shall be responsible to Tenant for latent defects in Landlord's Work, but only: (i) to the extent that such latent defects are covered by valid and enforceable warranties which Landlord has from any contractor or vendor who provided labor and/or materials in connection with Landlord's Work, and (ii) to the extent that Tenant gives Landlord notice in writing of a defect in Landlord's Work within the applicable time period under any such warranty. As Landlord's sole obligation to Tenant based upon any such latent defect, Landlord shall, at Landlord's option, either pursue a claim for the correction of such defect directly against the contractor or vendor in question, or Landlord shall assign any such warranties to Tenant for enforcement.

4.5 EARLY ACCESS

With Landlord's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant shall have the right, without payment of Annual Fixed Rent or other charges, to enter the Premises prior to the Substantial Completion Date, during normal business hours and such other times as Landlord's contractor is performing work on the Premises, and without payment of rent, to perform such work (including, without limitation, the installation of Tenant's computer room, furniture, equipment, and other personal property of Tenant) as is to be performed by, or under the direction or control of, Tenant and as is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Lease. Such right of entry shall be deemed a license from Landlord to Tenant, and any entry thereunder shall be at the risk of Tenant.

4.6 UNUSED CONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY

Reference is made to the fact that Landlord's general contractor is carrying a construction contingency in the amount of $1,250,000.00 under its Guaranteed Maximum Price contract to perform Landlord's Work and that Landlord itself is carrying a construction change order contingency in the amount of $550,000.00 in connection with the performance of Landlord's Work (collectively "Contingencies"). Landlord agrees that if, Landlord achieves a savings in such Contingencies, Landlord will, after the completion of Landlord's Work create a reserve fund ("Reserve Fund") equal to the lesser of: (i) $900,000.00, or (ii) fifty

-13-

percent (50%) of the amount of such savings in such Contingencies. The Reserve Fund shall be used for the payment of improvements to the Property which may be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (each acting reasonably) during the initial Lease Term or during any Extended Term; however, to the extent that the Reserve Fund is not used for such improvements, then the entire balance of the Reserve Fund shall, upon the termination of the Term or any Extended Term, be retained by Landlord solely for the benefit of Landlord.

ARTICLE V
ANNUAL FIXED RENT

5.1 FIXED RENT.

A. Subject to Paragraph B of this Section 5.1, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, or as directed by Landlord at such place as Landlord shall from time to time designate by notice, (1) commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, as herein defined, for each Building, and thereafter monthly, in advance, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the initial Lease Term, one-twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Fixed Rent specified in Section 1.3 hereof and (2) on the first day of each and every calendar month during each Extended Term (if exercised), one-twelfth of the Annual Fixed Rent as determined in Section 3.2 for the applicable Extended Term. Until notice of some other designation is given, Annual Fixed Rent and all other charges for which provision is herein made shall be paid by remittance to or to the order of at P.O. Box 3557, Boston, Massachusetts 02241-3557, and all remittances received by BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, or by any subsequently designated recipient, shall be treated as a payment to Landlord.

B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained:

1. Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Annual Fixed Rent or other charges with respect to any Building prior to the Rent Commencement Date with respect to such Building, and

2. If all of the Buildings do not have the same Rent Commencement Date and/or, in accordance with the definition of the term "Rent Year", as set forth in Section 1.3, all of the Buildings do not have the same Rent Year after the first Rent Year, then the amount of Annual Fixed Rent payable in respect of each Building shall be based upon a pro rata allocation to such Building based upon the rent schedule and the agreed upon Rentable Floor Area of such Building as set forth in Section 1.3.

C. Annual Fixed Rent for any partial month shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at such rate on a pro rata basis, and, if the Rent Commencement Date in respect of any Building shall occur on other than the first day of a calendar month, the first payment of Annual Fixed Rent which Tenant shall make to Landlord in respect of such Building shall be a payment equal to a proportionate part of such monthly Annual Fixed Rent for the partial month from such Rent Commencement Date to the first day of the succeeding calendar month.

-14-

D. Additional Rent payable by Tenant on a monthly basis, as elsewhere provided in this Lease, likewise shall be prorated, and the first payment on account thereof in respect of any Building shall be determined in similar fashion and shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date in respect of such Building and other provisions of this Lease calling for monthly payments shall be read as incorporating this undertaking by Tenant.

The Annual Fixed Rent and all other charges for which provision is made in this Lease shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord without setoff, deduction or abatement, except as expressly set forth in the Lease.

ARTICLE VI
TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

6.1 DEFINITIONS. With reference to the real estate taxes and Operating Expenses referred to in this Article VI, it is agreed that terms used herein are defined as follows:

A. "Tax Year" means the 12-month period beginning July 1 each year during the Lease Term or if the appropriate Governmental tax fiscal period shall begin on any date other than July 1, such other date.

B. "Landlord's Tax Expenses" with respect to any Tax Year means the aggregate "real estate taxes" (hereinafter defined) with respect to that Tax Year, reduced by any net abatement receipts with respect to that Tax Year.

C. "Real estate taxes" means all taxes and special assessments of every kind and nature and user fees and other like fees assessed by any Governmental authority on, or, subject to the provisions of this Paragraph C, allocable by Landlord to, the Buildings which the Landlord shall be obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing or operation of the Property, less the amount of any abatements received by Landlord (net of the reasonable amount of any costs incurred by Landlord in obtaining such abatements to the extent that Landlord has not previously included such costs in Operating Expenses), and reasonable expenses of any proceedings for abatement of taxes. The amount of special taxes or special assessments to be included in real estate taxes shall be limited to the amount of the installment (plus any interest other than penalty interest payable thereon) of such special tax or special assessment required to be

-15-

paid during the year in respect of which such taxes are being determined. There shall be excluded from such taxes interest or penalties on late payment of real estate taxes (except to the extent that such late payment is due to late payment of real estate taxes by Tenant), all linkage payments, special assessments imposed prior to the Commencement Date, and all income, estate, succession, gift, inheritance, corporate excise and transfer taxes; provided, however, that if at any time during the Lease Term the present system of ad valorem taxation of real property shall be changed so that in lieu of, or in addition to, the whole or any part of the ad valorem tax on real property, there shall be assessed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax on the gross rents received with respect to the Property, or a Federal, State, County, Municipal, or other local income, franchise, excise or similar tax, assessment, levy or charge (distinct from any now in effect in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located) measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon any such gross rents, then any and all of such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, to the extent so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the term "real estate taxes" but only to the extent that the same would be payable if the Property, were the only property of Landlord. To the extent that real estate taxes shall be payable to the taxing authority in installments with respect to periods less than a Tax Year, the statement to be furnished by Landlord shall be rendered and payments made on account of such installments. Real estate taxes for the Tax Years in which each Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date occur shall be pro-rated between Landlord and Tenant.

D. Landlord will, upon the written request of Tenant, either apply for abatements, or allow Tenant to apply for abatements in their own name, or in Landlord's name, at Tenant's own cost (subject to Tenant's right to recover such costs on a first dollar basis from the abatement proceeds, if any). If Tenant applies for an abatement of real estate taxes, then Landlord shall have the right to be involved in each step of the abatement process, including, without limitation, Landlord's right to approve all filings in connection with such abatement proceedings (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and the right to attend all meetings between Tenant and its representatives and the representatives of the Town of Needham.

6.2 OPERATING COSTS DEFINED. "Operating Expenses" means all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in operating, insuring, repairing, maintaining, replacing, and owning the Property, including those incurred in discharging Landlord's obligations under Article 7. Such costs shall exclude payments of debt service and any other mortgage charges, brokerage commissions, salaries of executives and owners not directly employed in the management or operation of the Property, the general overhead and administrative expenses of the home office of Landlord or Landlord's managing agent, but shall include, without limitation:

-16-

(a) compensation, wages and all fringe benefits, workmen's compensation insurance premiums and payroll taxes paid to, for or with respect to all persons for their services in the operating, managing (including, without limitation, accounting services), insuring, repairing, maintaining, replacing, or cleaning of the Property, provided however, that with respect to any individual who is not employed full time in performing services with respect to the Property, the costs for such individual shall be allocated to the Property on the basis of the relative time spent by such individual in performing services for the Property;

(b) payments under service contracts with independent contractors for operating, maintaining or cleaning of the Property;

(c) steam, water, sewer, gas, oil, electricity and telephone charges and costs of maintaining letters of credit or other security as may be required by utility companies as a condition of providing such services;

(d) cost of maintenance, cleaning and repairs and replacements(other than repairs reimbursed from contractors under warranties or guarantees);

(e) cost of snow removal and care of landscaping;

(f) cost of building and cleaning supplies and equipment;

(g) premiums for insurance carried with respect to the Buildings and other Improvements of the Property (including, without limitation, liability insurance, insurance against loss in case of fire or casualty and of monthly installments of the gross rent of the Property for a period of not more than twelve (12) months in the case of both, and, if there be any first mortgage on the Property, including such insurance as may be required by the holder of such first mortgage);

(h) intentionally omitted;

(i) depreciation (a) for capital expenditures made by Landlord after the last Rent Commencement Date to occur but only to the extent such improvements are required by applicable law, ordinance or regulation adopted after the last Rent Commencement Date to occur, and (b) for any capital replacement made after the expiration of the initial Lease Term.

Depreciation shall (i) include an interest factor, reasonably determined by Landlord, as being the interest rate then charged for long term mortgages by institutional lenders on like properties within the general locality in which the Property is located, and (ii) be determined by dividing the

-17-

original cost of such capital expenditure by the number of years of useful life of the capital item acquired, which useful life shall be determined reasonably by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect at the time of acquisition of the capital item.

(j) Landlord's Tax Expenses, as defined in Section 6.1(c) (the parties hereby acknowledging that Landlord's Tax Expenses for each calendar year shall include the actual amount of Landlord's Tax Expenses for the Tax Periods included in such calendar year and that Landlord's Tax Expenses shall be equitably pro-rated for the calendar years in which each Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date occur);

(k) the cost of maintaining and replacing all signage for the Property; and

(l) all other reasonable and necessary expenses paid in connection with the operating, cleaning and maintenance of the Property and properly chargeable against income, including, without limitation, the cost of any maintenance or repairs which are required as the direct result of the act, omission, or fault of Tenant, or Tenant's agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall be excluded from Operating Expenses:

(A) Leasing fees or commissions, advertising and promotional expenses, legal fees in connection with lease negotiations, the cost of tenant improvements, build out allowances, moving expenses, assumption of rent under existing leases and other concessions incurred in connection with leasing space in the Property;

(B) Interest on indebtedness, debt amortization, ground rent, and refinancing costs for any mortgage or ground lease of the Property, provided however, that the foregoing shall not exclude the inclusion of the amortization and interest permitted to be included in Operating Expenses on account of capital improvements under Section 6.2(i) above;

(C) Legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees and other costs, (other than those legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees and other costs incurred in connection with the normal and routine maintenance and operation of the Property), including, without limitation, those: (i) paid or incurred in connection with financings, refinancings or sales of any Landlord's interest in the Property, (ii) relating to specific disputes with tenants, and (iii) relating to any special reporting required by securities laws;

-18-

(D) any management fees (see Section 6.5 for Tenant's obligation to pay Management Fee);

(E) The cost of any item or service to the extent reimbursable to Landlord by insurance required to be maintained under the Lease, by any tenant, or any third party;

(F) The cost of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of fire, casualty, or condemnation other than costs not in excess of the deductible on any insurance maintained by Landlord which provides a recovery for such repair or replacement (which deductible shall in no event exceed $25,000.00);

(G) Insurance premiums to the extent any tenant causes Landlord's existing insurance premiums to increase or requires Landlord to purchase additional insurance because of such tenant's use of the Property for other than office purposes;

(H) Any advertising, promotional or marketing expenses for the Property;

(I) The cost of any service or materials provided by any party related to Landlord, to the extent such costs exceed the reasonable cost for such service or materials absent such relationship in buildings similar to the Buildings in the vicinity of the Property;

(J) Payments for rented equipment, the cost of which equipment would constitute a capital expenditure if the equipment were purchased to the extent that such payments exceed the amount which could have been included in Operating Expenses had Landlord purchased such equipment rather than leasing such equipment;

(K) Penalties, damages, and interest for late payment or violations of any obligations of Landlord, including, without limitation, taxes, insurance, equipment leases and other past due amounts, except to the extent that such late payment arises from the late payment of Operating Expenses by Tenant;

(L) Contributions to charitable organizations;

(M) Costs incurred in removing the property of former tenants or other occupants of the Property;

(N) The cost of acquiring, installing, moving or restoring objects or art;

-19-

(O) Wages, salaries, or other compensation paid to any executive employees above the grade of general manager at the Property, except that if any such employee performs a service which would have been performed by an outside consultant, the compensation paid to such employee for performing such service shall be included in Operating Expenses, to the extent only that the cost of such service does not exceed competitive cost of such service had such service been rendered by an outside consultant;

(P) The net (i.e. net of the reasonable costs of collection) amount recovered by Landlord under any warranty or service agreement from any contractor or service provider shall be credited against Operating Expenses;

(Q) The amount of any penalty or fine incurred by Landlord due to Landlord's violation of any federal, state or local law or regulation, and any interest or penalties due for late payment by Landlord of any Operating Expenses, except, in either case to the extent that such penalties, interest or fine are due to Tenant's failure to make timely payment of any Operating Expenses which are required to be made by Tenant under this Lease;

(R) The costs or repairs necessitated by Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct (the parties hereby agreeing that the costs of repairs necessitated by Landlord's negligence shall be excluded from Operating Expenses to the maximum extent permitted by law);

(S) Expenses for any item or service which Tenant pays directly to a third party or separately reimburses Landlord;

(T) Reserves; or

(U) Capital replacements and improvements, except to the extent included in Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2(i) above.

6.3 TENANT'S PAYMENTS OF OPERATING EXPENSES.

A. Commencing as of first Rent Commencement Date to occur and, subject to
Section 6.4, continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during the Lease Term.

B. Subject to Paragraph C of this Section 6.3, payments by Tenant on account of the Operating Expenses shall be made monthly at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent. The amount so to be paid to Landlord shall be an amount from time to time reasonably estimated by Landlord to be sufficient to cover, in the aggregate, a sum equal to the Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Lease Term.

-20-

C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that, so long as, there has been no Event of Default by Tenant in the immediately preceding twelve month period, Tenant shall have the right to make payments on account of Real Estate Taxes directly to the Real Estate Tax collecting authority. Such payments shall be due and payable in installments in the amount required by the Real Estate Tax assessing authority on or before the later of: (i) ten (10) days of billing therefor by Landlord, or (ii) ten (10) days prior to the last day that the same may be paid to the Real Estate Tax collecting authority without incurring interest or penalties. Tenant shall, at the time that it makes any payment of Real Estate Taxes directly to the collecting authority simultaneously deliver reasonable evidence to Landlord that Tenant has made such payment.

D. No later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the first calendar year or fraction thereof ending December 31 and of each succeeding calendar year during the Lease Term or fraction thereof at the end of the Lease Term, Landlord shall render Tenant a statement in reasonable detail and according to usual accounting practices certified by a representative of Landlord, showing for the preceding calendar year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the Operating Expenses. Said statement to be rendered to Tenant also shall show for the preceding year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the amounts already paid by Tenant on account of Operating Expenses and the amount of Operating Expenses remaining due from, or overpaid by, Tenant for the year or other period covered by the statement.

If such statement shows a balance remaining due to Landlord, Tenant shall pay same to Landlord on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following receipt by Tenant of said statement. Any balance shown as due to Tenant shall be credited against Annual Fixed Rent next due, or refunded to Tenant on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the issuance of such statement, if the Lease Term has then expired and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord.

To the extent that real estate taxes shall be payable to the taxing authority in installments with respect to periods less than a Tax Year, the statement to be furnished by Landlord shall be rendered and payments made on account of such installments.

E. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's cost and expense, to examine all documentation and calculations prepared in the determination of Operating Expenses:

1. Such documentation and calculation shall be made available to Tenant at the offices where Landlord keeps such records during normal business hours within a reasonable time after Landlord receives a written request from Tenant to make such examination.

-21-

2. Tenant shall have the right to make such examination no more than once in respect of any period in which Landlord has given Tenant a statement of the actual amount of Operating Expenses.

3. Any request for examination in respect of any calendar year may be made no more than one (1) year after Landlord advises Tenant of the actual amount of Operating Expenses in respect of such calendar year and provides to Tenant the year-end statement required under Paragraph C of this Section 6.3.

4. Such examination may be made only by an examiner approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Without limiting Landlord's approval rights, Landlord may withhold its approval of any examiner of Tenant who is being paid by Tenant on a contingent fee basis.

5. As a condition to performing any such examination, Tenant and its examiners shall be required to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, agreeing to keep confidential any information which it discovers about Landlord or the Property in connection with such examination, provided however, that Tenant shall be permitted to share such information with each of its permitted subtenants so long as such subtenants execute and deliver to Landlord similar confidentiality agreements.

6. Any dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the results of any such audit shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with
Section 16.32.

7. If, Tenant performs any such audit, it is determined that Landlord has overcharged Tenant on account of Operating Expenses by more than five (5%) percent, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in performing such audit.

6.4 EFFECT OF MULTIPLE RENT COMMENCEMENT DATES

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, for the purpose of determining the amount of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant with respect to each Building after the first Rent Commencement Date, but prior to the date that the Rent Commencement Dates with respect to all of the Buildings have occurred, the parties hereby agree that Operating Expenses shall be allocated to each of the Buildings on the following basis: Tenant shall pay (i) one hundred (100%) percent of the actual amount of any Operating Expenses incurred with respect to any Building for which a Rent Commencement Date has occurred, (ii) subject to the last sentence of this Section 6.4,

-22-

any Operating Expenses which are incurred by Landlord on a Property-wide basis (e.g. maintenance costs for exterior areas, insurance premiums and, if there are no separate tax parcels for each Building, real estate taxes) shall be allocated among each Buildings on the basis of the relative Rentable Floor Areas of the Buildings, and (iii) any Operating Expenses with respect to the pavilion between Building A and Building B shall be allocated one hundred (100%) percent to Building A. The parties hereby confirm and agree that, from and after the last Rent Commencement Date to occur, and continuing thereafter throughout the remainder of the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay one hundred (100%) percent of all Operating Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the first Rent Commencement Date to occur, Tenant shall be required to pay one hundred (100%) percent of the costs of: (x) the removal of snow and ice, (y) the cost of exterior lighting (except to the extent that such cost is related to Landlord's construction activities), and (z) landscaping (except to the extent that such cost is related to Landlord's construction activities).

6.5 MANAGEMENT FEE

Commencing as of the first Rent Commencement Date to occur and continuing thereafter throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, a management fee ("Management Fee") which is equal to two and one-half (2.5%) percent of the gross rent of the Property (i.e. fixed rent, operating expenses and real estate taxes), from time to time. Management Fee shall be payable, on the first day of each month in advance at the same time and in the same manner as Annual Fixed Rent is payable by Tenant to Landlord. The monthly payments on account of Management Fee by Tenant, from time to time, shall be based, in part, on Landlord's reasonable estimates of the amount of Operating Expenses (including Real Estate Taxes) for the calendar year in question. At the time that the actual amount of Operating Expenses for any calendar year is determined, there shall be an adjustment in the amount of Management Fee payable for such calendar year, which adjustment shall be made in the same time, in the same manner, and subject to the same conditions as set forth in Section 6.3.

ARTICLE VII

LANDLORD'S REPAIRS AND SERVICES

7.1 STRUCTURAL REPAIRS. Except for damage caused by fire or casualty and by eminent domain, Landlord shall, throughout the Lease Term keep and maintain in first-class order, condition and repair the following portions of the Buildings and the other Improvements on the Property: the roof and the structural portions of the roof, the exterior and load bearing walls, the foundation, the structural columns and floor slabs and other structural elements of the Buildings and other Improvements on the Property.

-23-

7.2 OTHER REPAIRS TO BE MADE BY LANDLORD. Except for damage caused by fire or casualty and by eminent domain, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord agrees to keep and maintain in first-class order, condition and repair all paved and landscaped areas on the Property, the electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, mechanical, plumbing and other Building systems equipment servicing the Premises, and the exterior of the Buildings and other Improvements. Without limitation, Landlord shall not be responsible to make any improvements or repairs to the Building or the Premises other than as expressly provided in Section 7.1 or in this Section 7.2, unless expressly otherwise provided in this Lease.

7.3 SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and subject to Tenant's responsibilities in regard to electricity as provided in Section 7.4, Landlord agrees to furnish services, utilities, facilities and supplies as set forth in Exhibit C hereto equal in quality comparable to those customarily provided by landlords from time to time in first-class corporate headquarters campuses in Market Area, as defined on Exhibit G. In addition, Landlord agrees, upon Tenant's request, from time to time, to furnish, at Tenant's expense, additional Building operations services which are then being provided in first-class corporate headquarters campuses in the Market Area. Tenant shall pay for such additional services based upon reasonable and equitable rates from time to time established by Landlord and approved by Tenant (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Landlord shall have no obligation to operate Tenant's cafeteria.

7.4 ELECTRICITY.

A. Tenant shall contract with the company supplying electric current for the purchase and obtaining by Tenant of electric current directly from such company to be billed directly to, and paid for by, Tenant.

B. Tenant agrees that it will not make any material alteration or material addition to the electrical equipment and/or appliances in the premises without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance first obtained, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and will promptly advise Landlord of any other alteration or addition to such electrical equipment and/or appliances.

7.5 NO DAMAGE.

A. No Liability. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize, and, if reasonably possible, avoid the effect on Tenant's use of the Premises of any entry by Landlord into the Premises, any delay in making repairs, alterations or improvements, and any interruption of services to the Premises. However, to the maximum extent permitted by law, and subject to Tenant's rights under Section 15.6, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any compensation or reduction of

-24-

rent by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business arising from the necessity of Landlord or its agents entering the Premises for any purposes in this Lease authorized, or for repairing the Premises or any portion of the Building or Property however the necessity may occur. In case Landlord is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on Landlord's part, by reason of any cause reasonably beyond Landlord's control, including, without limitation, strike, lockout, breakdown, accident, order or regulation of or by any Governmental authority, or failure of supply, or inability by the exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain supplies, parts or employees necessary to furnish such services, or because of war or other emergency, or for any cause due directly to any act or neglect of Tenant or Tenant's servants, agents, employees, licensees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant (such causes being referred to herein collectively as "Landlord's Force Majeure"), Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor, nor, except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in Tenant's favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Premises. The parties hereby agree that financial inability shall not constitute Landlord's Force Majeure.

B. Stoppage of Service. Landlord reserves the right to stop any service or utility system, when necessary by reason of accident or emergency, or until necessary repairs have been completed; provided, however: (i) except in emergency situations, Landlord shall coordinate any such stoppage in service with Tenant's timing requirements, (ii) in emergency situations, Landlord shall use its best efforts to coordinate any such stoppage in service with Tenant's timing requirements, and (iii) that in each instance of stoppage, Landlord shall exercise its best efforts to eliminate the cause thereof.

ARTICLE VIII
TENANT'S REPAIRS

8.1 TENANT'S REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE. Tenant covenants and agrees that, from and after the Rent Commencement Date for any Building and until the end of the Lease Term, Tenant will, subject to the next following sentence, keep neat and clean and maintain in good order, condition and repair such Building and every part thereof, reasonable wear and tear excepted, excepting only for those repairs for which Landlord is responsible under the terms of Article VII of this Lease, damage by fire or casualty and as a consequence of the exercise of the power of eminent domain and damage caused by the act, omission, or fault of Landlord, Landlord's agents, employees, or contractors to the extent not covered by the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the Rent Commencement Date of a Building, Tenant shall have no obligation to maintain such Building pursuant to this Section 8.1. Tenant shall not permit or commit any waste. Tenant shall be

-25-

responsible for the cost of repairs which may be made necessary by reason of damages to the Property by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, or of Tenant's agents, employees, contractors, sublessees, licensees, concessionaires, or invitees, provided however, that the provisions of this sentence shall not require Tenant to pay for the repair or restoration damage caused by a peril covered by property/casualty insurance which Landlord is required to carry pursuant to the provisions of this Lease or which Landlord in fact carries, except to the extent of the lesser of: (i) $25,000.00 per occurrence, or (ii) the amount of Landlord's deductible under such insurance. Tenant shall maintain all its equipment, furniture and furnishings in good order and repair.

If repairs are required to be made by Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof, Landlord may, upon reasonable advance notice, except that no notice shall be required in an emergency, demand that Tenant make the same forthwith, and if Tenant wrongfully refuses or neglects to commence such repairs and complete the same with reasonable dispatch after such demand, Landlord may (but shall not be required to do so) make or cause such repairs to be made and shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant's stock or business by reason thereof. If Landlord makes or causes such repairs to be made, Tenant agrees that Tenant will forthwith on demand, pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the cost thereof together with interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 16.21, and if Tenant shall default in such payment, Landlord shall have the remedies provided for non-payment of rent or other charges payable hereunder.

ARTICLE IX
ALTERATIONS

9.1 LANDLORD'S APPROVAL.

A. Tenant covenants and agrees not to make alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, whether before or during the Lease Term, except in accordance with plans and specifications therefor first approved by Landlord in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. However, Landlord's determination of matters relating to aesthetic issues relating to alterations, additions or improvements which are visible outside of the Buildings shall be in Landlord's bona fide business judgment. Without limiting such standard, Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable for withholding approval of any alterations, additions or improvements which (i) in Landlord's reasonable opinion might adversely affect any structural or exterior element of the Building, any area or element outside of the Premises or any facility serving any area of the Building outside of the Premises; provided however, that this clause (i) shall not prevent Tenant from performing work or alterations after the Delivery Date for each Building for the purpose of installing file rooms or similar facilities so long as Tenant conforms to Landlord's reasonable requirements (e.g. as to structural

-26-

reinforcement) with respect thereto and so long as Tenant pays for any costs associated with such work, or (ii) involve or affect the exterior design, size, height or other exterior dimensions of any Building.

B. If Landlord fails, within ten (10) days after Landlord's receipt from Tenant of a Tenant Alteration Request, as hereinafter defined, to respond in writing to such Request (i.e. either by approving such Request or by disapproving such Request and advising Tenant of the basis of such disapproval), then such Request shall conclusively be deemed to have been approved by Landlord. For the purposes hereof, a "Tenant Alteration Request" shall be defined as a written request by Tenant to perform an alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises which contains: (i) Tenant's plans and specifications describing the same, and (ii) a written statement, specifically referring to this Paragraph B, to the effect that if Landlord fails to respond to such Request within ten (10) business days of Landlord's receipt of such Request, Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have approved such Request.

C. Landlord's review and approval of any such plans and specifications and consent to perform work described therein shall not be deemed an agreement by Landlord that such plans, specifications and work conform with applicable Legal Requirements and requirements of insurers of the Building (herein called "Insurance Requirements") nor deemed a waiver of Tenant's obligations under this Lease with respect to applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements nor impose any liability or obligation upon Landlord with respect to the completeness, design sufficiency or compliance of such plans, specifications and work with applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements.

9.1.1 CERTAIN ALTERATIONS WHICH DO NOT REQUIRE LANDLORD'S APPROVAL. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9.1, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining the prior consent of Landlord, but upon at least ten
(10) days prior written notice to Landlord, to make alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises where:

(i) the same are within the interior of the Buildings, and do not affect the exterior of the Premises and the Buildings;

(ii) the same do not affect the roof, any structural element of the Buildings or of the other Improvements,

(iii) the same do not require material alteration of the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning and fire protection systems of the Buildings; and

-27-

(iv) Tenant shall comply with the provisions of this Lease and if such work increases the cost of insurance or taxes or of services, Tenant shall pay for any such increase in cost.

9.2 CONFORMITY OF WORK. Tenant covenants and agrees that any alterations, additions, improvements or installations made by it to or upon the Premises shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements now or hereafter in force, that materials of quality equivalent to the initial build-out of the Premises shall be employed therein, that the structure of the Building shall not be endangered or impaired thereby and that the Premises shall not be diminished in value thereby.

9.3 PERFORMANCE OF WORK, GOVERNMENTAL PERMITS AND INSURANCE. All of Tenant's alterations and additions and installation of furnishings, fixtures and equipment shall be coordinated with any work being performed by or for Landlord and in such manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and not to damage the Building or Property or interfere with Building construction or operation and, except for installation of furnishings, shall be performed by Landlord's general contractor or by contractors or workmen first approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Except for work by Landlord's general contractor, Tenant shall procure all necessary governmental permits before making any repairs, alterations, other improvements or installations. Subject to
Section 13.4, Tenant agrees to save harmless and indemnify Landlord from any and all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property occasioned by or arising out of the doing of any such work whether the same be performed prior to or during the Term of this Lease except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees. At Landlord's election, where the cost of such work exceeds $1,000,000.00 in any one instance, Tenant shall cause its contractor to maintain a payment bond in such amount and with such company as Landlord shall reasonably approve, and provided further that Landlord shall waive the requirement of obtaining a payment bond if Tenant demonstrates, to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction, that Tenant has funds or has obtained funding (or commitments for funding) sufficient to pay for the work in question. In addition, Tenant shall cause each contractor to carry worker's compensation insurance in statutory amounts covering the employees of all contractors and subcontractors, and commercial general liability insurance or comprehensive general liability insurance with a broad form comprehensive liability endorsement with such limits as Landlord may require reasonably from time to time during the Term of this Lease, but in no event less than such commercially reasonable amounts as may be reasonably required by Landlord, from time to time (all such insurance to be written in companies approved reasonably by Landlord and insuring Landlord, Landlord's managing agent and Tenant as additional insureds as well as contractors) and to deliver to Landlord certificates of all such insurance.

-28-

9.4 LIENS. Tenant covenants and agrees to pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work done on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors, and not to cause or permit any liens for labor or materials performed or furnished in connection therewith to attach to the Premises and within ten (10) business days after Tenant receives notice of such lien to discharge or bond over any such liens which may so attach.

9.5 NATURE OF ALTERATIONS. All work, construction, repairs, alterations, other improvements or installations made to or upon the Premises (including, but not limited to, the construction performed by Landlord under Article IV), shall become part of the Premises and shall become the property of Landlord and remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, except as follows:

(a) All trade fixtures whether by law deemed to be a part of the realty or not, installed at any time or times by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant shall remain the property of Tenant or persons claiming under Tenant and may be removed by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant at any time or times during the Lease Term or any occupancy by Tenant thereafter and such trade fixtures which are installed after the Rent Commencement Date in any Building shall be removed by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term if so requested by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the removal by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant of any such property from the Premises.

(b) Landlord may require Tenant to remove, at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, any alterations, additions or improvements that are not standard for general offices and which would increase the costs of demolishing the space for another tenant. Landlord agrees to make such election at the time Landlord approves Tenant's plans for such alterations, additions or improvements (or at the time Tenant gives Landlord plans and specifications for work performed pursuant to Section 9.1.1). Upon such removal, Tenant shall restore the Premises to their condition prior to such alterations, additions and improvements and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to remove any portion of the Landlord's Work.

(c) If Tenant shall make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises for which Landlord's approval is required under Section 9.1 without obtaining such approval, then at Landlord's request at any time during the Lease Term, and at any event at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove such alterations, additions and improvements and restore the Premises to their condition

-29-

prior to same and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration. Nothing herein shall be deemed to be a consent to Tenant to make any such alterations, additions or improvements, the provisions of Section 9.1 being applicable to any such work.

ARTICLE X
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE XI
CERTAIN TENANT COVENANTS

Tenant covenants during the Lease Term and for such further time as Tenant occupies any part of the Premises:

11.1  To pay when due all Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and all charges
      for utility services rendered to the Premises and service inspections
      therefor except as otherwise provided in Exhibit C and, as further
      Additional Rent, all charges for additional and special services rendered
      pursuant to Section 7.3.

11.2  Not to use and occupy the Premises for any use other than the Permitted
      Use, and not to injure or deface the Premises or the Property and not to
      permit in the Premises any auction sale, vending machine (other than for
      the use of Tenant's employees) or flammable fluids or chemicals, or
      nuisance, or the emission from the Premises of any objectionable noise or
      odor and not to use or devote the Premises or any part thereof for any
      purpose other than the Permitted Use, nor any use thereof which is
      inconsistent with the maintenance of the Property as an office campus of
      the first-class in the quality of its maintenance, use and occupancy, or
      which is improper, offensive, contrary to law or ordinance or liable to
      invalidate or increase the premiums for any insurance on the Buildings or
      the other Improvements or their contents or liable to render necessary any
      alteration or addition to the Buildings or other Improvements. Further,
      (i) Tenant shall not, nor shall Tenant permit its employees, invitees,
      agents, independent contractors, contractors, assignees or subtenants to,
      keep, maintain, store or dispose of (into the sewage or waste disposal
      system or otherwise) (except for standard office supplies in such
      quantities and used in such manner as are typically found in first-class
      business offices which are stored, handled and disposed of in accordance
      with all applicable laws) or engage in any activity which might produce or
      generate any substance which is or may hereafter be classified as a
      hazardous material, waste or substance (collectively "Hazardous
      Materials"), under federal, state or local laws, rules and regulations,
      including, without limitation, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., 42 U.S.C.
      Section 9601 et seq., 42 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., 49 U.S.C. Section
      1802 et seq. and Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 21E and the rules and
      regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing, as such laws, rules
      and regulations may be amended from time to time (collectively "Hazardous
      Materials Laws"), (ii) Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of

                                     -30-

      any incident in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Property
      that would require the filing of a notice under any Hazardous Materials
      Laws, (iii) Tenant shall comply and shall cause its employees, invitees,
      agents, independent contractors, contractors, assignees and subtenants to
      comply with each of the foregoing and (iv) Landlord shall have the right,
      upon twenty-four (24) hours prior notice (except that no notice shall be
      required in an emergency), to make such inspections (including testing) as
      Landlord shall elect from time to time to determine that Tenant is
      complying with the foregoing.

11.3  Not without prior consent of Landlord to permit the painting or placing of
      any signs, curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials or flagpoles, or the
      like, each to the extent visible from outside the Premises.

11.4  To keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law
      or ordinance or any other regulation of any public authority because of
      any use made by Tenant other than normal office use, and to procure all
      licenses and permits so required because of any use made by Tenant other
      than normal office use, and to procure all licenses and permits so
      required because of such use and, if requested by Landlord, to do any work
      so required because of such use, it being understood that the foregoing
      provisions shall not be construed to broaden in any way Tenant's Permitted
      Use.

11.5  Not to place a load upon any floor in the Premises exceeding an average
      rate of 80 pounds of live load (including partitions) per square foot of
      floor area; and not to move any safe, vault or other heavy equipment in,
      about or out of the Premises except in such manner and at such time as
      Landlord shall in each instance as Landlord shall approve (which approval
      shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Tenant's
      business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained
      by Tenant at Tenant's expense in settings sufficient to absorb and prevent
      vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the structure of the
      Buildings or to any other space in the Buildings.

11.6  To pay promptly when due all taxes which may be imposed upon personal
      property (including, without limitation, fixtures and equipment) in the
      Premises to whomever assessed; provided however, that Tenant shall have
      the right to contest any such tax prior to payment provided that Tenant
      indemnifies, defends and holds Landlord harmless from and against any
      loss, cost or damage which Landlord may suffer as the result any deferral
      in payment by Tenant.

11.7  To pay, as Additional Rent, all reasonable costs, counsel and other fees
      incurred by Landlord in connection with the successful enforcement by
      Landlord of any obligations of Tenant under this Lease or in connection
      with any bankruptcy case involving Tenant. Tenant shall not be obligated
      to make any payment to Landlord of any attorneys' fees incurred by
      Landlord unless judgment is entered (final, and beyond appeal) in favor of
      Landlord in the lawsuit relating to such fees. Landlord

                                     -31-

      shall pay, upon demand by Tenant, all reasonable costs and attorneys' fees
      and other fees incurred by Tenant in connection with any lawsuit between
      Landlord and Tenant where judgment is entered (final, and beyond appeal)
      in favor of Tenant.

11.8  Not to knowingly do or knowingly permit anything to be done in or upon the
      Premises, or bring in anything or keep anything therein, which shall
      increase the rate of insurance on the Premises or on the Property above
      the standard rate applicable to premises being occupied for the use to
      which Tenant has agreed to devote the Premises provided that Tenant shall
      not be required to make any alterations or additions to the structure,
      roof, exterior and load bearing walls, foundation, structural floor slabs
      and other structural elements of the Buildings or other Improvements
      unless the same are required by such Insurance Requirements as a result of
      or in connection with Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises beyond
      normal use of space of this kind; and Tenant further agrees that, in the
      event that Tenant shall do any of the foregoing, Tenant will promptly pay
      to Landlord, on demand, any such increase resulting therefrom, which shall
      be due and payable as Additional Rent hereunder.

11.9  To comply with all applicable Legal Requirements now or hereafter in force
      which shall impose a duty on Landlord or Tenant relating to or as a result
      of the use or occupancy of the Premises; provided however, that Tenant's
      failure to comply with any Legal Requirement shall not be considered to be
      a default of Tenant in its obligations under the Lease unless such non-
      compliance is material in nature. Tenant shall promptly pay all fines,
      penalties and damages that may arise out of or be imposed because of its
      failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.9.

11.10 To comply with all of the conditions of the Special Permit ("Special Permit") issued on June 15, 1999 to Wellsford/Whitehall Holdings, LLC in response to Application No. 99-2. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall comply with: (i) those conditions of the Special Permit which relate to on-street parking, (ii) the implementation and funding of a shuttle service to the Property, and (iii) and the implementation and funding of a traffic demand management plan.

ARTICLE XII
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

12.1  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein,
      ------------------------
      Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not, without obtaining
      Landlord's prior written consent, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or
      otherwise transfer this Lease and/or Tenant's interest in this Lease or
      sublet (which term, without limitation, shall include granting of
      concessions, licenses or the like) the whole or any part of the Premises.
      Any assignment, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, transfer or subletting
      not expressly permitted in or consented to by Landlord

                                     -32-

      under this Article XII shall be void, ab initio; shall be of no force and
      effect; and shall confer no rights on or in favor of third parties. In
      addition, Landlord shall be entitled to seek specific performance of or
      other equitable relief with respect to the provisions hereof.

12.2  EXCEPTIONS FOR MERGERS AND AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS. Notwithstanding the
      -------------------------------------------------
      foregoing provisions of Section 12.1 above and the provisions of Section
      12.4 below (which shall not apply to the transactions described in this
      Section 12.2), but subject to the provisions of Sections 12.5 and 12.7:
                     ---

      A.  Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease to any corporation,
      limited liability partnership or limited liability company, or other
      entity into which Tenant may be converted or into which it may merge (each
      of which is referred to herein as a "Successor Entity"), provided that the
      Financial Test, as hereinafter defined, is satisfied, and provided that
      such Successor Entity executes and delivers to Landlord an agreement
      confirming that it has become the Tenant and is responsible for all of the
      obligations and liabilities of the Tenant under the Lease. For the
      purposes hereof, the "Financial Test" shall be satisfied if any of the
      following conditions are satisfied: (i) the Successor Entity has a net
      worth (calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting
      principles) as of the end of the fiscal year of such Successor Entity
      which immediately precedes the date of transfer of at least Five Hundred
      Million ($500,000,000.00) Dollars, or (ii) the Successor Entity then has a
      Shadow Rating, as defined in Section 16.15, which is at least equal to the
      first Shadow Rating which is obtained by Tenant in accordance with Section
      16.15, or (iii) the Successor Entity delivers to Landlord, at the time of
      such transfer, either an additional General Letter of Credit satisfying
      all of the conditions applicable to the original General Letter of Credit,
      as set forth in Section 16.26, or an amendment (in form reasonably
      acceptable to Landlord) to the existing General Letter of Credit
      ("Existing General Letter of Credit") then being held by Landlord, so
      that, in either case, the aggregate amount of the General Letter(s) of
      Credit then being held by Landlord shall be equal to the lesser of: (i)
      one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the amount of Annual Fixed Rent then
      payable by Tenant under this Lease, or (ii) the sum of one hundred (100%)
      percent of the Annual Fixed Rent then payable by Tenant under this Lease
      plus the amount of the Existing General Letter of Credit.

      B.  Tenant shall have the right to assign its interest in this Lease and
      to sublease the Premises, or any portion thereof, to an Affiliated Entity,
      as hereinafter defined, and provided that prior to or simultaneously with
      any such: (i) assignment, such Affiliated Entity executes and delivers to
      Landlord an agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
      Landlord, whereby such Affiliated Entity assumes all of Tenant's
      obligations under the Lease, or (ii) sublease, such Affiliated Entity
      executes and delivers to Landlord an agreement, in form and substance
      reasonably acceptable to Landlord, whereby such Affiliated

                                     -33-

      Entity assumes the obligations of Tenant to the extent undertaken under
      the sublease. For the purposes hereof, an "Affiliated Entity" shall be
      defined as any entity which is controlled by, is under common control
      with, or which controls Tenant. For the purposes hereof, control shall
      mean the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty (50%) percent of
      the beneficial interest of the entity in question. If an Affiliated Entity
      to which this Lease is assigned or to which the Premises is sublet (in
      whole or in part) shall cease to be an Affiliated Entity, such cessation
      shall be considered an assignment or subletting requiring Landlord's
      consent in accordance with all of the provisions of this Article XII
      (including, without limitation, Landlord's Termination Right pursuant to
      Section 12.3).

      C.  The parties expressly agree that a merger or consolidation whereby
      Tenant is the surviving corporation shall be permitted hereunder without
      satisfying any of the conditions set forth in Paragraph A of this Section
      12.2 and without requiring Landlord's consent.

      D.  No sublease or assignment under this Section 12.2 shall relieve Tenant
      of its obligations under the Lease.

12.3  EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN SUBLEASES
      -------------------------------

      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 12.1 above and the
      provisions of Section 12.4 below (which shall not apply to the
      transactions described in this Section 12.3), but subject to the
                                                    ---
      provisions of Sections 12.5 and 12.7, Tenant shall have the right, upon
      prior written notice to Landlord, but without obtaining Landlord's
      consent, to enter into Permitted Subleases, as hereinafter defined. For
      the purposes hereof, a "Permitted Sublease" shall be defined as any
      sublease of any portion or portions of the Premises, provided that: (i)
      the aggregate amount of Rentable Floor Area subleased pursuant to such
      sublease does not exceed 20,000 square feet, and (ii) the aggregate amount
      of Rentable Floor Area subleased, at any point in time, pursuant to all
      Permitted Subleases which are then in effect does not exceed 100,000
      square feet.

12.4  CONSENT OF LANDLORD.
      -------------------

      A.  With respect to any sublease or assignment where Landlord's consent is
      required, Landlord agrees, subject to the provisions of this Section 12.4
      and subject to Sections 12.5, 12.6, and 12.7, that it will not
      unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to a proposed sublease or
      assignment.

      B.  Without limiting the standard of reasonableness which is applicable to
      the granting of Landlord's consent under this Section 12.4, Landlord shall
      not be deemed to be unreasonably withholding its consent to such a
      proposed assignment or subleasing if:

                                     -34-

        (1)  with respect to an assignment of Tenant's interest in this Lease,
             and with respect to a sublease of more than 100,000 square feet of
             Rentable Floor Area, the proposed assignee or subtenant does not
             possess adequate financial capability to perform the obligations of
             Tenant, to the extent undertaken in the proposed sublease or
             assignment, as and when due or required, or

        (2)  the assignee or subtenant proposes to use the Premises (or part
             thereof) for a purpose other than the purpose for which the
             Premises may be used as stated in Section 1.3 hereof, or

        (3)  there shall be existing an Event of Default (defined in Section
             15.1).

        C.   If Landlord fails, within ten (10) days after Landlord's receipt
        from Tenant of a Tenant Transfer Request, as hereinafter defined, to
        respond in writing to such Request (i.e. either by approving such
        Request or by disapproving such Request and advising Tenant of the basis
        of such disapproval), then such Request shall conclusively be deemed to
        have been approved by Landlord. For the purposes hereof, a "Tenant
        Transfer Request" shall be defined as a written request from Tenant to
        Landlord for Landlord's consent to a proposed sublease or assignment of
        Tenant's interest in the Lease which contains: (i) all information
        required pursuant to Section 12.5, and (ii) a written statement,
        specifically referring to this Paragraph C, to the effect that if
        Landlord fails to respond to such Request within ten (10) days of
        Landlord's receipt of such Request, Landlord shall be conclusively
        deemed to have approved such Request.

12.5    TENANT'S NOTICE. Tenant shall give Landlord notice of any proposed
        ---------------
        sublease or assignment, and said notice shall specify the provisions of
        the proposed assignment or subletting, including (a) the name and
        address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, (b) if applicable, such
        information as to the proposed assignee's or proposed subtenant's net
        worth and financial capability and standing as may reasonably be
        required for Landlord to make the determination referred to in Section
        12.4B(1) above (provided, however, that Landlord shall hold such
        information confidential having the right to release same to its
        officers, accountants, attorneys and mortgage lenders on a confidential
        basis), (c) all of the terms and provisions upon which the proposed
        assignment or subletting is to be made, (d) in the case of a proposed
        assignment or subletting pursuant to 12.4, all other information
        necessary to make the determination referred to in Section 12.4, and (e)
        in the case of a proposed assignment or subletting pursuant to Sections
        12.2 and 12.3 above, such information as may be reasonably required by
        Landlord to determine that such proposed assignment or subletting
        complies with the requirements of said Section 12.2 or Section 12.3, as
        the case may be.

                                     -35-

12.6    PROFIT ON SUBLEASING; ASSIGNMENT; AND CERTAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS
        ----------------------------------------------------------------
        LICENSES.
        --------

        A.   In the case of any assignment or subleasing as to which Landlord
        may consent (other than an assignment or subletting permitted under
        Section 12.2 hereof), Tenant's right to enter into such assignment or
        sublease shall be upon the express and further condition, covenant and
        agreement, and Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that, in addition to
        the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges to be paid
        pursuant to this Lease, fifty percent (50%) of the "Assignment/Sublease
        Profits" (hereinafter defined), if any shall be paid to Landlord. Any
        sublease, license, or other agreement entered into by Tenant permitting
        any third party to install antenna or other telecommunications devices
        on the property shall, for the purposes of this Section 12.6, be
        considered to be a sublease and Landlord shall be entitled to fifty
        percent (50%) of the "Assignment/Sublease Profits" from such
        transaction, except that: (i) Landlord shall not be entitled to any
        Assignment/Sublease Profits if the sole purpose of the installation of
        such antennas or equipment is to serve Tenant's business operations in
        connection with its permitted use at the Property, either within the
        Premises and elsewhere, and (ii) in determining the Assignment/Sublease
        Profits for any such transaction, no portion of the Annual Fixed Rent,
        Additional Rent or other charges under this Lease shall be allocated to
        the portion of the Premises used for the installation of such equipment.

        B.   The "Assignment/Sublease Profits" shall be the excess, if any, of
        (a) the "Assignment/Sublease Net Revenues" as hereinafter defined over
        (b) the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges provided in
        this Lease (provided, however, that for the purpose of calculating the
        Assignment/Sublease Profits in the case of a sublease, appropriate
        proportions in the applicable Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and
        other charges under this Lease shall be made based on the percentage of
        the Premises subleased and on the terms of the sublease). The
        "Assignment/Sublease Net Revenues" shall be the fixed rent, additional
        rent and all other charges and sums payable either initially or over the
        term of the sublease or assignment plus all other profits and increases
        to be derived by Tenant as a result of such subletting or assignment,
        less the reasonable costs of Tenant incurred in such subleasing or
        assignment (the definition of which shall include but not necessarily be
        limited to rent concessions, brokerage commissions and alteration
        allowances) amortized over the term of the sublease or assignment.

        C.   All payments of the Assignment/Sublease Profits due Landlord shall
        be made within ten (10) days of receipt of same by Tenant.

12.7    ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS.
        ---------------------

        A.   It shall be a condition of the validity of any assignment or
        subletting of right under either Section 12.2 or Section 12.3 above, or
        consented to under

                                     -36-

        Section 12.4 above, that both Tenant and the assignee or sublessee agree
        directly with Landlord in a separate written instrument reasonably
        satisfactory to Landlord which contains terms and provisions reasonably
        required by Landlord, including, without limitation, the agreement of
        the assignee to be bound by all the obligations of the Tenant hereunder
        and, with respect to any subletting, to the extent undertaken under the
        sublease, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay the
        Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, and other amounts provided for under
        this Lease (but in the case of a subletting, such subtenant shall agree
        to be responsible only to the extent of its rental obligations under the
        sublease) including the provisions of Sections 12.1 through 12.7 hereof,
        but such assignment or subletting shall not relieve the Tenant named
        herein of any of the obligations of the Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall
        remain fully and primarily liable therefor and the liability of Tenant
        and such assignee (or subtenant, as the case may be) shall be joint and
        several. Further, and notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions
        hereof shall not constitute a recognition of the sublease or the
        subtenant thereunder, and at Landlord's option, upon the termination of
        the Lease, the sublease shall be terminated.

        B.   As Additional Rent, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly for
        reasonable out of pocket legal and other expenses incurred by Landlord
        in connection with any request by Tenant for consent to assignment or
        subletting.

        C.   If this Lease is assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof
        is sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, Landlord may upon
        prior notice to Tenant, at any time and from time to time, collect
        Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, and other charges from the assignee,
        sublessee or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the Annual
        Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges herein reserved, but no
        such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a
        waiver of this covenant, or a waiver of the provisions of Sections 12.1
        through 12.7 hereof, or the acceptance of the assignee, sublessee or
        occupant as a tenant or a release of Tenant from the further performance
        by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained, the
        Tenant herein named to remain primarily liable under this Lease.
        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no right to collect
        rent from sublessees and other occupants of the Premises, other than an
        assignee, unless there is an existing Event of Default under the Lease.

        D.   The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting under any of
        the provisions of Section 12.4 shall in no way be construed to relieve
        Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Landlord to any
        further assignment or subletting.

-37-

ARTICLE XIII
INDEMNITY AND COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE

13.1    TENANT'S INDEMNITY.  To the maximum extent this agreement may be made
        ------------------
        effective according to law, and subject to Section 13.4, Tenant agrees
        to indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against all claims of
        whatever nature arising from or claimed to have arisen from:

        A.   any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person, or
        to the property of any person, occurring in any portion of the Premises
        after the Actual Substantial Completion Date for such portion of the
        Premises and until the end of the Lease Term and thereafter, provided
        that during any such period after the Lease Term Tenant or anyone acting
        by, through or under Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises or any
        portion thereof (except to the extent the same is caused by the
        negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord's agents,
        contractors or employees); or

        B.   any accident, injury or damage occurring: (i) on any portion of the
        Premises prior to the Actual Substantial Completion Date with respect to
        such portion of the Premises to the extent arising from Tenant's access
        to such portion of the Premises or (ii) in or about such portion of the
        Premises to the extent that such accident, injury or damage results from
        the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Tenant or of
        Tenant's contractors, licensees, agents, servants, independent
        contractors or employees, provided however, that the provisions of this
        clause B shall not require Tenant to pay for the repair or restoration
        damage caused by a peril covered by property/casualty insurance which
        Landlord is required to carry pursuant to the provisions of this Lease,
        except to the extent of the lesser of: (i) $25,000.00 per occurrence, or
        (ii) the amount of the deductible under such insurance coverage.

        C.   any losses, costs, or damages (including, without limitation,
        reasonable attorneys fees) arising from the existence of Hazardous
        Materials which are introduced to the Property after the last Rent
        Commencement Date to occur, except to the extent that such Hazardous
        Materials are introduced to the Premises after such Rent Commencement
        Date by Landlord, Landlord's agents, employees or contractors, or
        another tenant of the Property; without limiting the foregoing, Tenant's
        obligations under this Paragraph C shall apply to any losses, costs, or
        damages arising from the breach by Tenant of its obligations under
        Section 11.2; or

        D.   any claims resulting from a breach of Tenant's obligations under
        Section 9.4 of the Lease.

                                     -38-

        This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity
        against all reasonable costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in
        connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the
        defense thereof.

13.1.1. LANDLORD'S INDEMNITY. Subject (to the maximum extent permitted by law)

        to the limitations on Landlord's liability set forth in this Lease,
        Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Tenant from and
        against any claim arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring
        on the Premises to the extent that such accident, injury or damage
        results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or
        Landlord's employees, independent contractors or agents.

        Subject to the limitations on Landlord's liability set forth in this
        Lease, this indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include
        indemnity against all costs, expenses and liabilities reasonably
        incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought
        thereon, and the defense thereof.

13.2    COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE. Tenant agrees to maintain in
        --------------------------------------
        full force for the period of time Tenant, its agents, contractors or
        employees are in occupancy of any part of the Premises and from and
        after the first Rent Commencement Date to occur, throughout the Lease
        Term of this Lease, and thereafter, so long as Tenant is in occupancy of
        any part of the Premises, a policy of commercial general liability or
        comprehensive general liability insurance written on an occurrence basis
        with a broad form comprehensive liability endorsement under which
        Landlord and Landlord's managing agent (and such other persons as are in
        privity of estate with Landlord and Landlord's managing agent as may be
        set out in notice from time to time) and Tenant are named as insureds,
        and under which the insurer agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and
        Landlord's managing agent, and those in privity of estate with Landlord
        and Landlord's managing agent, harmless from and against all cost,
        expense and/or liability arising out of or based upon any and all
        claims, accidents, injuries and damages mentioned in Section 13.1, in
        the broadest form of such coverage from time to time available in the
        jurisdiction in which the Premises are located. Each such policy shall
        be non-cancelable and non-amendable with respect to Landlord and
        Landlord's said designees without thirty (30) days' prior notice to
        Landlord, and a duplicate original or certificate thereof shall be
        delivered to Landlord. As of the Commencement Date hereof, the minimum
        limits of liability of such insurance shall be as specified in Section
        1.3 and from time to time during the Lease Term for such higher limits,
        if any, as are carried customarily in the Market Area with respect to
        similar properties, provided however, that in no event shall such limits
        be increased more frequently than once every three (3) years. All
        insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease
        shall be maintained with responsible companies qualified to do business,
        and in good standing, in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and which
        have a rating of at least "A-" and are within a financial size category
        of not

                                     -39-

        less than "Class VIII" in the most current Best's Key Rating Guide or
        such similar rating as may be reasonably selected by Landlord if such
        Guide is no longer published.

13.3    TENANT'S PROPERTY INSURANCE. Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall maintain
        ---------------------------
        at all times during the Term of the Lease insurance against loss or
        damage covered by the so-called "all risk" type insurance coverage with
        respect to Tenant's fixtures, equipment, goods, wares and merchandise,
        tenant improvements made by or paid for by Tenant that are removable by
        Tenant at the end of the Term, and other property of Tenant
        (collectively "Tenant's Property"). Such insurance shall be in an amount
        at least equal to the full replacement cost of Tenant's Property.

13.4    NON-SUBROGATION.  Any insurance carried by either party with respect to
        ---------------
        the Premises or property therein or occurrences thereon shall, if it can
        be so written without additional premium or with an additional premium
        which the other party agrees to pay, include a clause or endorsement
        denying to the insurer rights of subrogation against the other party to
        the extent rights have been waived by the insured prior to occurrence of
        injury or loss. Each party, notwithstanding any provisions of this Lease
        to the contrary, hereby waives any rights of recovery against the other
        for injury or loss due to hazards covered by such insurance to the
        extent of the indemnification received thereunder. This waiver of rights
        by Tenant shall apply to, and be for the benefit of, Landlord's managing
        agent.

13.5    TENANT'S RISK.  To the maximum extent that this agreement may be made
        -------------
        effective according to law, Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises
        and to use such other portions of the Building or the Property as Tenant
        is herein given the right to use at Tenant's own risk; and Landlord
        shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss of or damage to
        fixtures or other personal property of Tenant, unless, subject to
        Section 13.4 hereof, such damage or loss is due to the negligence or
        willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord's agents, employees or
        contractors, in which case Landlord shall bear loss or damage only to
        "ordinary office property" (as hereinafter defined). For the purpose of
        this Section 13.5, "ordinary office property`" shall mean merchandise,
        furniture, and other tangible personal property of the kind and quantity
        which may customarily be expected to be found within comparable business
        offices in the Market Area, and excluding any unusually valuable or
        exotic works of art or other such property.

13.6    LANDLORD'S INSURANCE.  Landlord shall carry at all times during the Term
        --------------------
        of this Lease (i) commercial general liability insurance with respect to
        the Buildings in an amount not less than $10,000,000.00 combined single
        limit per occurrence, (ii) insurance against loss or damage with respect
        to the Buildings and the other Improvements covered by the so-called
        "all risk" type insurance coverage in an amount equal to at least the
        full replacement cost of the Buildings and the other Improvements,
        including, without limitation, all Tenant

                                     -40-

        Improvement Work and other improvements made by Tenant in the Premises,
        (iii) Workers Compensation insurance with limits which satisfy statutory
        requirements for Coverage A and Employers' Liability insurance with a
        limit of not less than $500,000, (iv) automobile general liability
        insurance with a combined single limit of not less than $1,000,000, to
        the extent that the same is applicable, (v) umbrella liability insurance
        in amounts which Landlord carries for the balance of Landlord's
        portfolio of properties, and (vi) pollution liability insurance in
        amounts which Landlord carries for the balance of Landlord's portfolio
        of properties. Landlord may also maintain such other insurance as may
        from time to time be required by a mortgagee holding a mortgage lien on
        the Building, provided that such insurance is then typically carried for
        other similar buildings in the Market Area, as defined in Exhibit G.
        Further, Landlord shall also maintain such insurance against loss of
        Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for twelve months (or such longer
        period of time as Landlord's mortgagee may require) and such other risks
        and perils as Landlord deems proper, provided that such insurance is
        then typically carried for other similar buildings in the Market Area,
        as defined in Exhibit G. Any and all such insurance (i) may be
        maintained under a blanket policy affecting other properties of Landlord
        and/or its affiliated business organizations, (ii) may be written with
        deductibles as determined by Landlord (not to exceed $25,000.00) and
        (iii) the premiums for which shall included in Operating Expenses,
        subject to, and in accordance with, Section 6.2.

                                  ARTICLE XIV
                                  -----------
                           FIRE, CASUALTY AND TAKING
                           -------------------------

14.1    REPAIR OF DAMAGE CAUSED BY CASUALTY. If any portion of the Premises
        -----------------------------------
        shall be damaged by fire or casualty, Landlord shall, subject to the
        provisions of this Article XIV, proceed with diligence, subject to the
        then applicable statutes, building codes, zoning ordinances, and
        regulations of any governmental authority, and at the expense of
        Landlord to repair or cause to be repaired such damage. For the purposes
        of the immediately preceding sentence, the Premises, and Landlord's
        repair obligations shall include all portions of Landlord's Work.
        However, all repairs to and replacements of Tenant's trade fixtures,
        furniture and equipment shall be made by and at the expense of Tenant.
        Landlord shall, as soon as possible after it becomes aware of any such
        casualty (but, in any event, within sixty (60) days after it becomes
        aware of any such casualty), give written notice ("Landlord's Casualty
        Notice") of: (i) whether Landlord will be exercising any of its
        termination rights pursuant to Section 14.2, (ii) Landlord's reasonable
        estimate of how long it would take Landlord to repair the Premises,
        (iii) Landlord's reasonable estimate of the cost of restoration, and
        (iv) Landlord's reasonable estimate of the amount of insurance proceeds
        which will be available to Landlord for such restoration. If the Lease
        is not terminated by either party pursuant to any of the provisions of
        this Article XIV, Landlord shall commence such repair as soon as
        possible after Landlord gives Landlord's

                                     -41-

        Casualty Notice, taking into account the availability of insurance
        proceeds to Landlord. If the Premises or any part thereof shall have
        been rendered unfit for use and occupation hereunder by reason of such
        damage, there shall be no abatement of the Annual Fixed Rent and other
        charges except to the extent that Landlord receives rent interruption
        insurance proceeds as the result of untenantability arising from such
        damage, so long as Landlord complies with its obligation to obtain rent
        interruption insurance under clause (ii) of Section 13.6. Tenant agrees
        to cooperate with Landlord and Landlord's mortgagee in such manner as
        Landlord may reasonably request in assisting Landlord and Landlord's
        mortgagee in collecting insurance proceeds (including rent insurance
        proceeds) due in connection with any casualty affecting the Premises. To
        the maximum extent permitted by law, Landlord shall not be liable for
        delays in the making of any such repairs which are due to Landlord's
        Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, (financial inability shall not
        be deemed to constitute causes beyond Landlord's reasonable control),
        nor, to the maximum extent permitted by law, shall Landlord be liable
        for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business
        of Tenant resulting from delays in repairing such damage. Tenant shall
        have no interest in Landlord's insurance proceeds arising from any
        casualty.

14.2    LANDLORD'S TERMINATION RIGHTS IN THE EVENT OF A CASUALTY
        ---------------------------------------------------------

        A.   Termination Right Relating Based upon a Damaged Building. If (i)
        subject to Paragraph E of this Section 14.2, any Building is so damaged
        by fire or casualty (whether or not insured) during the last five years
        of the term of the Lease that the cost of restoration exceeds the
        applicable Maximum Restoration Cost, or (ii) any Building is damaged as
        the result of an uninsured casualty (i.e. any casualty for which
        Landlord is not required to carry insurance pursuant to Section 13.6)
        and, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the cost of restoration exceeds
        $1,000,000.00, or (iii) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, there will be
        insufficient proceeds available to Landlord to restore any Building and
        such insufficiency exceeds $1,000,000.00, then, and in any of such
        events, this Lease and the term hereof may be terminated with respect to
        the portion of the Premises which are located in such Building at the
        election of Landlord by a notice in writing of its election so to
        terminate which shall be given by Landlord to Tenant within sixty (60)
        days following such fire or casualty. If Landlord exercises such
        termination right, then the effective termination date shall be the date
        set forth in Landlord's termination notice which shall be not less than
        thirty (30) days after the day on which such termination notice is
        received by Tenant.

        B.   Termination Right Based upon Damage to Other Improvements. If (i)
        any Improvements other than a Building are so damaged by fire or
        casualty (whether or not insured) during the last five years of the term
        of the Lease that the cost of restoration exceeds the applicable Maximum
        Restoration Cost, or (ii) any Improvements other than a Building are
        damaged as the result of an uninsured casualty and, in Landlord's
        reasonable judgment, the cost of restoration exceeds

                                     -42-

        $1,000,000.00 or (iii) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, there will be
        insufficient proceeds available to Landlord to restore any Improvements
        other than a Building and such insufficiency exceeds $1,000,000.00,
        then, and in any of such events, this Lease and the term hereof may be
        terminated at the election of Landlord by a notice in writing of its
        election so to terminate which shall be given by Landlord to Tenant
        within sixty (60) days following such fire or casualty. Such notice
        shall contain Landlord's reasonable estimate of the cost of restoration
        and the amount of insurance proceeds which Landlord estimates will be
        available to Landlord for such restoration. If Landlord exercises such
        termination right, then the effective termination date shall be the date
        set forth in Landlord's termination notice which shall be not less than
        thirty (30) days after the day on which such termination notice is
        received by Tenant.

        C.   Maximum Restoration Cost. For the purposes of this Section 14.2,
        the Maximum Restoration Cost shall be defined as a percentage of the
        full replacement cost of a Building or other Improvement, as the case
        may be, and shall be defined based upon the number of years left in the
        then current term of the Lease, as follows:

        Number of Years Remaining             Maximum Restoration Cost
       in then Current Term of Lease          (i.e. as a percentage of the full
                                              replacement cost of a Building or
                                              other Improvement)

        4 or more years, but less
             than 5 years                                     50%

        3 or more years, but less
             than 4 years                                     40%

        2 or more years, but less
             than 3 years                                     30%

        1 or more years, but less
             than 2 years                                     20%

            less than 1 year                                  10%

D. Tenant's Right to Nullify Termination by Funding Restoration Cost. If Landlord exercises its termination right pursuant to either clause
(ii) or (iii) of either Paragraph A or B above, Tenant may nullify such exercise by giving written notice to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives Landlord's termination notice, stating that Tenant will fund the amount of insufficiency in insurance proceeds and by delivering to Landlord, at the time that it gives such notice, either a letter of credit in the amount of such insufficiency, as

-43-

estimated by Landlord in its termination notice, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, from a bank reasonable acceptable to Landlord, securing such obligation, or evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord, that Tenant has delivered to Landlord's first mortgagee the amount of such insufficiency, as estimated by Landlord in its termination notice, subject to an escrow agreement for the benefit of Landlord, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, whereby the funds held by the mortgagee shall be disbursed on a monthly basis for the purpose of paying for all costs incurred by Landlord in performing such restoration.

E. Tenant's Right to Nullify Termination by Exercising Remaining Extension Options. If Landlord exercises its termination right pursuant to clause (i) of either Paragraph A or B above, and if Tenant has any remaining options to extend the Term which have not lapsed unexercised, then Tenant may nullify the exercise of Landlord's termination right by giving Landlord written notice, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of Landlord's termination notice, irrevocably exercising its option to extend the term of the Lease for one (1) five (5) year Extended Term.

14.3 TENANT'S TERMINATION RIGHTS

A. Termination Based Upon Estimated Restoration Period. If all or any portion of the Premises in any Building shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or casualty to the extent that the such portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable and the operation of Tenant's business in such Building in the normal course is materially adversely affected, and if the time period ("Estimated Building Restoration Period") set forth in Landlord's Casualty Notice shall exceed a period of one (1) year from the date that the repair and restoration work commences ("Outside Building Restoration Period") from the date of such casualty, Tenant may elect, by a notice sent within thirty (30) days after notice of such estimate is sent to Tenant, to terminate this Lease in respect of such Building. If such estimate shall fall within said one (1) year limit, Tenant shall have no such right to terminate and Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of this Article XIV, proceed with due diligence and promptness to reasonably complete the repairs or restoration within such one (1) year period, subject always to delays for by reason of Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, and the other limitations set forth in this Article XIV. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the casualty occurs during the last year of the term of the Lease, the Outside Building Restoration Period shall be one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the casualty.

B. Termination Based Upon Actual Restoration Period. If all or any portion of any Building is damaged by fire or casualty to such an extent so as to render such portion of the Building untenantable, and the operation of Tenant's business in such Building in the normal course is materially adversely affected and if Landlord shall fail to substantially complete the restoration work on or before the

-44-

date (the "Building Restoration Deadline Date") which is the later of: (1) the end of the Estimated Building Restoration Period or (2) seventeen (17) months after the date that such fire or casualty occurs (except that if the casualty occurs during the last year of the term of the Lease, said seventeen (17) month period shall be four (4) months, and except that, in the event that Landlord is prevented from completing such restoration by reason of Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, the Building Restoration Deadline Date shall be extended by a period of time which is the lesser of four (4) additional months or the length of time that Landlord is delayed in completing such repair work by Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5) for any reason other than Tenant's fault, Tenant may terminate this Lease in respect of such Building by giving Landlord written notice as follows:

(i) Said notice shall be given after the Building Restoration Deadline Date.

(ii) Said notice shall set forth an effective date which is not earlier than thirty (30) days after Landlord receives said notice.

(iii) If the restoration work is substantially complete within thirty (30) days (which thirty-(30)-day period shall be extended by the length of any delays caused by Tenant or Tenant's contractors) after Landlord receives such notice, said notice shall have no further force and effect.

(iv) If the restoration work is not substantially complete on or before the date thirty (30) days (which thirty-(30)-day period shall be extended by the length of any delays caused by Tenant or Tenant's contractors) after Landlord receives such notice, the Lease shall terminate as of said effective date.

C. Termination Based Upon Estimated Restoration Period with respect to Damage to Other Improvements. If any portion of the Improvements other than a Building are damaged or destroyed by fire or casualty to the extent that the operation of Tenant's business in the normal course in the Premises is materially adversely affected, and if the time period ("Estimated Other Improvements Restoration Period") set forth in Landlord's Casualty Notice shall exceed a period of one (1) year from the date that the repair and restoration work commences ("Outside Other Improvements Restoration Period") from the date of such casualty, Tenant may elect, by a notice sent within thirty (30) days after notice of such estimate is sent to Tenant, to terminate this Lease. If such estimate shall fall within said one (1) year limit, Tenant shall have no such right to terminate and Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of this Article XIV, proceed with due diligence and promptness to reasonably complete the repairs or restoration within such one (1) year period, subject always to delays for by reason of Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, and the other limitations set forth in this Article XIV. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the casualty occurs during the last

-45-

year of the term of the Lease, the Outside Other Improvements Restoration Period shall be one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the casualty.

D. Termination Based Upon Actual Restoration Period with respect to Damage to Other Improvements. If any portion of the Improvements other than a Building are damaged by fire or casualty to the extent that the operation of Tenant's business in the Premises in the normal course is materially adversely affected, and if Landlord shall fail to substantially complete the restoration work on or before the date (the "Other Improvements Restoration Deadline Date") which is the later of: (1) the end of the Estimated Other Improvements Restoration Period or (2) seventeen (17) months after the date that such fire or casualty occurs (except that if the casualty occurs during the last year of the term of the Lease, said seventeen (17) month period shall be four (4) months, and except that, in the event that Landlord is prevented from completing such restoration by Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5), the Other Improvements Restoration Deadline Date shall be extended by a period of time which is the lesser of four (4) additional months or the length of time that Landlord is delayed in completing such repair work by Landlord's Force Majeure) for any reason other than Tenant's fault, Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice as follows:

(i) Said notice shall be given after the Other Improvements Restoration Deadline Date.

(ii) Said notice shall set forth an effective date which is not earlier than thirty (30) days after Landlord receives said notice.

(iii) If the restoration work is substantially complete within thirty (30) days (which thirty-(30)-day period shall be extended by the length of any delays caused by Tenant or Tenant's contractors) after Landlord receives such notice, said notice shall have no further force and effect.

(iv) If the restoration work is not substantially complete on or before the date thirty (30) days (which thirty-(30)-day period shall be extended by the length of any delays caused by Tenant or Tenant's contractors) after Landlord receives such notice, the Lease shall terminate as of said effective date.

14.4 GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO ANY CASUALTY TERMINATION. In the event of any termination, this Lease and the term hereof shall expire as of such effective termination date as though that were the Expiration Date as stated in
Section 1.3 and the Annual Fixed Rent and other charges payable under this Lease shall be apportioned as of such date.

14.5 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

-46-

14.6 TENANT'S TERMINATION RIGHTS BASED UPON TAKING. In the event that a material part of the Premises or the means of access thereto, shall be so taken, appropriated or condemned, so that, in Tenant's bona fide business judgment, the continued operation of Tenant's business in the Premises is materially adversely affected, or in the event that more than eighteen (18%) percent of the number of parking spaces on the Land are taken, then (and in any such event) this Lease and the term hereof may be terminated at the election of Tenant by a notice in writing of its election so to terminate which shall be given by Tenant to Landlord within sixty (60) days following the date on which Tenant shall have received notice of such taking, appropriation or condemnation. Such termination shall be effective in accordance with Section 14.7. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

A. if the basis of the exercise by Tenant of its termination right pursuant to this Section 14.6 is a taking of loss of access, Landlord may nullify such termination by providing Tenant with substitute access which is reasonably acceptable to Tenant, within sixty (60) days following the receipt by Landlord of Tenant's termination notice, and

B. if the basis of the exercise by Tenant of its termination right pursuant to this Section 14.6 is a loss of parking spaces, Landlord may nullify such termination by providing Tenant with a number parking spaces within a reasonable distance of the Land (such distance to be subject to the approval of both Landlord and Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), so that the aggregate number of parking spaces available to Tenant (i.e. both on the Land and in such alternative location) is at least eighty-two (82%) percent of the number of parking spaces available to Tenant prior to such taking, within ninety (90) days following the receipt by Landlord of Tenant's termination notice.

14.7 GENERAL TAKING PROVISIONS. Upon the giving of any notice of termination based upon a taking (i.e. by Tenant pursuant to Section 14.6), this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate on or retroactively as of the date on which Tenant shall be required to vacate any part of the Premises or shall be deprived of a substantial part of the means of access thereto. In the event of any such termination, this Lease and the term hereof shall expire as of such effective termination date as though that were the Expiration Date as stated in Section 1.3, and the Annual Fixed Rent shall be apportioned as of such date. If neither party (having the right so to do) elects to terminate Landlord will, with reasonable diligence and at Landlord's expense, restore the remainder of the Premises, or the remainder of the means of access, as nearly as practicably may be to substantially the same condition as obtained prior to such taking, appropriation or condemnation in which event (i) a just proportion of the Annual Fixed Rent, according to the nature and extent of the taking, appropriation or condemnation and the resulting permanent injury to the Premises and the means of access thereto, shall be permanently abated, (ii) a just proportion of the remainder of the Annual Fixed Rent, according to the nature and extent of the taking, appropriation or condemnation and the resultant injury

-47-

sustained by the Premises and the means of access thereto, shall be abated until what remains of the Premises and the means of access thereto shall have been restored as fully as may be for permanent use and occupation by Tenant hereunder.

14.8 TAKING PROCEEDS.

A. Except for any award specifically reimbursing Tenant for moving or relocation expenses, and except as set forth in Paragraph C of this Section 14.8, there are expressly reserved to Landlord all rights to compensation and damages created, accrued or accruing by reason of any such taking, appropriation or condemnation, in implementation and in confirmation of which Tenant does hereby acknowledge that Landlord shall be entitled to receive all such compensation and damages, grant to Landlord all and whatever rights (if any) Tenant may have to such compensation and damages, and agree to execute and deliver all and whatever further instruments of assignment as Landlord may from time to time request.

B. For the purposes of Paragraph C of this Section 14.8, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Award Balance" shall be the amount, if any, by which the total compensation and damages awarded in respect of a permanent taking exceeds the total of the portion of award allocable to the land on which the Buildings and other Improvements are situated (i.e. as if the land were not improved but as encumbered by, for example, all title matters) and all amounts payable in such event under bona fide ground leases or underlying leases and under all bona fide mortgages or other encumbrances which may now or hereafter be placed on, encumber or affect the real property of which the premises are a part, or any part of such real property.

"Tenant's Improvements" shall be the unamortized portion (calculated on a straight-line basis over the remainder of initial Term of this Lease) of the amount of the Tenant Payment, determined as of the date of the eminent domain taking.

"Book Value of Landlord's Work" shall be the unamortized cost of the Buildings and other Improvements and related facilities (calculated on a straight-line basis over a 40-year period), determined as of the date of the eminent domain taking.

C. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the reservation in Section 14.8, in the event of a permanent taking which results in the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to receive out of the Award Balance, the amount of Tenant's Improvements, provided, however, that if the sum of Tenant's Improvements and the Book Value of Landlord's Work exceeds Award Balance, then Tenant's Improvements and Premises Book Value shall then be proportionately reduced to an amount which, when added together, shall equal the Award Balance; and, in such event, Tenant shall be entitled to receive out of the Award Balance the amount of Tenant's Improvements as so reduced.

-48-

14.9 TEMPORARY TAKINGS. In the event of any taking of the Premises or any part thereof for temporary use (i.e. not in excess of one (1) year): (i) this Lease shall be and remain unaffected thereby, and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself any award made for such use, provided, that if any taking is for a period extending beyond the Term, such award shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE XV
DEFAULT

15.1  TENANT'S DEFAULT.  This Lease and the term of this Lease are subject to
      ----------------
      the limitation that Tenant shall be in default if, at any time during the
      Lease Term, any one or more of the following events (herein called an
      "Event of Default" a "default of Tenant" or similar reference) shall occur
      and not be cured prior to the expiration of the grace period (if any)
      herein provided, as follows:

      (a)  Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of the Annual Fixed Rent, or
           any Additional Rent or any other monetary amount due under this Lease
           on or before the date on which the same becomes due and payable, and
           such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after notice from
           Landlord thereof; or

      (b)  Tenant shall fail to perform or observe any other requirement, term,
           covenant or condition of this Lease (not hereinabove in this Section
           15.1 specifically referred to) on the part of Tenant to be performed
           or observed and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days
           after notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or if said default
           shall reasonably require longer than thirty (30) days to cure, if
           Tenant shall fail to commence to cure said default within thirty (30)
           days after notice thereof and/or fail to continuously prosecute the
           curing of the same to completion with due diligence; or

      (c)  The estate hereby created shall be taken on execution or by other
           process of law; or

      (d)  Tenant shall make an assignment or trust mortgage arrangement, so-
           called, for the benefit of its creditors; or

      (e)  Tenant shall judicially be declared bankrupt or insolvent according
           to law; or

      (f)  a receiver, guardian, conservator, trustee in involuntary bankruptcy
           or other similar officer is appointed to take charge of all or any
           substantial part of Tenant's property by a court of competent
           jurisdiction; or

                                     -49-

     (g)  any petition shall be filed against Tenant in any court, whether or
          not pursuant to any statute of the United States or of any State, in
          any bankruptcy, reorganization, composition, extension, arrangement or
          insolvency proceeding, and such proceedings shall not be fully and
          finally dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the
          institution of the same; or

     (h)  Tenant shall file any petition in any court, whether or not pursuant
          to any statute of the United States or any State, in any bankruptcy,
          reorganization, composition, extension, arrangement or insolvency
          proceeding.

15.2 TERMINATION; RE-ENTRY. Upon the happening of any one or more of the aforementioned Events of Default (notwithstanding any license of a former breach of covenant or waiver of the benefit hereof or consent in a former instance), Landlord or Landlord's agents or servants may give to Tenant a notice (hereinafter called "notice of termination") terminating this Lease on a date specified in such notice of termination (which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of the mailing of such notice of termination), and this Lease and the Lease Term, as well as any and all of the right, title and interest of the Tenant hereunder, shall wholly cease and expire on the date set forth in such notice of termination (Tenant hereby waiving any rights of redemption) in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally specified herein for the expiration of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord.

In addition or as an alternative to the giving of such notice of termination, Landlord or Landlord's agents or servants may, by any suitable action or proceeding at law, immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the Premises and remove therefrom Tenant, its agents, employees, servants, licensees, and any subtenants and other persons, and all or any of its or their property therefrom, and repossess and enjoy the Premises, together with all additions, alterations and improvements thereto; but, in any event under this Section 15.2, Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

The words "re-enter" and "re-entry" as used throughout this Article XV are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.

15.3 CONTINUED LIABILITY; RE-LETTING. If this Lease is terminated or if Landlord shall re-enter the Premises as aforesaid, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by or under any proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of an Event of Default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant covenants and agrees forthwith to pay and be liable for, on the days originally fixed herein for the payment thereof, amounts equal to the several

-50-

installments of Annual Fixed Rent, all Additional Rent and other charges reserved as they would, under the terms of this Lease, become due if this Lease had not been terminated or if Landlord had not entered or re-entered, as aforesaid, and whether the Premises be relet or remain vacant, in whole or in part, or for a period less than the remainder of the Lease Term, or for the whole thereof, but, in the event the Premises be relet by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the net amount of rent and other charges received by Landlord in reletting, after deduction of all reasonable expenses incurred in good faith in reletting the Premises (including, without limitation, remodeling costs, brokerage fees and the like), and in collecting the rent in connection therewith, in the following manner:

Amounts received by Landlord after reletting shall first be applied against such Landlord's expenses, until the same are recovered, and until such recovery, Tenant shall pay, as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, the amount which Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease (Tenant's liability prior to any such reletting and such recovery not in any way to be diminished as a result of the fact that such reletting might be for a rent higher than the rent provided for in this Lease); when and if such expenses have been completely recovered, the amounts received from reletting by Landlord as have not previously been applied shall be credited against Tenant's obligations as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, and only the net amount thereof shall be payable by Tenant. Further, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit of any kind for any period after the date when the term of this Lease is scheduled to expire according to its terms.

If Landlord elects to recover damages from Tenant pursuant to this Section 15.3, Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises after Tenant has vacated the entirety of the Premises in the event that the Lease is terminated based upon a default by Tenant hereunder. Marketing of Tenant's Premises in a manner similar to the manner in which Landlord, or affiliates of Landlord, market other similar premises within their control in the Greater Boston area shall be deemed to have satisfied Landlord's obligation to use "reasonable efforts." In no event shall Landlord be required to solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenants for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises including, without limitation, the undisputed legal right to re-let the Premises free of any claim of Tenant.

15.4 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Landlord may elect, as an alternative, which election shall be made within one (1) year after such termination or re-entry, to have Tenant pay liquidated damages, which election may be made by notice given to Tenant at any time after the termination of this Lease under
Section 15.2, above, and whether or not Landlord shall have collected any damages as hereinbefore provided in this Article XV, and in lieu of all other such damages beyond the date of such notice. Upon such notice, Tenant shall promptly pay to

-51-

Landlord, as liquidated damages, in addition to any damages collected or due from Tenant from any period prior to such notice, either:

(i) such a sum as at the time of such notice represents the amount of the excess, if any, of (a) the discounted present value, at a discount rate equal to the Treasury bond rate ("Discount Rate") in effect at such time for bonds having a maturity date which is the same as the date that the Term of the Lease would have expired but for Tenant's default, of the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which would have been payable by Tenant under this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term if the Lease terms had been fully complied with by Tenant, over and above (b) the discounted present value, at the Discount Rate, of the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges that would be received by Landlord if the Premises were re- leased at the time of such notice for the remainder of the Lease Term at the fair market value (including provisions regarding periodic increases in Annual Fixed Rent if such are applicable) prevailing at the time of such notice; or

(ii) an amount equal to the sum of the Annual Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent payable for the twelve (12) months ending as of the effective termination date of this Lease plus the amount of Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent of any kind accrued and unpaid at the time of such election plus any and all expenses which the Landlord may have incurred for and with respect to the collection of any of such rent.

For the purposes of this Article, if Landlord elects to require Tenant to pay liquidated damages in accordance with this Section 15.4, the total rent shall be computed by assuming the Operating Expenses under Section 6.2 to be the same as were payable for the twelve (12) calendar months (or if less than twelve (12) calendar months have been elapsed since the date hereof, the partial year) immediately preceding such termination of re-entry.

Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceeds in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

15.5 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

15.6 SELF-HELP.

A. Tenant Self-Help. If, after the Actual Substantial Completion Date with respect to any portion of the Premises, a Landlord Default, as hereinafter defined,

-52-

shall occur with respect to such portion of the Premises, Tenant may, without the need of Landlord's consent, if Landlord fails to cure such Landlord Default within the Landlord Cure Period, as hereinafter defined, perform the same for the account of Landlord. Landlord shall, within thirty
(30) days of demand therefor, reimburse Tenant the sums so paid by Tenant in curing such Landlord Default, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, as defined in Paragraph C of this Section 15.6, accruing from the date that Tenant incurs the cost in question until Landlord pays such cost in full. However, in no event shall Tenant have the right to offset against, withhold or deduct from Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent payable under this Lease for any reason relating to this Section 15.6, except as expressly hereinafter provided. If (i) Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant for the sums paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant's demand therefor (such demand to include reasonable evidence of the costs so incurred by Tenant), and (ii) either:

(x) Landlord does not, within ten (10) days of its receipt of such demand, give written notice to Tenant objecting to such demand and submitting such dispute to arbitration in accordance with Section 16.32, or

(y) If Landlord timely disputes Tenant's demand, then Tenant obtains an arbitration award against Landlord based upon such breach by Landlord, which award becomes final, and beyond appeal, and Landlord fails to pay Tenant the amount of such award within thirty (30) days after Tenant obtains such award,

then, subject to the last sentence of this Paragraph A, Tenant shall have the right to offset the amount of such sums demanded by Tenant, or awarded by Tenant in arbitration, as the case may be, together with accrued interest, as aforesaid, against the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder until offset in full. For the purposes of this Section 15.6, a "Landlord Default" shall be defined as any default by Landlord in its obligations under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right, pursuant to this Paragraph A, to reduce any monthly installment of Base Rent by more than ten (10%) percent of the amount which would otherwise have been due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, unless the aggregate amount of such deductions over the remainder of the Lease Term (as it has been extended) will be insufficient to fully reimburse Tenant for the amount demanded by Tenant, or the amount awarded to Tenant in arbitration, as the case may be, in which event Tenant may effect such offset by making deductions from each monthly installment of Base Rent in equal monthly amounts over the balance of the remainder of the Lease Term.

B. Landlord Cure Period. For the purposes of Paragraph A of this Section 15.6, the "Landlord Cure Period" shall be defined as follows:

-53-

(1) In the event of an emergency threatening life or property, or Tenant's interest in this Lease, three (3) days after receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant of such default;

(2) In the event of any other Landlord Default, thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant of such Landlord Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord has commenced to cure such Landlord Default within said thirty (30) day period, and so long as Landlord thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion, the thirty (30) day period shall be extended to such period of time as Landlord reasonably requires to cure such default.

C. Landlord Self-Help. If Tenant shall at any time fail to make any payment or perform any act which Tenant is obligated to make or perform under this Lease and (except in the case of emergency) if the same continues unpaid or unperformed beyond applicable grace periods, then Landlord may, but shall not be obligated so to do, after thirty (30) days' notice to and demand upon Tenant, or without notice to or demand upon Tenant in the case of any emergency, and without waiving, or releasing Tenant from, any obligations of Tenant in this Lease contained, make such payment or perform such act which Tenant is obligated to perform under this Lease in such manner and to such extent as may be reasonably necessary, and, in exercising any such rights, pay any costs and expenses, employ counsel and incur and pay reasonable attorneys' fees. All sums so paid by Landlord and all reasonable and necessary costs and expenses of Landlord incidental thereto, together with interest thereon at the annual rate ("Lease Rate") equal to the sum of (a) the Base Rate from time to time announced by Fleet Boston Financial, N.A. or its successor as its Base Rate and (b) two percent (2%) (but in no event greater than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law), from the date of the making of such expenditures by Landlord, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent and, except as otherwise in this Lease expressly provided, shall be payable to the Landlord on demand, and if not promptly paid shall be added to any rent then due or thereafter becoming due under this Lease, and Tenant covenants to pay any such sum or sums with interest as aforesaid, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the non-payment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of Annual Fixed Rent.

ARTICLE XVI
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

16.1 WAIVER. Failure on the part of Landlord or Tenant to complain of any action or non-action on the part of the other, no matter how long the same may continue, shall never be a waiver by Tenant or Landlord, respectively, of any of its rights

-54-

      hereunder. A waiver shall be enforceable against either party only if such
      waiver is made in writing by the waiving party.

      Further, no waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof by Landlord
      or Tenant shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions
      hereof, and a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not
      be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same provisions.
      The consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant to or of any action by the
      other requiring such consent or approval shall not be construed to waive
      or render unnecessary Landlord's or Tenant's consent or approval to or of
      any subsequent similar act by the other.

      No payment by either party, or acceptance by either party, of a lesser
      amount than shall be due from Tenant to Landlord shall be treated
      otherwise than as a payment on account. The acceptance by Landlord of a
      check for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or
      upon any letter accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is
      payment in full, shall be given no effect, and Landlord may accept such
      check without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Landlord may
      have against Tenant. Further, the acceptance by Landlord of Annual Fixed
      Rent, Additional Rent or any other charges paid by Tenant under this Lease
      shall not be or be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any default by
      Tenant, whether or not Landlord knows of such default, except for such
      defaults as to which such payment relates.

16.2  CUMULATIVE REMEDIES; SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  Except as expressly provided
      -----------------------------------------
      in this Lease, the specific remedies to which either party may resort
      under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be
      exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress which either party may
      lawfully, pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, be entitled to seek in
      case of any breach or threatened breach of any provisions of this Lease.
      In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease, either party
      shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation or
      attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or
      provisions of this Lease or to seek specific performance of any such
      covenants, conditions or provisions, provided, however, that the foregoing
      shall not be construed as a confession of judgment by Tenant or Landlord,
      as the case may be.

16.3  QUIET ENJOYMENT.  Landlord agrees that, upon Tenant's paying the Annual
      ---------------
      Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges herein reserved, and
      performing and observing the covenants, conditions and agreements hereof
      upon the part of Tenant to be performed and observed, Tenant shall and may
      peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the term of this Lease,
      without interruption or disturbance from Landlord, or anyone claiming by,
      through or under Landlord (other than Tenant itself), subject, however, to
      the terms of this Lease. This covenant shall be construed as running with
      the land to and against subsequent owners and successors in interest, and
      is not, nor shall it operate or be construed

                                     -55-

      as, a personal covenant of Landlord, except to the extent of the
      Landlord's interest in the Premises, and this covenant and any and all
      other covenants of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be binding upon
      Landlord and upon such subsequent owners or successors in interest of
      Landlord's interest under this Lease, including ground or master lessees,
      to the extent of their respective interests, as and when they shall
      acquire same and then only for so long as they shall retain such interest.

16.4  SURRENDER.
      ---------

      (A) No act or thing done by Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed
      an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept
      such surrender shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. No
      employee of Landlord or of Landlord's agents shall have any power to
      accept the keys of the Premises as an acceptance of a surrender of the
      Premises prior to the termination of this Lease; provided, however, that
      the foregoing shall not apply to the delivery of keys to Landlord or its
      agents in its (or their) capacity as managing agent or for purpose of
      emergency access. In any event, however, the delivery of keys to any
      employee of Landlord or of Landlord's agents shall not operate as a
      termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

      (B) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant
      shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition as required by
      Sections 8.1 and 9.5, first removing all goods and effects of Tenant and
      completing such other removals as may be permitted or required pursuant to
      Section 9.5.

      (C) All furniture, equipment and personal property which remains in the
      Buildings or elsewhere on the Premises after: (i) the expiration or prior
      termination of the term of this Lease, (ii) Tenant has vacated the
      Premises, and (iii) Landlord has given Tenant at least ten (10) days prior
      written notice that it intends to exercise its rights under this Paragraph
      C, shall be conclusively deemed to be abandoned and may either be retained
      by Landlord as its property or sold or otherwise disposed of in such
      manner as Landlord may see fit. If any part thereof shall be sold, then
      Landlord may receive the proceeds of such sale and apply the same, at its
      option against the expenses of the sale, the cost of moving and storage,
      any arrears of rent or other charges payable hereunder by Tenant to
      Landlord and any damages to which Landlord may be entitled under this
      Lease and at law and in equity.

16.5  BROKERAGE.  (A)  Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt
      ---------
      with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other
      than the broker, person or firm designated in Section 1.3 hereof; and in
      the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to Tenant's
      dealings with brokers other than the broker designated in Section 1.3
      hereof, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of
      Landlord's selection and save harmless and indemnify

                                     -56-

      Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of
      such claim.

      (B) Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any
      broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the
      broker, person or firm designated in Section 1.3 hereof; and in the event
      any claim is made against the Tenant relative to Landlord's dealings with
      brokers other than the broker designated in Section 1.3 hereof, Landlord
      shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant's selection
      and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage
      which may arise by reason of such claim.

      (C) Landlord agrees that it shall be solely responsible for the payment of
      brokerage commissions to the broker, person or firm designated in Section
      1.3 hereof, pursuant to a separate agreement.

16.6  INVALIDITY OF PARTICULAR PROVISIONS.  If any term or provision of this
      -----------------------------------
      Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to
      any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or
      the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances
      other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall
      not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall
      be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16.7  PROVISIONS BINDING, ETC.  The obligations of this Lease shall run with the
      -----------------------
      land, and except as herein otherwise provided, the terms hereof shall be
      binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns,
      respectively, of Landlord and Tenant and, if Tenant shall be an
      individual, upon and to his heirs, executors, administrators, successors
      and assigns. Each term and each provision of this Lease to be performed by
      Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition. The
      reference contained to successors and assigns of Tenant is not intended to
      constitute a consent to assignment by Tenant, but has reference only to
      those instances in which either Tenant has the right, pursuant to the
      provisions of Article XII hereof to assign its interest in the Lease, or
      in which Landlord may have later given consent to a particular assignment
      as required by the provisions of Article XII hereof.

16.8  RECORDING.  Each of Landlord and Tenant agree not to record the within
      ---------
      Lease, but each party hereto agrees, on the request of the other, to
      execute a so-called Notice of Lease or short form lease in form recordable
      and complying with applicable law and reasonably satisfactory to
      Landlord's and Tenant's attorneys. In no event shall such document set
      forth the rent or other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease; and
      any such document shall expressly state that it is executed pursuant to
      the provisions contained in this Lease, and is not intended to vary the
      terms and conditions of this Lease.

                                     -57-

16.9  NOTICES AND TIME FOR ACTION.  Whenever, by the terms of this Lease, notice
      ---------------------------
      shall or may be given either to Landlord or to Tenant, such notices shall
      be in writing and shall be sent by hand, registered or certified mail, or
      overnight or other commercial courier, postage or delivery charges, as the
      case may be, prepaid as follows:

          If intended for Landlord, addressed to Landlord at the address set
          forth on the first page of this Lease (or to such other address or
          addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Landlord
          by like notice), with a copy to Goulston & Storrs, 400 Atlantic
          Avenue, Boston, Ma 02110, Attention: Raymond M. Kwasnick, Esq.

          If intended for Tenant, addressed to Tenant at the address set forth
          on the first page of this Lease except that from and after the first
          Rent Commencement Date to occur, the address of Tenant shall be the
          Premises (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to
          time hereafter be designated by Tenant by like notice), Attention: to
          Mr. Joseph M. Joyce, Director of Real Estate, with a copy to Hutchins,
          Wheeler & Dittmar, 101 Federal Street, Boston, Ma, 02109 Attention:
          John Griffin, Esq.

      Except as otherwise provided herein, all such notices shall be effective
      when received; provided, that (i) if receipt is refused, notice shall be
      effective upon the first occasion that such receipt is refused or (ii) if
      the notice is unable to be delivered due to a change of address of which
      no notice was given, notice shall be effective upon the date such delivery
      was attempted.

      Where provision is made for the attention of an individual or department,
      the notice shall be effective only if the wrapper in which such notice is
      sent is addressed to the attention of such individual or department.

      Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of Landlord or by Landlord's
      managing agent shall be considered as given by Landlord and shall be fully
      effective.

      Time is of the essence with respect to any and all notices and periods for
      giving of notice or taking any action thereto under this Lease.

16.10 WHEN LEASE BECOMES BINDING. Employees or agents of Landlord have no authority to make or agree to make a lease or any other agreement or undertaking in connection herewith. The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises, and this document shall become effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Landlord and

-58-

Tenant. All negotiations, considerations, representations and understandings between Landlord and Tenant are incorporated herein and may be modified or altered only by written agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and no act or omission of any employee or agent of Landlord shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof.

16.11 PARAGRAPH HEADINGS. The paragraph headings throughout this instrument are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of the provisions of this Lease.

16.12 RIGHTS OF MORTGAGEE. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage now or hereafter on the Property (or any part thereof) or the Buildings, or both, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and all substitutions therefor, provided that the holder of such mortgage agrees, by a written instrument ("SNDA") in the customary form required by such mortgagee as amended by such commercially reasonable changes as Tenant may request and the mortgagee may reasonably approve, to recognize the right of Tenant to use and occupy the Premises and exercise all other rights and privileges under the Lease upon the payment of rent and other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease and the performance by Tenant of Tenant's obligations hereunder. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any SNDA shall require that Tenant provide to the holder of such mortgage written notice of any defaults of Landlord and commercially reasonable cure periods to be negotiated between Tenant and such holder. In confirmation of such subordination and recognition, Tenant shall execute and deliver promptly such instruments of subordination and recognition. In the event that any mortgagee or its respective successor in title shall succeed to the interest of Landlord, then this Lease shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect and Tenant shall and does hereby agree to attorn to such mortgagee or successor and to recognize such mortgagee or successor as its landlord. If any holder of a mortgage which includes the Premises shall so elect, this Lease, and the rights of Tenant hereunder, shall be superior in right to the rights of such holder, with the same force and effect as if this Lease had been executed, delivered and recorded, or a statutory Notice hereof recorded, prior to the execution, delivery and recording of any such mortgage, even if Tenant had previously agreed to subordinate the Lease to such mortgage. The election of any such holder shall become effective upon either notice from such holder to Tenant in the same fashion as notices from Landlord to Tenant are to be given hereunder or by the recording in the appropriate registry or recorder's office of an instrument in which such holder subordinates its rights under such mortgage to this Lease.

16.13 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

16.14 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

-59-

16.15 LANDLORD'S FINANCING; TENANT'S SHADOW RATING. Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall, upon written request of Landlord, cooperate with Landlord, in such manner as Landlord may reasonably request in connection with Landlord's obtaining financing from a third party in order to enable to perform its obligations under the Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall, upon Landlord's written request, obtain up to two so-called "shadow rating" ("Shadow Rating") from a rating agency reasonably acceptable to Landlord (e.g. Moody's or Standard & Poors). Tenant's obligations under this Section 16.15 shall not be a condition precedent to any obligation of the Landlord under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay fifty (50%) percent of the fee charged by the rating agency for the first Shadow Rating requested by Landlord, as aforesaid, and Landlord shall pay the entire fee charged by the rating agency for the second Shadow Rating requested by Landlord, as aforesaid.

16.16 STATUS REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Recognizing that Landlord and Tenant may find it necessary to establish to third parties, such as accountants, banks, potential or existing mortgagees, potential purchasers or the like, the then current status of performance hereunder, Tenant and Landlord on the request of the other party (the "Requesting Party") made from time to time, will promptly furnish to the Requesting Party, or any existing or potential holder of any mortgage encumbering the Property, or any potential purchaser of the Property, or a prospective permitted assignee of Tenant's interest or a prospective permitted subtenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof (each an "Interested Party") a statement of the status of any matter pertaining to this Lease, including, without limitation, acknowledgments that (or the extent to which) each party is in compliance with its obligations under the terms of this Lease. In addition, in connection with a sale or refinancing of the Buildings or the Property, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, or any Interested Party designated by Landlord, financial statements of Tenant, as reasonably requested by Landlord including, but not limited to, financial statements ("Financial Statements") for the past three (3) years, provided that in no event shall Landlord request such statements more often than one (1) time per calendar year. So long as the entity holding Tenant's interest under the Lease is publicly traded, Tenant may satisfy its obligation to deliver such Financial Statements to Landlord by delivering to Landlord the same financial statements which it releases to the public. If Tenant delivers to Landlord Financial Statements which have not been disclosed to the public: Landlord shall treat such Financial Statements as confidential, and such Financial Statements may be disclosed only (i) as required by court order, (ii) to prospective purchasers and lenders and to financial advisors, investment bankers, lawyers and accountants, (iii) as may be required by Legal Requirements, or (iv) in connection with litigation between the parties. Any such status statement or Financial Statement delivered by Tenant pursuant to this Section 16.16 may be relied upon by any Interested Party.

-60-

16.17  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
       ---------------------

16.18  HOLDING OVER.  Any holding over by Tenant after the expiration of the
       ------------
       term of this Lease shall be treated as a tenancy at sufferance and shall
       be on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, as far as
       applicable except that Tenant shall pay as a use and occupancy charge an
       amount equal to the Hold-Over Percentage, as hereinafter defined, of the
       Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant during the twelve
       month period immediately preceding the expiration of the term of the
       Lease, calculated (on a daily basis) for the period measured from the day
       on which Tenant's hold-over commences and terminating on the day on which
       Tenant vacates the Premises. The "Hold-Over Percentage" shall be defined
       as 100% with respect to the first sixty (60) days after termination of
       the Term, and 150% with respect to any period of hold-over after the
       first sixty (60) days of hold-over. In addition, if such holding-over
       continues for a period of in excess of sixty (60) days, Tenant shall save
       Landlord, its agents and employees harmless and will exonerate, defend
       and indemnify Landlord, its agents and employees from and against any and
       all damages which Landlord may suffer on account of Tenant's hold-over in
       the Premises after the expiration or prior termination of the term of
       this Lease. Nothing in the foregoing nor any other term or provision of
       this Lease shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the
       Premises or hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier
       termination of the Lease Term.

16.19  ENTRY BY LANDLORD.   Landlord, and its duly authorized representatives,
       -----------------
       shall, upon reasonable prior notice (except in the case of emergency),
       have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times (except at
       any time in the case of emergency) for the purposes of inspecting the
       condition of same and making such repairs, alterations, additions or
       improvements thereto as may be necessary if Tenant fails to do so as
       required hereunder (but the Landlord shall have no duty whatsoever to
       make any such inspections, repairs, alterations, additions or
       improvements except as otherwise provided in Articles IV and VII), and to
       show the Premises to prospective tenants during the twenty-four (24)
       months preceding expiration of the term of this Lease as it may have been
       extended and at any reasonable time during the Lease Term to show the
       Premises to prospective purchasers and mortgagees or during the existence
       of any Event of Default.

16.20  TENANT'S PAYMENTS.  Each and every payment and expenditure, other than
       -----------------
       Annual Fixed Rent, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder,
       whether or not the provisions requiring payment of such amounts
       specifically so state, and shall be payable, unless otherwise provided in
       this Lease, within thirty (30) days after written demand by Landlord, and
       in the case of the non-payment of any such amount, Landlord shall have,
       in addition to all of its other rights and remedies, all the rights and
       remedies available to Landlord hereunder or by law in the case of non-
       payment of Annual Fixed Rent. Unless expressly otherwise provided in this
       Lease, the performance and observance by Tenant of all the terms,
       covenants and

                                     -61-

       conditions of this Lease to be performed and observed by Tenant shall be
       at Tenant's sole cost and expense. In the event that Tenant shall seek
       Landlord's consent or approval under this Lease, then Tenant shall
       reimburse Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Rent, for all reasonable
       costs and expenses, including legal and architectural costs and expenses,
       incurred by Landlord in processing such request, whether or not such
       consent or approval shall be given.

16.21  LATE PAYMENT.  If Landlord shall not have received any payment or
       ------------
       installment of Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent on or before the date
       (the "Due Date") fifteen (15) days after the date on which the same first
       becomes payable under this Lease, the amount of such payment or
       installment shall bear interest from the Due Date through and including
       the date such payment or installment is received by Landlord, at a rate
       equal to the lesser of (i) the rate announced by Fleet Boston Financial,
       N.A. (or its successor) from time to time as its prime or base rate (or
       if such rate is no longer available, a comparable rate reasonably
       selected by Landlord), plus two percent (2%), or (ii) the maximum
       applicable legal rate, if any. Such interest shall be deemed Additional
       Rent and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

16.22  COUNTERPARTS.  This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each
       ------------
       of which shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts shall
       constitute but one and the same instrument.

16.23  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between
       ----------------
       the parties hereto, Landlord's managing agent and their respective
       affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and
       supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject
       matter, and there are no verbal or collateral understandings, agreements,
       representations or warranties not expressly set forth in this Lease. No
       subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Lease shall
       be binding upon Landlord or Tenant, unless reduced to writing and signed
       by the party or parties to be charged therewith.

16.24  LIMITATIONS ON LANDLORD'S LIABILITY.
       -----------------------------------

       (A) Tenant shall neither assert nor seek to enforce any claim for breach
       of this Lease against any of Landlord's assets other than Landlord's
       interest in the Property and the uncollected rents, issues and profits
       therein, and, subject to the rights of any mortgagee of Landlord which is
       unrelated to Landlord, and of Landlord to use such proceeds or awards for
       reconstruction, the insurance proceeds and taking awards therefor, Tenant
       agrees to look solely to such interest for the satisfaction of any
       liability of Landlord under this Lease, it being specifically agreed that
       neither Landlord, nor any successor holder of Landlord's interest
       hereunder, nor any beneficiary of any Trust of which any person from time
       to time holding Landlord's interest is Trustee, nor any such Trustee, nor
       any member, manager, partner, director or stockholder of Landlord or of
       Boston

                                     -62-

       Properties, L.P. nor Landlord's managing agent shall ever be personally
       liable for any such liability. This paragraph shall not limit any right
       that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against
       Landlord or Landlord's successors-in-interest, or to take any other
       action which shall not involve the personal liability of Landlord, or of
       any successor holder of Landlord's interest hereunder, or of any
       beneficiary of any trust of which any person from time to time holding
       Landlord's interest is Trustee, or of any such Trustee, or of any
       manager, member, partner, director or stockholder of Landlord or of
       Landlord's managing agent, to respond in monetary damages from Landlord's
       assets other than Landlord's interest in the Property, as aforesaid.

       (B) In no event shall Landlord, Boston Properties, Inc., or Boston
       Properties Limited Partnership ever be liable for any indirect or
       consequential damages or loss of profits or the like.

       (C) Landlord agrees that notwithstanding any transfer of the Property, or
       Landlord's interest in the Property, prior to the occurrence of the last
       Rent Commencement Date, Boston Properties Limited Partnership shall,
       throughout the performance of the Landlord's Work, continue to have
       either a direct or indirect interest in the ownership of the Property,
       and Boston Properties Limited Partnership will have the authority to act
       on behalf of the Landlord entity in connection with all matters relating
       to the performance of Landlord's Work and the development of the
       Property.

16.25  NO PARTNERSHIP.  The relationship of the parties hereto is that of
       --------------
       landlord and tenant and no partnership, joint venture or participation is
       hereby created.

16.26  LETTERS OF CREDIT.
       -----------------

       A.  General Letter of Credit.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a Letter
           -------------------------
       of Credit ("General Letter of Credit") in the amount of Eight Million
       Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,700,000.00) at the time that Tenant
       executes and delivers the Lease to Landlord. Landlord shall hold the
       General Letter of Credit throughout the Term of this Lease (including the
       Extended Terms, if exercised), unless sooner returned to Tenant as
       provided in this Section 16.26, as security for Tenant's obligation to
       pay Base Rent and Additional Rent under this Lease all obligations on the
       part of Tenant to be performed under this Lease. The Letter of Credit
       shall be in the form of an unconditional irrevocable letter of credit
       (the "General Letter of Credit") drawn on a bank which is satisfactory to
       Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion, in the form attached hereto as
       Exhibit H-1, which General Letter of Credit shall permit one or more
       draws thereunder to be made accompanied only by certification by Landlord
       that pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord is entitled to apply
       such General Letter of Credit and the proceeds thereof to the amount of
       any past due (i.e. after the giving of any applicable notice and the
       expiration of any applicable grace periods) Base Rent or Additional Rent
       and/or to any damages based upon the amount of Rent and

                                     -63-

       Additional Rent payable by Tenant if the Lease is terminated based upon
       an Event of Default by Tenant or based upon the rejection of the Lease by
       Tenant in bankruptcy or similar proceedings. The General Letter of Credit
       shall be for a term of no less than one (1) year and shall in either case
       be renewed by Tenant each year thereafter and each renewal shall be
       delivered to and received by Landlord not later than thirty (30) days
       before the expiration of the then current Letter of Credit (herein called
       a "Renewal Presentation Date"). The General Letter of Credit shall be
       uncollateralized (i.e. Tenant shall have no obligation to provide
       collateral to the issuing bank in order to induce the issuing bank to
       issue the General Letter of Credit). In the event of a failure to so
       deliver such renewal General Letter of Credit on or before the applicable
       Renewal Presentation Date, Landlord shall be entitled to present the then
       existing Letter of Credit for payment and to receive the proceeds
       thereof, which proceeds shall be held by Landlord as a cash security
       deposit, subject to the terms of this Section 16.26. While Landlord holds
       such cash security deposit Landlord shall hold such deposit in a separate
       interest bearing account. If Landlord exercises its right to draw on any
       General Letter of Credit pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence
       Landlord agrees that it will accept a substitute General Letter of
       Credit, in the amount of the proceeds drawn by Landlord, conforming to
       the requirements of this Section 16.26 in exchange for such proceeds.
       Landlord shall have the right from time to time without prejudice to any
       other remedy Landlord may have on account thereof, to apply the proceeds
       of the General Letter of Credit, or any part thereof, to the amount of
       any past due (i.e. after the giving of any applicable notice and the
       expiration of any applicable grace periods) Base Rent or Additional Rent
       and/or to any damages based upon the amount of Rent and Additional Rent
       payable by Tenant if the Lease is terminated based upon an Event of
       Default by Tenant or based upon the rejection of the Lease by Tenant in
       bankruptcy or similar proceedings. In addition, in the event of a
       termination of the Lease based upon the default of Tenant under the
       Lease, or a rejection of the Lease pursuant to the provisions of the
       Federal Bankruptcy Code, Landlord shall have the right to draw upon the
       Letter of Credit (from time to time, if necessary) to cover the full
       amount of damages based upon the amount of Rent and Additional Rent
       payable by Tenant. Any amounts so drawn shall, at Landlord's election, be
       applied first to any unpaid rent and other charges which were due prior
       to the filing of the petition for protection under the Federal Bankruptcy
       Code. If Landlord so applies all or any portion of the proceeds of the
       General Letter of Credit, Tenant shall, within seven (7) days after
       notice from Landlord, deliver to Landlord a General Letter of Credit in
       the amount so drawn by Landlord, so that Landlord will again be holding
       the full amount of the General Letter of Credit then required to be
       provided by Tenant to Landlord. Provided that Tenant is not in default,
       beyond the expiration of applicable notice and grace periods, of its
       obligations under the Lease on each anniversary of the first Rent
       Commencement Date to occur, upon Tenant's request, Landlord shall pay to
       Tenant the amount of interest which has accrued on such account to the
       date of request, and Landlord shall, within ten (10) days of its receipt
       of such request pay such interest to Tenant. Neither the holder of a
       mortgage nor the ground lessor under a ground lease on property which
       includes the Premises shall ever be responsible to Tenant for the return
       or application of the General Letter

-64-

of Credit, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Landlord hereunder, unless the General Letter of Credit shall have been received in hand by such holder or ground lessor.

B. Annual Reductions of General Letter of Credit. Commencing on the first (1/st/) anniversary of the first Rent Commencement Date to occur, and annually thereafter during the Term on each anniversary of such Rent Commencement Date, the amount of the General Letter of Credit shall be reduced by One Million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars until the amount of the General Letter of Credit is equal to Three Million and 00/100 ($3,000,000.00) Dollars, at which time there shall be no further reduction in the General Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereby agree that, if there is an increase in the amount of the General Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 12.2, the amount of the General Letter of Credit (as increased pursuant to Section 12.2) shall thereafter, on each anniversary of the date of the transfer of Tenant's interest in the Lease to the Successor Entity, be reduced by One Million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars until the amount of the General Letter of Credit is equal to Three Million and 00/100 ($3,000,000.00) Dollars, at which time there shall be no further reduction in the General Letter of Credit. Such annual reductions in the amount of the General Letter of Credit shall be effected either by: (i) Landlord exchanging the Letter of Credit for a Letter of Credit delivered by Tenant which reduces the amount of the Letter of Credit by $1,000,000.00), or (ii) Landlord accepting in writing an amendment, in form reasonably to Landlord, to the General Letter of Credit then being held by Landlord whereby the amount of such General Letter of Credit is reduced by $1,000,000.00. It shall be an express condition to any reduction in the General Letter of Credit pursuant to this Paragraph B that Tenant is not then (i.e. as of the relevant anniversary date) in default under the terms of this Lease without the benefit of notice or grace. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if more than one Event of Default occurs in Tenant's obligations under the Lease during the twelve month period immediately preceding any date as of which a reduction in the amount of the General Letter of Credit is scheduled to occur, then there shall be no reduction in the amount of the General Letter of Credit pursuant to this Paragraph B on such scheduled reduction date.

C. Return of General Letter of Credit. To the extent that Landlord has not previously drawn upon the General Letter of Credit , and to the extent that Tenant is not otherwise in default of its obligations under the Lease as of the termination date of the Lease, Landlord shall return the General Letter of Credit to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the termination of the term of the Lease.

D. TI Letter of Credit. In accordance with Section 4.1 of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a Letter of Credit ("TI Letter of Credit") in the amount of Sixteen Million Four Hundred Twenty-Nine Thousand Dollars ($16,429,000.00) at the time that Tenant executes and delivers the Lease to Landlord. The TI Letter of Credit shall be in the form of an unconditional irrevocable letter of credit (the "TI Letter of

-65-

Credit") drawn on a bank reasonably satisfactory to Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H-2. The TI Letter of Credit shall be uncollateralized (i.e. Tenant shall have no obligation to provide collateral to the issuing bank in order to induce the issuing bank to issue the TI Letter of Credit). Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have the right to pledge its interest in the TI Letter of Credit as security for any loan which Landlord may obtain in order to finance the Tenant Improvement Work. Neither the holder of a mortgage nor the ground lessor under a ground lease on property which includes the Premises shall never be responsible to Tenant for the return or application of the TI Letter of Credit, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Landlord hereunder, unless the TI Letter of Credit shall have been received in hand by such holder or ground lessor.

E. In no event shall the proceeds of any Letter of Credit be deemed to be a prepayment of rent nor shall it be considered as a measure of liquidated damages.

16.27 GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be governed exclusively by the provisions hereof and by the law of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as the same may from time to time exist.

16.28 SIGNAGE.

A. Subject to Tenant's obtaining Landlord's prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and subject to Tenant obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant' own cost, to install Tenant identification on the Property. Landlord agrees that it shall, at Tenant's cost, cooperate with Tenant, in such manner as Tenant may reasonably request, in assisting Tenant with obtaining such governmental approvals and permits.

B. Tenant shall, at the expiration or prior termination of the Term, remove, at Tenant's cost, all signage installed by Tenant which is visible from the exterior of the Buildings.

16.29 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

16.30 LANDLORD'S CONSENT. Where any provision of the Lease does not permit one of the parties to take an action without obtaining the consent or approval or satisfaction of the other party, then, except as otherwise explicitly provided in the Lease, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided however, that: the provisions of this
Section 16.30 shall not apply to Article XII (the parties hereby acknowledging that Article XII sets forth the only conditions under which Landlord is required not to unreasonably withhold its consent to a proposed sublease or assignment by Tenant), and wherever Landlord's consent relates to alterations, work or signage which is visible outside

-66-

of the Premises and is based upon aesthetic considerations, then Landlord's sole, but good faith bona fide, business judgment shall control.

16.31 TENANT'S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL TO PURCHASE THE PROPERTY

A. On the conditions, which conditions Landlord may waive by written notice to Tenant at any time, that: (i) there is no Event of Default in Tenant's obligations under the Lease, both at the time that Landlord gives the Offer to Purchase (defined herein) and as of the Closing Date (defined herein), (ii) Tenant has not assigned its interest in this Lease to anyone other an entity which is permitted to occupy the Premises pursuant to
Section 12.2, (iii) Tenant has not subleased more than twenty-five (25%) percent of the Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings other than to those entities which are permitted to occupy the Premises pursuant to Section 12.2, and (iv) this Lease is still in full force or effect, Tenant shall have a one-time (except as set forth on Paragraph C of this Section 16.31) right to purchase the Property during the Term, as follows. At the time, if any, that Landlord receives an offer ("Third Party Offer") from a third party ("Third Party") to sell the Property which Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion, is willing to accept from such Third Party, Landlord shall give to Tenant a written offer to purchase the Property ("Offer to Purchase"). The Offer to Purchase shall set forth the purchase price which Landlord is willing, in Landlord's sole discretion, to accept, the closing date (which shall be not earlier than 60 days after Landlord gives such Offer to Purchase to Tenant), and such other terms as are set forth in the Third Party Offer.

B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall have no right to purchase the Property, nor shall Landlord be required to give an Offer to Purchase in connection with: (i) any transfer of beneficial interests in the Landlord entity, (ii) any transfer to an entity which is affiliated with Landlord or which is affiliated with one person or entity which has a beneficial interest in Landlord as of the Execution Date of this Lease, (iii) any transfer to any entity in connection with a merger into or acquisition of Boston Properties by a purchaser of Boston Properties Inc. or Boston Properties Limited Partnership, (iv) the granting of any mortgage affecting the Property, (v) any conveyance by reason of the foreclosure of any mortgage affecting the Property, or any deed in lieu of foreclosure, or (vi) a portfolio sale including the Property with one or more properties owned by Boston Properties Limited Partnership, Boston Properties, Inc. or an affiliate of either Boston Properties Limited Partnership or Boston Properties, Inc..

C. Tenant may exercise its right to purchase the Property by giving written notice ("Exercise Notice") to Landlord on or before the date ten
(10) days after the Landlord gives the Offer to Purchase to Tenant and by paying to Landlord a deposit ("Deposit") equal to ten (10%) percent of the Purchase Price. If Tenant does not timely give the Exercise Notice, or if Tenant does not timely pay the

-67-

Deposit, then Tenant shall have no right to purchase the Property pursuant to this Section 16.31, unless either: (i) Landlord is willing to accept a Purchase Price from the Third Party which is less than ninety (90%) percent of the Purchase Price set forth in the Offer to Purchase, or (ii) Landlord does not transfer the Property to the Third Party. If either of such events, Landlord shall give to Tenant a new Offer to Purchase prior to conveying its interest in the Property to any third party, and the provisions of this Section 16.31 shall apply to such new Offer to Purchase as if such Offer to Purchase were the first Offer to Purchase given by Landlord to Tenant. If Tenant timely gives the Exercise Notice, then Landlord shall sell the Property to Tenant, and Tenant shall purchase the Property from Landlord upon the following terms and conditions, to the extent not inconsistent with the Offer to Purchase:

1. Payment of Purchase Price The full Purchase Price (less the Deposit previously paid by Tenant) shall be paid by certified bank check or wire transfer of federal funds at the time of delivery of the deed.

2. Condition of Title and the Property; Discharge of Existing
Security. The Property shall be conveyed by good and sufficient quitclaim deed running to either Tenant, or to a nominee designated by Tenant by written notice to Landlord at least seven (7) days before Closing Date, said deed to convey good and clear record and marketable title, free from encumbrances except provisions of existing building and zoning laws, real estate taxes for the then current fiscal/tax year as are not due and payable on the date of delivery of the deed, any other matters affecting the Property as of the Execution Date of the Lease of which Tenant receives notice or has knowledge, and any other matters which do not materially adversely affect the use of the Property, as contemplated hereunder. Landlord may use the Purchase Price to discharge any encumbrances affecting the Property, provided that reasonable escrow arrangements are made so a nationally recognized title insurance company is willing to issue a title insurance policy to Tenant free of such encumbrances. The Property to Tenant shall be delivered in the same condition in which such Property is in as of the date that Landlord receives the Exercise Notice, reasonable wear and tear of the Property in the ordinary course of business excepted.

3. Casualty or Taking. If, after Tenant has timely given its Exercise Notice and paid the Deposit, there is a casualty or taking which materially damages the Property, then, at Tenant's election, Tenant may, by written notice given within fifteen (15) days of such casualty or taking, either cancel the exercise of its option to purchase the Property (in which event, such cancellation shall be treated as if Tenant had failed to timely exercise its option to purchase the Property and, subject to the terms of this Section 16.31, Landlord shall return the Deposit to Tenant), or Tenant may elect to purchase the Property in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.31 (in which event, Tenant shall accept the Property in its as-is condition as of the time of closing and Landlord shall assign

-68-

to Tenant any portion of Landlord's insurance or taking proceeds which Landlord has not applied to the cost or repairing any damage to the Property caused by such casualty or taking). If Tenant cancels the exercise of its option to purchase the Property pursuant to this Subparagraph 3, then Tenant shall have no further right to purchase the Property pursuant to this Section 16.31, unless either: (i) Landlord is willing to accept a Purchase Price from the Third Party which is less than ninety (90%) percent of the Purchase Price set forth in the Offer to Purchase, or (ii) Landlord does not transfer the Property to the Third Party.

4. Closing Date. The deed shall, subject to Subparagraph 5 of this Paragraph C be delivered on the date set forth in the Offer to Purchase, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. Time is of the essence of this
Section 16.31.

5. Extension of Closing Date. If Landlord is unable to give title or make conveyance in accordance with Subparagraph 2 above, or if the Property does not conform with the provisions of Subparagraph 2, then Landlord shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require Landlord to expend in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand ($25,000.00) Dollars, except that Landlord shall be required to remove, by bonding or otherwise, any liens, mortgages and other encumbrances of record which can be discharged by the payment of a fixed sum) to remove any defects in title or to make conveyance or to make the Property conform as aforesaid, and the Closing Date shall be extended for up to thirty (30) days.

6. Failure to Perfect Title or Make the Property Conform. If at the expiration of the extended time (i.e. extended pursuant to Paragraph 5 above), Landlord shall have failed to remove any defects in title or make the Property conform, as aforesaid, then, at Tenant's option, Landlord shall have no obligation to convey the Property, Landlord shall return the Deposit to Tenant, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay the Purchase Price, and this Section 16.31 shall be void and without further force or effect. If the exercise of Tenant's option to purchase the Property is canceled pursuant to this Subparagraph 6, then Tenant shall have no further right to purchase the Property pursuant to this Section 16.31, unless either: (i) Landlord is willing to accept a Purchase Price from the Third Party which is less than ninety (90%) percent of the Purchase Price set forth in the Offer to Purchase, or (ii) Landlord does not transfer the Property to the Third Party.

7. Deliveries by Landlord

Landlord shall, on the Closing Date, deliver to Tenant the following:

(a) A quitclaim deed of the Property, executed on behalf of Landlord;

(b) An assignment and assumption Agreement with respect to its interest in the leases in effect in the Property executed on behalf of Landlord;

-69-

(c) A non-foreign persons affidavit, executed on behalf of Landlord;

(d) An affidavit or other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Tenant's title insurance company to protect Tenant against mechanics liens and with respect to the rights of parties in possession other than the Tenant, and anyone claiming under the Tenant;

(e) A bill of sale with respect to all fixtures and equipment to be used in connection with the operation of the Property;

(f) IRS Form 1099-S;

(g) Evidence of the authority of the signatory on behalf of Landlord; and

(h) A statement from Landlord that all contracts with contractors supplying services to the Property on behalf of Landlord have either been terminated by Landlord or are terminable within one (1) year of the Closing Date.

8. Deliveries by Tenant

Tenant shall, on the Closing Date, deliver to Landlord the following:

(a) The balance of the Purchase Price;

(b) An assignment and assumption agreement with respect to the leases then in effect in the Property;

(c) Evidence of the authority of the signatory on behalf of Tenant.

9. Apportionment of Taxes, Rent, and Water and Sewer Use Charges;

Adjustments

Taxes and water and sewer use charges with respect to the Property for the then current year shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the Closing Date. If the amount of said Taxes is not known at the Closing Date, they shall be apportioned on the basis of Taxes assessed for the preceding year, with a reapportionment as soon as the new tax rate and valuation can be ascertained; and if the Taxes which are to be apportioned shall thereafter be reduced by abatement, the amount of such abatement, less the reasonable cost of obtaining the same shall be apportioned between the parties, provided that neither party shall be obligated to institute or prosecute proceedings for an abatement unless otherwise agreed.

-70-

10. Default by Tenant. If Tenant defaults in its obligations to purchase the Property after giving a timely Exercise Notice pursuant to this Section 16.31, then, as Landlord's sole remedy, Landlord shall retain the Deposit, and Tenant shall have no further right to purchase the Property.

16.32 ARBITRATION. Any disputes relating to provisions or obligations in this Lease as to which a specific provision for a reference to arbitration is made herein shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of applicable state law, as from time to time amended. Arbitration proceedings, including the selection of an arbitrator, shall be conducted pursuant to the rules, regulations and procedures from time to time in effect as promulgated by the American Arbitration Association. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereby agree that the arbitrator for any disputes relating to Landlord's Work shall be Brian McKenna, McKenna & Company, Winchester, Ma ("Initial Arbitrator"), or Frank Vanzler, KVA Associates, Boston, Ma if the Initial Arbitrator is not available. Prior written notice of application by either party for arbitration shall be given to the other at least ten (10) days before submission of the application to the said Association's office in Boston, Massachusetts. The arbitrator shall hear the parties and their evidence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be binding and conclusive, and judgment upon the award or decision of the arbitrator may be entered in the appropriate court of law; and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of such court and further agree that any process or notice of motion or other application to the Court or a Judge thereof may be served outside the Commonwealth of Massachusetts by registered mail or by personal service, provided a reasonable time for appearance is allowed. The costs and expenses of each arbitration hereunder and their apportionment between the parties shall be determined by the arbitrator in his award or decision. No arbitrable dispute shall be deemed to have arisen under this Lease prior to the expiration of the period of ten (10) days after the date of the giving of written notice by the party asserting the existence of the dispute together with a description thereof sufficient for an understanding thereof.

16.33 CONFIDENTIALITY

This Lease and the specific terms and provisions thereof may not be disclosed by either party to any third party without the prior written consent of the other party, except (i) to the extent required by judicial order or other governmental rules or regulations or (ii) in connection with a law suit or other legal proceeding between the parties or (iii) to their partners, attorneys, officers, directors, employees, consultants so long as each party informs such persons of its obligations hereunder and their obligations under securities laws with respect to disclosure or information and trading in the stock of Tenant and Landlord or its affiliates. Each party shall give the other reasonable notice of any event which may require public disclosure of any information made confidential hereby. Neither party shall make any public announcement or press release with respect to the transactions

-71-

contemplated hereby without obtaining the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

-72-

EXECUTED as a sealed instrument in two or more counterparts by persons or officers hereunto duly authorized on the Execution Date set forth above.

WITNESS:                      LANDLORD:
                              Boston Properties Limited Partnership,
                              a Delaware limited partnership

                                   By:  Boston Properties, Inc.,
                                        a Delaware corporation
                                   Its: General Partner

                                   By:   /s/ James C. Rosenfeld
                                         -------------------------------
                                   Name:  James C. Rosenfeld
                                         -------------------------------
                                   Its:   Senior Vice President
                                         -------------------------------
                                         Hereunto duly authorized


WITNESS:                      TENANT:
                              Parametric Technology Corporation

                              By: /s/ Martha L. Durcan
                                  --------------------------
                                   Name:  Martha L. Durcan
                                         -------------------------------
                                   Its:   VP - Special Counsel
                                         -------------------------------
                                         Hereunto duly authorized

-73-

EXHIBIT A-1

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

A certain parcel of land situate in Needham, in the County of Norfolk and Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and being shown as lots number 3 and 4 [excepting fee in Southern Circumferential Highway (Route 128) no access and Kendrick Street] upon plan No. 29360A, which is filed in Norfolk Registry District with Certificate No. 67326, Book 337, the same being compiled from a plan drawn by Cheney Engineering Co., dated July 22, 1959, and additional data on file in the Land Registration Office, all as modified and approved by the Land Court.

Together with the right to use sewer and railroad easements and to connect with and use spur tracks, in common with others, as set forth in a deed from Vappi Development Company, Inc., to Georgia-Pacific Investment Company dated September 30, 1959, recorded in Book 3765, Page 122; as affected by Relocation of a Railroad Easement dated December 14, 1959, recorded in Book 3786, Page 430; and by Relocation of Railroad Easement dated January 31, 1961, filed as Document No. 225520.

Together with parking rights, in common with others entitled thereto, reserved in a deed dated January 1, 1973, filed as Document No. 339362.

EXHIBIT A-1 -- Page -1-


EXHIBIT A-2

SITE PLAN

(Graphical Depiction of Plan - Omitted)

EXHIBIT A-2 -- Page -1-


EXHIBIT C

140 KENDRICK STREET, NEEDHAM, MASSACHUSETTS
LANDLORD'S SERVICES

I. CLEANING:

Cleaning and janitor services as provided below:

A. Office Areas:

Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive, holidays excepted).

1. Empty all waste receptacles and ashtrays and remove waste material from the Premises; wash receptacles as necessary.

2. Sweep and dust mop all uncarpeted areas using a dust-treated mop.

3. Vacuum all rugs and carpeted areas and spot clean.

4. Hand dust and wipe clean with treated cloths all horizontal surfaces, including furniture, office equipment, window sills, door ledges, chair rails, and convector topes, within normal reach.

5. Wash clean all water fountains and sanitize.

6. Move and dust under all desk equipment and telephone and replace same (but not computer terminals, specialized equipment or other materials).

7. Wipe clean all chrome and other bright work.

8. Hand dust grill work within normal reach.

9. Main doors to Premises shall be locked and lights shut off upon completion of cleaning.

Weekly:

1. Dust coat racks and the like.

2. Spot clean entrance doors, light switches and doorways.

EXHIBIT C -- Page 1


Quarterly:

1. Render high dusting not reached in daily cleaning to include:

a) dusting all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings.

b) dusting of all vertical surfaces, such as walls, partitions, doors and door frames, etc.

c) dusting all pipes, ducts and moldings.

d) dusting of all vertical blinds.

e) dust all ventilating, air conditioning, louvers and grills.

2. Spray buff all resilient floors.

B. LAVATORIES:

Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive, holidays excepted).

1. Sweep and damp mop.

2. Clean all mirrors, powder shelves, dispensers and receptacles, bright work, flushometers, piping and toilet seat hinges.

3. Wash both sides of all toilet seats.

4. Wash all basins, bowls and urinals.

5. Dust and clean all powder room fixtures.

6. Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles.

7. Remove waste paper and refuse.

8. Refill tissue holders, soap dispensers, towel dispensers, sanitary dispensers; materials to be furnished by Landlord.

Monthly:

EXHIBIT C -- Page 2


1. Machine scrub lavatory floors.

2. Wash all partitions and tile walls in lavatories.

3. Dust all lighting fixtures and grills in lavatories.

C. MAIN LOBBIES, ELEVATORS, STAIRWELLS AND COMMONCORRIDORS:

Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive, holidays excepted)

1. Sweep and damp mop all floors, empty and clean waste receptacles, dispose of waste.

2. Clean elevators, wash or vacuum floors, wipe down walls and doors.

3. Spot clean any metal work inside lobbies.

4. Spot clean any metal work surrounding building entrance doors.

5. Sweep all stairwells and dust handrails.

Monthly:

1. All resilient tile floors in public areas to be spray buffed.

D. WINDOW CLEANING:

All exterior windows shall be washed on the inside and outside surfaces no less than three (3) times per year.

See attached Matrix for further cleaning Shedule.

II. HVAC:

A. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment will be provided with sufficient capacity to accommodate a maximum population density of one (1) person per one hundred fifty (150) square feet of useable floor area served, and a combined lighting and standard electrical load of 6.5 watts per square foot of useable floor area (i.e., 1.5 watts for lighting and 5.0 watts for power). In the event Tenant introduces into the Premises personnel or equipment which overloads the system's ability to adequately perform its proper

EXHIBIT C -- Page 3


functions, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing and supplementary system(s) may be required and installed by Landlord at Tenant's expense, if within fifteen (15) days Tenant has not modified its use so as not to cause such overload.

Operating criteria of the basic system shall be as follows:

i) Cooling season indoor conditions of not in excess of 75 degrees Fahrenheit when outdoor conditions are 91 degrees Fahrenheit drybulb and 73 degrees Fahrenheit wetbulb.

ii) Heating season minimum room temperature of 74 degrees Fahrenheit when outdoor conditions are 6 degrees Fahrenheit drybulb.

B. Landlord shall provide heating, ventilating and air conditioning as normal seasonal changes may require during Normal Building Operating Hours (7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays, legal holidays in all cases excepted).

If Tenant shall require air conditioning (during the air conditioning season) or heating or ventilating during any season outside Normal Building Operating Hours, Landlord shall use Landlord's best efforts to furnish such services for the area or areas specified by written request of Tenant delivered to the Building Superintendent or the Landlord before 3:00 p.m. of the business day preceding the extra usage. For such services, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, upon receipt of billing, a sum equal to the cost incurred by Landlord plus the cost of make-up water and chemicals during the cooling season.

III. ELECTRICAL SERVICES:

A. Landlord shall provide electric power for a combined load of 6.5 watts per square foot of usable area for lighting and for office machines through standard receptacles for the typical office space (i.e., 1.5 watts for lighting and 5.0 watts for power).

B. Landlord, at its option, may require separate metering and direct billing to Tenant for the electric power required for any special equipment (such as computer and reproduction equipment) that requires either 3-phase electric power or any voltage other than 120, or for any other usage in excess of 3.0 watts per square foot.

EXHIBIT C --Page 4


C. Landlord will furnish and install, at Tenant's expense, all replacement lighting tubes, lamps and ballasts required by Tenant. Landlord will clean lighting fixtures on a regularly scheduled basis at Tenant's expense.

IV. ELEVATORS:

Provide passenger elevator service.

V. WATER:

Provide hot water for lavatory purposes and cold water for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.

VI. CARD ACCESS SYSTEM:

Landlord will provide a card access system at one entrance to each Building. Except for such card access system, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide security services to the Property.

VII. SNOW REMOVAL:

1 The contractor shall provide labor and materials to stake all areas deemed necessary by Management to ensure for proper plowing and sanding of the complex.

2. All lots and raodways are to be clear of snow/ice by 6:30 a.m. and maintained throughout the day as necessary.

3. The contractor shall begin plowing at one inch (1") of snow, being sure that the complex's entrance, its roadway, the parking area and garage roof, in that specific order are addressed.

4. The contractor shall insure that the snow, when plowed, will not impede the walkways around the building.

5. The contractor shall sand before or during - at management's request- icing conditions, be it snow, ice storm, or thaw-and-frees conditions. Only sand may be used unless it determined that we have emergency conditions.

6. The contractor shall monitor weather conditions and provide for the necessary services (plowing or sanding) to ensure the complex is properly prepared at all times. The contractor may be apprised of the conditions by contacting security.

EXHIBIT C -- Page 5


7. The contractor shall make available a supervisor to meet with management to discuss any problems that may occur/exist.

8. The contractor shall report any and all accidents to management as soon as possible.

9. The contractor shall and will be responsible for all damage done to any tenant's vehicle or property as a result of snow removal and sanding activities under the contractor's responsibility.

10. The contractor shall be required to maintain all equipment.

VIII. Landscape Services

A. Spring Clean Up

1. Remove damaged and inappropriately growing branches from any trees.

2. Clean up beds of all winter debris and weeds and install bark mulch (state quantity).

3. Prune all appropriate bushes to remove winter damage.

4. Apply pre emergent weed control.

5. Apply fertilizer to trees.

6. Rake all areas to remove accumulated debris and weeds.

7. Reseed grass areas where necessary.

8. Irrigation start-up and shut-down.

9. Edge all beds.

10. Mechanically sweep all roads and parking areas.

11. Dispose of all sand off-site.

B. Annual Maintenance

EXHIBIT C -- Page 6


1. Weekly moving of lawn area.

2. Weekly cleaning and weeding of bed areas.

3. Spring flower installation (state types of flowers and quantities).

4. Summer flower installation (state types of flowers and quantities.)

5. Fall flower installation (state types of flowers and quantities).

6. MDC trail surrounding the Lake will receive thorough clean- up, including cleaning the trail of debris, raking and trimming bushes to keep park are clear.

C. Plant Healthcare

1. Application of dormant oil to trees and shrubs.

2. Follow-up application of insecticidal soap.

3. Spring application of fertilizer to trees and shrubs.

4. Fall application of fertilizer to trees and shrubs.
D. Lawn Maintenance

1. Mow and trim all lawns on a weekly basis beginning with the last week of April to the first week of May continuing through October.

2. All clippings to be removed from site.

3. All walkways and roadways will be wind swept of all lawn clippings.

4. Spring application: Apply balanced fertilizer with pre- emergent crab grass control.

5. Late Spring, Early Summer Application: Apply balanced fertilizer with insect control, apply broadleaf weed control, and spot application as needed.

6. Late Summer, Early Fall Application: Apply balanced

EXHIBIT C -- Page 7


slow release fertilizer, apply broadleaf weed control, and spot application as needed.

7. Fall Dormant Feeding: Apply heavy rate of fertilizer.

8. Apply Limestone in late fall.

9. Additional applications for the insect or disease problems will be diagnosed and corrected.

E. Tree and Shrub Care

1. Apply granulars slow release fertilizer to all shrubs and ground cover.

2. Deep root feed all deciduous trees during the late fall.

3. Apply anti-deiccant to evergreens, azaleas and rhododendrons to protect shrubs from winter kill and wind burn.

F. Tree and Shrub Pruning

1 Trim and prune all deciduous shrubs twice yearly, one in early spring to remove winter kill and dead/dying branches, once in June/July.

2. Prune all evergreen shrubs twice yearly; one in spring to remove winter kill and dead/dying branches, and once in June to remove new growth to maintain the natural character of the plant.

3. Lightly prune and shape all trees up to 18 feet.

G. Fall Clean-Up

1. In October through November as weather permits, rake vacuum and remove leaves throughout complex. All material to be disposed of off-site.

2. Apply anti-desiccant to shrubs.

EXHIBIT C -- Page 8


H. Weed Control

1. Weed plant beds as necessary on a weekly basis.

2. Apply liquid weed control to curb lines and hardscape paved surfaces.

I. Irrigation Maintenance (Start-Up and Shut-Off)

1. Turn on water source.

2. Program control clock.

3. Start up system, test all zones.

4. Shut off water source.

5. Turn off controller and unplug.

6. Blow out lines and valves.

IX. VENDOR CONTRACTS

Landlord will competitively bid all services to reputable contractors. These contracts will be reviewed yearly for both price and services. All contracts shall have 'for cause' terminations with manageable time frames to discontinue service.

EXHIBIT C -- Page 9


EXHIBIT D

PROPERTY FLOOR PLANS

(Graphical Depiction of Plan - Omitted)

EXHIBIT D -- Page 1


EXHIBIT E

DECLARATION AFFIXING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE, RENT
COMMENCEMENT DATE, AND EXPIRATION DATE OF LEASE

THIS AGREEMENT made this _______ day of _____________, 199__, by and between _____________ LLC, but not individually (hereinafter "Landlord") and Parametric Technology Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter "Tenant").

W I T N E S S E T H T H A T

1. This Agreement is made pursuant to Section 3.1 of that certain Lease dated _____________, ___, 19 ___ between Landlord and Tenant.

2. It is hereby stipulated that the Lease Term commenced on __________ ____, 1999 (being the "Commencement Date" under the Lease); the Rent Commencement Date with respect to Building __ occurred on _________ ; and the Expiration Date of the Lease Term shall occur on __________, 20__, unless sooner extended or terminated, as provided for in the Lease.

WITNESS the execution hereof under seal by persons hereunto duly authorized, the date first above written.

LANDLORD:
Boston Properties Limited Partnership,
a Delaware limited partnership

By: Boston Properties, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
Its: General Partner


Name: ________________________ Its: ________________________ Hereunto duly authorized

TENANT:
Parametric Technology Corporation

By: ________________________
Name: ________________________
Its: ________________________
Hereunto duly authorized

EXHIBIT E -- Page 1


EXHIBIT F

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

EXHIBIT F -- Page 1


EXHIBIT G

BROKER DETERMINATION OF PREVAILING FAIR MARKET RENT

Definition of Prevailing Fair Market Rent:

"Prevailing Fair Market Rent" shall be defined as of the date in question as the rent for the Premises in its "as-is" condition to third parties who are not then occupying the Premises, When making such determination, reference is made to lease transactions for comparable space in comparable buildings in the Route 128 area from Needham to Waltham ("Market Area"). Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the rental rates for such transactions to take into account all relevant factors, including without limitation, any economic concessions then being granted by landlords to tenants.

Notwithstanding any implication to the contrary in the Lease contained, Landlord shall have no obligation to make any additional payment to Tenant in respect of any construction allowance or the like or to perform any work to the Premises as a result of the exercise by Tenant of any extension option under the Lease; however, if Landlord does not elect to provide such allowance or to perform any work, the Prevailing Fair Market Rent shall nevertheless, as provided above, take into account whether construction allowances are granted by landlords and whether work is being performed by landlords for the benefit of tenants.

Broker Determination Process:

Where in the Lease to which this Exhibit is attached provision is made for a Broker Determination of Prevailing Fair Market Rent, the following procedures and requirements shall apply:

1. Request. Tenant or Landlord (the "Requesting Party") shall send a notice to the other party in accordance with the applicable provision of the Lease, requesting a Broker Determination of the Prevailing Fair Market Rent, which notice to be effective must (i) make explicit reference to the Lease and to the specific section of the Lease pursuant to which said request is being made, (ii) include the name of a broker selected by the Requesting Party to act for the Requesting Party, which broker shall be affiliated with a major Boston commercial real estate brokerage firm selected by the Requesting Party and which broker shall have at least ten (10) years experience dealing in properties of a nature and type generally similar to the Property located in the Market Area, and (iii) explicitly state that the other party ("Responding Party") is required to notify the Requesting Party within twenty (20) days of an additional broker selected by the Responding Party.

2. Response. Within twenty (20) days after the Responding Party's receipt of the Requesting Party's notice requesting the Broker Determination and stating the name of the broker selected by the Requesting Party, the Responding Party shall

EXHIBIT G -- Page 1


give written notice to the Requesting Party of the Responding Party's selection of a broker having at least the affiliation and experience referred to above.

3. Selection of Third Broker. Within ten (10) days thereafter the two (2) brokers so selected shall select a third such broker also having at least the affiliation and experience referred to above.

4. Rental Value Determination. Within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third broker, the three (3) brokers so selected, by majority opinion, shall make a determination of the Prevailing Fair Market Rent. The brokers shall advise Landlord and Tenant in writing by the expiration of said thirty (30) day period of their determination of the applicable Prevailing Fair Market Rent ("Broker Determination").

5. Resolution of Broker Deadlock. If the Brokers are unable to agree at least by majority on a determination of Prevailing Fair Market Rent, then the brokers shall send a notice to Landlord and Tenant by the end of the thirty
(30) day period for making said determination setting forth their individual determinations of Prevailing Fair Market Rent, and the highest such determination and the lowest such determination shall be disregarded and the remaining determination shall be deemed to be the Prevailing Fair Market Rent.

6. Costs. Each party shall pay the costs and expenses of the broker selected by it and each shall pay one half (1/2) of the costs and expenses of the third broker.

7. Failure to Select Broker or Failure of Broker to Serve. If the Requesting Party shall have requested a Broker Determination and the Responding Party shall not have designated a broker within the time period provided therefor above and such failure shall continue for more than ten (10) days after notice thereof, then the Requesting Party's broker shall alone make the determination of the Prevailing Fair Market Rent in writing to Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Responding Party's right to designate a broker hereunder. If Tenant and Landlord have both designated brokers but the two brokers so designated do not, within a period of fifteen (15) days after the appointment of the second broker, agree upon and designate the third broker willing so to act, the Tenant, the Landlord or either broker previously designated may request the Greater Boston Real Estate Board, Inc. to designate the third broker willing so to act and a broker so appointed shall, for all purposes, have the same standing and powers as though he had been seasonably appointed by the brokers first appointed. In case of the inability or refusal to serve of any person designated as a broker, or in case any broker for any reason ceases to be such, a broker to fill such vacancy shall be appointed by the Tenant, the Landlord, the brokers first appointed or the said Greater Boston Real Estate Board, Inc., as the case may be, whichever made the original appointment, or if the person who made the original appointment fails to fill such vacancy, upon application of any broker who

EXHIBIT G -- Page 2


continues to act or by the Landlord or Tenant such vacancy may be filled by the said Greater Boston Real Estate Board, Inc., and any broker so appointed to fill such vacancy shall have the same standing and powers as though originally appointed.

EXHIBIT G --Page 3


                                  EXHIBIT H-1
                                  -----------
                                FORM OF GENERAL
                                ---------------
                               LETTER OF CREDIT
                               ----------------

BENEFICIARY:                                      ISSUANCE DATE:

                                                  ________________, 199__

[Landlord's Name]
c/o ______________________                        IRREVOCABLE STANDBY
                                                  LETTER OF CREDIT NO.


ACCOUNTEE/APPLICANT:                              MAXIMUM/AGGREGATE
                                                  CREDIT AMOUNT:______
_________________                                 USD ______________
[TENANT NAME]

GENTLEMEN:

We hereby establish our irrevocable letter of credit in your favor for account of the applicant up to an aggregate amount not to exceed ____________________ US Dollars ($___________) available by your draft(s) drawn on ourselves at sight accompanied by:

Your statement, signed by a purportedly authorized officer/official certifying that the Beneficiary is entitled to draw upon this Letter of Credit (in the amount of the draft submitted herewith) pursuant to the Lease (the "Lease") dated _____________________ by and between Boston Properties Limited Partnership, as Landlord, and Parametric Technology Corporation, as Tenant.

Draft(s) must indicate name and issuing bank and credit number and must be presented at this office.

You shall have the right to make partial draws against this Letter of Credit, from time to time.

Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the "Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 500 (1993 Revision)".

This Letter of Credit shall expire at our office on ______________, 200_ (the "Stated Expiration Date"). It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that the Stated
EXHIBIT H-1 -- Page 1


Expiration Date shall be deemed automatically extended without amendment for successive one (1) year periods from such Stated Expiration Date, unless at least forty-five (45) days prior to such Stated Expiration Date (or any anniversary thereof) we shall notify you and the Accountee/Applicant in writing by registered mail (return receipt) that we elect not to consider this Letter of Credit extended for any such additional one (1) year period.

EXHIBIT H-1 -- Page 2


                                  EXHIBIT H-2
                                  -----------
                          FORM OF TI LETTER OF CREDIT
                          ---------------------------

BENEFICIARY:                                      ISSUANCE DATE:
                                                  ________________, 199__

[Landlord's Name]
c/o _____________________                         IRREVOCABLE STANDBY
                                                  LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

ACCOUNTEE/APPLICANT:                              MAXIMUM/AGGREGATE
                                                  CREDIT AMOUNT:______
_________________                                 USD ______________
[TENANT NAME]

GENTLEMEN:

We hereby establish our irrevocable letter of credit in your favor for account of the applicant up to an aggregate amount not to exceed ____________________ US Dollars ($___________) available by your draft(s) drawn on ourselves at sight accompanied by:

Your statement, signed by a purportedly authorized officer/official certifying that the Beneficiary is entitled to draw upon this Letter of Credit (in the amount of the draft submitted herewith) pursuant to the Lease (the "Lease") dated _________________ by and between Boston Properties Limited Partnership, as Landlord, and Parametric Technology Corporation, as Tenant.

Draft(s) must indicate name and issuing bank and credit number and must be presented at this office.

You shall have the right to make partial draws against this Letter of Credit, from time to time.

Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the "Uniform Customs and practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 500 (1993 Revision)".

This Letter of Credit shall expire at our office on ________________, 200_ (the "Stated Expiration Date").

EXHIBIT H-2 --Page 1


EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

Name                                              Place of Incorporation
----                                              ----------------------
Division Inc.                                        California
InPart Design, Inc.                                  California
auxilium inc.                                        Delaware
Computervision Corporation                           Delaware
CV Finance Holding, Inc.                           Delaware
CV International Holding, Inc.                     Delaware
ICEM Technologies, Inc.                            Delaware
Parametric Holdings Inc.                           Delaware
Parametric International, Inc.                     Delaware
Parametric Technology International, Inc.          Delaware
Windchill Technology, Inc.                         Delaware
Computervision Securities Corporation              Massachusetts
Parametric Securities Corporation                  Massachusetts
PTC International, Inc.                            Massachusetts
Computervision Australian Operations Pty Limited   Australia
Parametric Technology Australia Pty Limited        Australia
Parametric Technology Gesellschaft m.b.H.          Austria
Parametric Foreign Sales Corporation               Barbados
Parametric Technology (Belgium) b.v.b.a.           Belgium
Computervision (Bermuda) Limited                   Bermuda
Parametric Technology Brasil Ltda.                 Brazil
Computervision (Canada) Inc.                       Canada
Parametric Technology (Canada) Ltd.                Canada
Parametric Technology (C.R.) s.r.o.                Czech Republic
Computervision Denmark A/S                         Denmark
Parametric Technology (Denmark) A/S                Denmark
Parametric Technology (Finland) Oy                 Finland
Division S.A.R.L.                                  France
Parametric Technology S.A.                         France
ICEM Holdings GmbH                                 Germany
ICEM Technologies GmbH                             Germany
Parametric Technology GmbH                         Germany
Computervision Asia Ltd.                           Hong Kong
Computervision Service Ltd.                        Hong Kong
Parametric Technology (Hong Kong) Limited          Hong Kong
Computervision Research & Development (India)
 Limited                                           India
Computervision Software Products (India) Private
 Limited                                           India
Parametric Technology (India) Private Limited      India
Parametric Technology (Republic of Ireland)
 Limited                                           Ireland
PT Republic of Ireland Services Limited            Ireland
Parametric Technology Israel Ltd.                  Israel
Computervision S.p.A.                              Italy
Division Italia S.r.l.                             Italy
Parametric Technology Italia S.r.l.                Italy
Nihon Computervision Corporation                   Japan
Nihon Parametric Technology K.K.                   Japan
Parametric Korea Co., Ltd.                         Korea


Name                                               Place of Incorporation
----                                               ----------------------
CV Holding (Mauritius) Ltd.                         Mauritius
Parametric Technology Mexico S.A. de C.V.           Mexico
Parametric Technology New Zealand Limited           New Zealand
Parametric Technology Norway AS                     Norway
Parametric Technology Poland Sp. z.o.o.             Poland
Parametric Technology Portugal-Computadores, Lda.   Portugal
Computervision TOO                                  Russia
Computervision Asia Pte Ltd                         Singapore
Parametric Technology Singapore Pte Ltd             Singapore
Parametric Technology (Slovakia) s.r.o.             Slovak Republic
Parametric Technology South Africa (Proprietary)
 Limited                                            South Africa
Parametric Technology Espana, S.A.                  Spain
PTC Sweden AB                                       Sweden
Parametric Technology (Schweiz) AG                  Switzerland
Parametric Technology (Taiwan) Limited              Taiwan
Computervision B.V.                                 The Netherlands
Computervision Finance B.V.                         The Netherlands
Computervision International Distribution B.V.      The Netherlands
Extended Vision Logistics International B.V.        The Netherlands
Parametric Technology Europe B.V.                   The Netherlands
Parametric Technology Nederland B.V.                The Netherlands
3rd Angle Limited                                   United Kingdom
Computervision Limited                              United Kingdom
Computervision Pensions Limited                     United Kingdom
Division Group Limited                              United Kingdom
Division Limited                                    United Kingdom
ICEM Systems (UK) Limited                           United Kingdom
Parametric Technology (UK) Limited                  United Kingdom
Parametric Holdings (UK) Limited                    United Kingdom
Rasna UK Limited                                    United Kingdom


EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-30514, 333-30516, 333-93729, 333-01297, 333-01299, 33-52044, 33-89528, 33-61485, 333-38629, 333-28495, 333-22169, 333- 44701, 333-56287, 333-70227, 333-72783 and 333-76027) of Parametric Technology Corporation of our report dated October 16, 2000, except for Note I, as to which the date is November 17, 2000, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appear in this Form 10-K.

                                          /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts


December 22, 2000


ARTICLE 5
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THE ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2000, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
MULTIPLIER: 1,000


PERIOD TYPE 12 MOS
FISCAL YEAR END SEP 30 2000
PERIOD START OCT 01 1999
PERIOD END SEP 30 2000
CASH 325,872
SECURITIES 22,969
RECEIVABLES 190,074
ALLOWANCES 6,270
INVENTORY 0
CURRENT ASSETS 628,433
PP&E 161,242
DEPRECIATION 94,363
TOTAL ASSETS 924,883
CURRENT LIABILITIES 362,352
BONDS 0
PREFERRED MANDATORY 0
PREFERRED 0
COMMON 2,761
OTHER SE 525,781
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 924,883
SALES 378,618
TOTAL REVENUES 928,414
CGS 16,718
TOTAL COSTS 244,984
OTHER EXPENSES 691,657
LOSS PROVISION 0
INTEREST EXPENSE 367
INCOME PRETAX (5,067)
INCOME TAX (1,087)
INCOME CONTINUING (3,980)
DISCONTINUED 0
EXTRAORDINARY 0
CHANGES 0
NET INCOME (3,980)
EPS BASIC (0.01)
EPS DILUTED (0.01)